Home

ZyXEL P-660HW-D Series User's Manual

1. Click the Logout icon at any time Host Name System tO exit the web configurator Model Number P 660HW D1 Current MAC Address 00 13 49 02 49 90 System Mode Routing Bridaing s 3 40 AGL O b2 20060213 CPU Usage 2 9195 ZyNOS Firmware Version V3 40 AGL O b2 20060213 g Bnicus Memory Usage EN o WAN Information DSL Mode NORMAL IP Address 0 0 0 0 pateway 0 0 0 0 E submenus 8 35 jinterface status rate ion to configure ESTER DSL Down Okbps kbps _ ZyXEL t Mask 255 255 255 0 EAN T 100M Full device Server 4 DuplexActive lation 54M features ZuXE 6 WEP Disable Security Summary Firewall Enabled Content Filter Disable WLAN Status Packet Statistics AnyIP Table Bandwidth Status Note Click the icon located in the top right corner of most screens to view embedded help Table 3 Web Configurator Screens Summary LINK ICON SUB LINK FUNCTION Wizard INTERNET Use these screens for initial configuration including general WIRELESS setup ISP parameters for Internet Access and WAN IP DNS SETUP Server MAC address assignment BANDWIDTH Use these screens to limit bandwidth usage by application or MANAGEMENT packet type SETUP Logout Click this icon to exit the web configurator Status This screen shows the ZyXEL device s general device system and interface status information Use this screen to access the summary stat
2. 217 Figure 127 System Way CON cisiicesstirtcductasercrmeatarted er sainrsdverrtiennteirdeanseieinietaieeieeredens 217 Figure 129 Internist ConlecHorn SUID ac ieri eaa d Ra E POLL Rr E i LL ARR LS Ed 218 Figure 129 Network LOI HORS diede pr be er e e bof a tein vict ore bom RARE AREE Eu n eb Dada 219 Figure 130 Network Connections My Network Places essere nennen 220 Figure 131 Network Connections My Network Places Properties Example 220 Figure 132 System EC no nlbe 0 er E 223 Figure 133 System Titio Soling shai Do do ds UG RU De n ER FS RU 224 FOU TOF VIOQ LO oboe Med ca a nd Alaa las ead Aalto idu 229 Figure 135 Log SOUS sosirii n A EE 230 Figure 130 E nisil Log EXaImplg srncie 232 Figure 137 Firmware Upgrade e c 234 Figure 138 Firmware Upload In Progress cciitossescericsscucsnrcesuinescaseniententadiaserensdacraanierseenes 235 Figure 139 Network Temporarily Disconnected seem 235 Foues 140 Erot 3 E tinna n eae 236 Figure 141 C ORIOUESEQEL siirros 236 Figure 142 Configuration Restore Successful eese esee ees ania tha e 237 Figure 143 Temporarily DISCODIOOLG 12 crisp carrito tete rr eien az sra a seb a 237 Figure 144 Configuration Restore Emor rr or ore Eton as n Ee n Rd 238 Figure 145 Restan Uren ice seb R PvP queo e iei Opa teba nent A 238 Figure 146 Diagnostic General Mee 240 Figure 147 Diagnostie DSL LING seseris eaea
3. POLAND 48 22 5206701 00 113 Warszawa Poland http zyxel ru support 7 095 542 89 29 www zyxel ru ZyXEL Russia RUSSIA Ostrovityanova 37a Str sales zyxel ru 7 095 542 89 25 Moscow 117279 Russia support zyxel es 34 902 195 420 www zyxel es ZyXEL Communications SPAIN Alejandro Villegas 33 sales zyxel es 34 913 005 345 1 28043 Madrid Spain support zyxel se 46 31 744 7700 www zyxel se ZyXEL Communications A S SWEDEN Sj porten 4 41764 G teborg sales zyxel se 46 31 744 7701 Sweden support ua zyxel com 380 44 247 69 78 www ua zyxel com ZyXEL Ukraine UKRAINE 13 Pimonenko Str sales ua zyxel com 380 44 494 49 32 Kiev 04050 Ukraine UNITED KINGDOM support zyxel co uk 44 1344 303044 08707 555779 UK only www zyxel co uk sales zyxel co uk 44 1344 303034 ftp zyxel co uk ZyXEL Communications UK Ltd 11 The Courtyard Eastern Road Bracknell Berkshire RG12 2XB United Kingdom UK A is the prefix number you enter to make an international telephone call Customer Support P 660HW D Series User s Guide 9 Customer Support P 660HW D Series User s Guide Table of Contents COG TIGA fe M M 2 Federal Communications Commission FCC Interference Statement 3 c uniadbu lr IO LOL IMEEM 5 ZYXEL Limited Waranty oou sensere rekaksuhcE CEX2RPEQEER AT 6 Customer SDBBOIT un e
4. sssssseses 242 Table 97 Troublesh oling Mhe LAN rr 242 Table 98 Troubleshooting the WAN scaticisensctcdeixnnccsserssnnneredi RE YCLA EVER ES PEU LIE ERO LH S4 243 Table 99 Troubleshooting Accessing the ZyXEL device ssssee 244 Table T00 DEVICE m 246 Tane I E D ler acs SO SUID LEE 247 Table 102 Classes of IP Adresses ci ccccccsnivacacssnansecnatacsanoccosacnndudansaroneaaaaisnopndeads snnsnaagantnaads 270 Table 103 Allowed IP Address Range By Class ccccccccccccccessssssceceesesesscecessnnes enne trennen tene 271 RE SM rir MU NEU T UE 271 Table 105 Alternative Subnet Mask Notation sessssssseneemem 272 Table 106 Two Supnets Example 4 akt tal saci a abd t at Re DER mtb a aed Ee ead 272 RE CAM meet tinted I 273 Table VOR SUBMET 2 ascecescsisiestesecasecscersnuustusrasaviasesinsedis sear e EE N AEE Aig 273 Tanlo 109 SUDET T daiane anO E 274 Tapis TU UAA naa A 274 IE OMBRE nui n 274 ABS TTA BUDE S antencusdd eniin e a earn tena a e p EGER I labem ten na DM edd 275 Table T13 Eight SHDP BIS nessuna e deco maciaeiosnexechasaeeeen 275 Table 114 Class C Subnet PIANINO ouesiisexccescaasvtex ld ienne EP RU ER EOL HARE S EXE SE REOLAA 275 Table 115 Class B Subnet PISO caieicscsvxeeien icorcctadk nokia Fla cites Rt dd kl caca aca ar d 276 Table 116 Firewall COMMIS udcasieeuivseite terrre Er iuri Yo ROV I Feb vea QUEE Cab SIN DLE eid NP EE tutu psu EE 280 Table 117 NetBIOS Filter Default Set
5. 69 Chapter 4 Bandwidth Management Wizard P 660HW D Series User s Guide Table 19 Bandwidth Management Wizard Configuration LABEL DESCRIPTION Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL device Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving your changes 5 Follow the on screen instructions and click Finish to complete the wizard setup and save your configuration Figure 37 Bandwidth Management Wizard Complete CONGRATULATIONS You have completed the Media Bandwidth Management setup You can press Finish button to complete Bandwidth Management Setup Press Finish button to close this wizard or click the following link to open other pages Return to Wizard Main Page Go to Advanced Setup page Chapter 4 Bandwidth Management Wizard 70 P 660HW D Series User s Guide 71 Chapter 4 Bandwidth Management Wizard P 660HW D Series User s Guide Chapter 4 Bandwidth Management Wizard 72 P 660HW D Series User s Guide 73 Chapter 4 Bandwidth Management Wizard P 660HW D Series User s Guide CHAPTER 5 WAN Setup This chapter describes how to configure WAN settings 5 1 WAN Overview A WAN Wide Area Network is an outside connection to another network or the Internet 5 1 1 Encapsulation Be sure to use the encapsulation method required by your ISP The ZyXEL device supports the following methods 5 1 1 1 ENET ENCAP The
6. LABEL DESCRIPTION Edit Details Click this link to go to the Port Forwarding screen to edit a server mapping set that you have selected in the Server Mapping Set field Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 141 Chapter 8 Network Address Translation NAT Screens P 660HW D Series User s Guide CHAPTER 9 Firewalls This chapter gives some background information on firewalls and introduces the ZyXEL device firewall 9 1 Firewall Overview Originally the term firewall referred to a construction technique designed to prevent the spread of fire from one room to another The networking term firewall is a system or group of systems that enforces an access control policy between two networks It may also be defined as a mechanism used to protect a trusted network from an untrusted network Of course firewalls cannot solve every security problem A firewall is one of the mechanisms used to establish a network security perimeter in support of a network security policy It should never be the on y mechanism or method employed For a firewall to guard effectively you must design and deploy it appropriately This requires integrating the firewall into a broad information security policy In addition specific policies must be implemented within the firewall itself Refer to Section 10 5 o
7. seeessesss 166 Figure 93 Firewall Example Edit Rule Select Customized Services 167 Figure 94 Firewall Example Rules MyService eese nennen nnne 168 Figure 95 Firewall Anti Probing siciostcarcdur seater trarre ba kid pines dative obe rires ta vecta ceri kara 170 Figure 96 Firewall Threshold sisuniiecenuii abel reper bI bride dul Rie ADI EDU 173 Figure 97 Contem Filter ISSVWOIO 1m croit trc oio n 176 Figure 98 Content Filter Schedule sirrcna PREDA BR RM 1 ARM A3a Sa pna 177 Figure 99 Content Filter ISG isco sscewins sonceaed sa rrr R ERE Dh ARR CI a dB XLI ERE TRA ERR PLE II a au 178 Figure 100 Example of Static Routing Topology ooi ciere cer neni icri 180 Figure 1 State aule c E 181 Foue T02 Sale Roe EJI cT 182 Figure 103 Subnet based Bandwidth Management Example sss 185 Figure 104 Bandwidth Management Summary sss eene 189 Figure 105 Bandwidth Management Rule Setup eese tenen nnns 191 Figure 106 Bandwidth Management Rule Configuration sese 192 Figure 107 Bandwidth Management Monitor enne nth nnne 195 Figure 109 Dynan DNG e 197 Figure 109 Remote Management WWW uiis enin nente nannte aka aote anda anta nis 201 Figure 110 Telnet Configuration on a TCP IP Network ccccseseccceeeeeeeeceeeeeeeecceceneeenaee 202 Figure 111 Remote Management Tenei oorr chro ttt rb r
8. T N N N N A A N A Eb E EP E E E ED E E E 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Apply Cancel The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 42 Wireless LAN QoS LABEL DESCRIPTION QoS Enable WMM QoS Select the check box to enable WMM QoS on the ZyXEL device WMM QoS Policy Select Default to have the ZyXEL device automatically give a service a priority level according to the ToS value in the IP header of packets it sends Select Application Priority from the drop down list box to display a table of application names services ports and priorities to which you want to apply WMM QoS This is the number of an individual application entry Name This field displays a description given to an application entry Service This field displays either FTP WWW E mail or a User Defined service to which you want to apply WMM Qos Dest Port This field displays the destination port number to which the application sends traffic Priority This field displays the WMM QoS priority for traffic bandwidth Modify Click the Edit icon to open the Application Priority Configuration screen Modify an existing application entry or create a application entry in the Application Priority Configuration screen Click the Remove icon to delete an application entry Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL device Cancel Click Cancel to reload the previous config
9. Under SYN flood attack sent TCP RST The router sent a TCP reset packet when a host was under a SYN flood attack the TCP incomplete count is per destination host Exceed TCP MAX incomplete sent TCP RST The router sent a TCP reset packet when the number of TCP incomplete connections exceeded the user configured threshold the TCP incomplete count is per destination host Note Refer to TCP Maximum Incomplete in the Firewall Attack Alerts screen Peer TCP state out of order sent TCP RST The router sent a TCP reset packet when a TCP connection state was out of order Note The firewall refers to RFC793 Figure 6 to check the TCP state Firewall session time out sent TCP RST The router sent a TCP reset packet when a dynamic firewall session timed out The default timeout values are as follows ICMP idle timeout 3 minutes UDP idle timeout 3 minutes TCP connection three way handshaking timeout 270 seconds TCP FIN wait timeout 2 MSL Maximum Segment Lifetime set in the TCP header TCP idle established timeout s 150 minutes TCP reset timeout 10 seconds Exceed MAX incomplete sent TCP RST The router sent a TCP reset packet when the number of incomplete connections TCP and UDP exceeded the user configured threshold Incomplete count is for all TCP and UDP connections through the firewall Note When the number of incomplete connections TCP UDP gt Maximum Incomplete High
10. 10 1 Access Methods The web configurator is by far the most comprehensive firewall configuration tool your ZyXEL device has to offer For this reason it is recommended that you configure your firewall using the web configurator CLI Command Line Interpreter commands provide limited configuration options and are only recommended for advanced users 10 2 Firewall Policies Overview Firewall rules are grouped based on the direction of travel of packets to which they apply LAN to LAN Router WAN to LAN LAN to WAN WAN to WAN Router Note The LAN includes both the LAN port and the WLAN By default the ZyXEL device s stateful packet inspection allows packets traveling in the following directions LAN to LAN Router This allows computers on the LAN to manage the ZyXEL device and communicate between networks or subnets connected to the LAN interface LAN to WAN By default the ZyXEL device s stateful packet inspection drops packets traveling in the following directions WAN to LAN e WAN to WAN Router This prevents computers on the WAN from using the ZyXEL device as a gateway to communicate with other computers on the WAN and or managing the ZyXEL device You may define additional rules and sets or modify existing ones but please exercise extreme caution in doing so Chapter 10 Firewall Configuration 154 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Note If you configure firewall rules without a good understanding
11. 235 Chapter 19 Tools P 660HW D Series User s Guide Figure 140 Error Message System Upload Firmware upload error The uploaded file was not accepted by the device Please return to the previous page and select a valid upgrade file Click Help for more information Return 19 2 Configuration Screen Click Maintenance gt Tools gt Configuration Information related to factory defaults backup configuration and restoring configuration appears as shown next Figure 141 Configuration Configuration Backup Configuration Click Backup to save the current configuration to you computer Backup Restore Configuration To restore a previously saved configuration file on your computer to the Prestige please type a location for storing the configuration file or click Browse to look for one and then click Upload File Pathi Browse Upload Reset to Factory Default Settings Click Reset to clear all user entered configuration and return the Prestige to the factory default settings The following default settings would become effective after click Reset Password 1234 Lan IP 192 168 1 1 DHCP Server Reset 19 2 1 Backup Configuration Backup configuration allows you to back up save the ZyXEL device s current configuration to a file on your computer Once your ZyXEL device is configured and functioning properly it is highly recommended that
12. OTIST Setup OTIST Key Yes Please enhance the Wireless Security Level to WPA PSK automatically if no WLAN security has been set This will generate a random PSK key for your convenience Start The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 38 OTIST LABEL DESCRIPTION Setup Key Type an OTIST Setup Key of exactly eight ASCII characters in length The default OTIST setup key is 01234567 Note If you change the OTIST setup key here you must also make the same change on the wireless client s Yes If you want OTIST to automatically generate a WPA PSK you must Change your security to any security other than WPA PSK in the Wireless LAN gt General screen Select the Yes checkbox in the OTIST screen and click Start The wireless screen displays an auto generated WPA PSK and is now in WPA PSK security mode The WPA PSK security settings are assigned to the wireless client when you start OTIST Note If you already have a WPA PSK configured in the Wireless LAN General screen and you run OTIST with Yes selected OTIST will use the existing WPA PSK Start Click Start to encrypt the wireless security data using the setup key and have the ZyXEL device set the wireless client to use the same wireless settings as the ZyXEL device You must also activate and start OTIST on the wireless client at the same time The process takes three minute
13. W to L WAN to LAN ACL set for packets traveling from the WAN to the LAN L to L LAN to LAN ACL set for packets traveling from the LAN to the LAN or ZyXEL device the ZyXEL device W to W WAN to WAN ACL set for packets traveling from the WAN to the WAN ZyXEL device or the ZyXEL device Table 135 ICMP Notes TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION 0 Echo Reply Echo reply message Destination Unreachable Net unreachable Host unreachable Protocol unreachable Port unreachable Alw NjeJjo A packet that needed fragmentation was dropped because it was set to Don t Fragment DF Source route failed Source Quench A gateway may discard internet datagrams if it does not have the buffer space needed to queue the datagrams for output to the next network on the route to the destination network Redirect Redirect datagrams for the Network Redirect datagrams for the Host Redirect datagrams for the Type of Service and Network WIN ejo Redirect datagrams for the Type of Service and Host Echo Echo message Ti Time Exceeded Time to live exceeded in transit Fragment reassembly time exceeded 12 Parameter Problem Pointer indicates the error 13 Timestamp Appendix K Log Descriptions 306 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Table 135 ICMP Notes continued TYPE CODE
14. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Back Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 68 Static Route Edit LABEL DESCRIPTION Active This field allows you to activate deactivate this static route Route Name Enter the name of the IP static route Leave this field blank to delete this static route Destination IP Address This parameter specifies the IP network address of the final destination Routing is always based on network number If you need to specify a route to a single host use a subnet mask of 255 255 255 255 in the subnet mask field to force the network number to be identical to the host ID IP Subnet Mask Enter the IP subnet mask here Gateway IP Enter the IP address of the gateway The gateway is a router or switch on the same Address network segment as the device s LAN or WAN port The gateway helps forward packets to their destinations Back Click Back to return to the previous screen without saving Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh Chapter 12 Static Route 182 P 660HW D Series User s Guide 183 Chapter 12 Static Route P 660HW D Series User s Guide CHAPTER 13 Bandwidth Management This chapter contains information about configuring bandwidth management editing rules and viewing the ZyXEL device s bandwidth mana
15. 2 If you know your DNS server IP address es enter the DNS server information in the resolv conf file in the etc directory The following figure shows an example where two DNS server IP addresses are specified Figure 169 Red Hat 9 0 DNS Settings in resolv conf nameserver 172 23 5 1 nameserver 172 23 5 2 3 After you edit and save the configuration files you must restart the network card Enter network restart inthe etc rc d init d directory The following figure shows an example Appendix D Setting up Your Computer s IP Address 268 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Figure 170 Red Hat 9 0 Restart Ethernet Card root localhost init d network restart Shutting down interface eth0 OK Shutting down loopback interface OK Setting network parameters OK Bringing up loopback interface OK Bringing up interface eth0 OK 21 4 1 Verifying Settings Enter ifconfig in a terminal screen to check your TCP IP properties Figure 171 Red Hat 9 0 Checking TCP IP Properties root localhost ifconfig etho Link encap Ethernet HWaddr 00 50 BA 72 5B 44 inet addr 172 23 19 129 Bceast 172 23 19 255 Mask 255 255 255 0 UP BROADCAST RUNNING MULTICAST MTU 1500 Metric 1 RX packets 717 errors 0 dropped 0 overruns 0 frame 0 TX packets 13 errors 0 dropped 0 overruns 0 carrier 0 collisions 0 txqueuelen 100 RX bytes 730412 713 2 Kb TX bytes 1570 1 5 Kb Interrupt 10 Base address 0x1000 root loc
16. J Control Panel LJ My Network Places E My Documents X My Computer Details Network Connections System Folder Network Connections 4 An icon with the description for each UPnP enabled device displays under Local Network 5 Right click on the icon for your ZyXEL device and select Invoke The web configurator login screen displays 219 Chapter 16 Universal Plug and Play UPnP P 660HW D Series User s Guide Figure 130 Network Connections My Network Places Y My Network Places File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Oo Bact gt x Ms Search ie Folders Gal Address J My Network Places Local Network Network Tasks 2 Add a network place e View network connections Set up a home or small office network 35 View workgroup computers Create Shortcut Rename Properties Other Places 6 Right click on the icon for your ZyXEL device and select Properties A properties window displays with basic information about the ZyXEL device Figure 131 Network Connections My Network Places Properties Example ZyXEL Prestige 650R 31 Internet Sharing Gateway Pr Ed General m ZyXEL Prestige 650R 31 Internet Sharing Gateway Manufacturer ZyXEL Model Name ZyXEL Internet Sharing Gateway Model Number Prestige 650R 31 Description ZyXEL Prestige 650R 31 Internet Sharing Gateway Device Address http 192 168 1 1 Chapter 16 Universal Plug and Pl
17. Memory Usage 63 WAN Port Statistics Link Status Down WAN IP Address 0 0 0 0 Upstream Speed 0 kbps Downstream Speed 0 kbps ode ink status ECTS TIS EEEETEETHESE TEXTES 1 PPPoE Idle 0 00 00 LAN Port Statistics a re nr cotn Interface 5492 5177 Wireless p 96 0 7 Poll Interval s hm Stop The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 7 Status Packet Statistics LABEL DESCRIPTION System Monitor System up Time This is the elapsed time the system has been up Current Date Time This field displays your ZyXEL device s present date and time CPU Usage This field specifies the percentage of CPU utilization Memory Usage This field specifies the percentage of memory utilization LAN or WAN Port This is the WAN or LAN port Statistics Link Status This is the status of your WAN link Upstream Speed This is the upstream speed of your ZyXEL device Downstream Speed This is the downstream speed of your ZyXEL device Node Link This field displays the remote node index number and link type Link types are PPPoA ENET RFC 1483 and PPPoE Interface This field displays the type of port Status This field displays Down line is down Up line is up or connected if you re using Ethernet encapsulation and Down line is down Up line is up or connected Idle line ppp idle Dial starting to trigger a call and Drop dropping a call if you r
18. 14 255 255 255 252 30 16384 15 255 255 255 254 31 32768 1 Appendix E IP Subnetting 276 P 660HW D Series User s Guide 277 Appendix E IP Subnetting P 660HW D Series User s Guide APPENDIX F Command Interpreter The following describes how to use the command interpreter You can telnet to access the CLI Command Line Interface on the ZyXEL device See the included disk or zyxel com for more detailed information on these commands Note Use of undocumented commands or misconfiguration can damage the unit and possibly render it unusable Accessing the CLI Use the following steps to telnet into your ZyXEL device 1 Connect your computer to the ETHERNET port on the ZyXEL device 2 Make sure your computer IP address and the ZyXEL device IP address are on the same subnet In Windows click Start usually in the bottom left corner Run and then type telnet 192 168 1 1 the default ZyXEL device IP address and click OK 3 A login screen displays Enter the default admin password 1234 Command Syntax The command keywords are in courier new font Enter the command keywords exactly as shown do not abbreviate The required fields in a command are enclosed in angle brackets lt gt The optional fields in a command are enclosed in square brackets The symbol means or For example sys filter netbios config type onJoff means that you must specify the type of netbios fi
19. 2 Select Protocol and then click Add 3 Select Microsoft from the list of manufacturers 4 Select TCP IP from the list of network protocols and then click OK If you need Client for Microsoft Networks 1 Click Add 2 Select Client and then click Add 255 Appendix D Setting up Your Computer s IP Address P 660HW D Series User s Guide 3 Select Microsoft from the list of manufacturers 4 Select Client for Microsoft Networks from the list of network clients and then click OK 5 Restart your computer so the changes you made take effect Configuring 1 In the Network window Configuration tab select your network adapter s TCP IP entry and click Properties 2 Click the IP Address tab If your IP address is dynamic select Obtain an IP address automatically Ifyou have a static IP address select Specify an IP address and type your information into the IP Address and Subnet Mask fields Figure 150 Windows 95 98 Me TCP IP Properties IP Address Bindings Advanced NeBIOS DNS Configuration Gateway WINS Configuration IP Address n IP address can be automatically assigned to this computer If your network does not automatically assign IP addresses ask your network administrator for an address and then type it in the space below C Specify an IP address luu dee mu Egg SumeMee TL v Detect connection to network media Cancel 3 Click the DNS Configuration t
20. 6 2 4 1 How Any IP Works Address Resolution Protocol ARP is a protocol for mapping an Internet Protocol address IP address to a physical machine address also known as a Media Access Control or MAC address on the local area network IP routing table is defined on IP Ethernet devices the ZyXEL device to decide which hop to use to help forward data along to its specified destination The following lists out the steps taken when a computer tries to access the Internet for the first time through the ZyXEL device 1 When a computer which is in a different subnet first attempts to access the Internet it sends packets to its default gateway which is not the ZyXEL device by looking at the MAC address in its ARP table 2 When the computer cannot locate the default gateway an ARP request is broadcast on the LAN 3 The ZyXEL device receives the ARP request and replies to the computer with its own MAC address 4 The computer updates the MAC address for the default gateway to the ARP table Once the ARP table is updated the computer is able to access the Internet through the ZyXEL device 5 When the ZyXEL device receives packets from the computer it creates an entry in the IP routing table so it can properly forward packets intended for the computer After all the routing information is updated the computer can access the ZyXEL device and the Internet as if it is in the same subnet as the ZyXEL device 97 Chapter 6 LAN Se
21. A DSL connection is a point to point dedicated circuit meaning that the link is always up and there is no dialing required ADSL Overview Asynchronous Digital Subscriber Line ADSL technology provides high speed data access across regular telephone or ISDN lines by making use of previously unused high frequency bandwidth ADSL is asymmetric in the sense that it provides a higher downstream data rate transfer up to 8Mbps than in the upstream transfer up to 832 Kbps Asymmetric operation is ideal for typical home and small office use where files and information are downloaded more frequently than uploaded Advantages of ADSL 1 ADSL provides a private unlike cable telephone and modem services where the line is shared dedicated and secure channel of communications between you and your service provider Appendix B About ADSL 250 P 660HW D Series User s Guide 2 Because your line is dedicated not shared transmission speeds between you and the device to which you connect at your service provider are not affected by other users With cable modems transmission speeds drop significantly as more users go on line because the line is shared 3 ADSL can be always on connected This means that there is no time wasted dialing up the service several times a day and waiting to be connected ADSL is on standby ready for use whenever you need it 251 Appendix B About ADSL P 660HW D Series User s Guide APPENDIX C
22. Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator 40 P 660HW D Series User s Guide status only Click Login to proceed to a screen asking you to change your password or click Cancel to revert to the default password Figure 4 Password Screen P 660HW D1 6 If you entered the user password skip the next two steps and refer to Section 2 4 2 on page 45 for more information about the Status screen If you entered the admin password it is highly recommended you change the default admin password Enter a new password between 1 and 30 characters retype it to confirm and click Apply alternatively click Ignore to proceed to the main menu if you do not want to change the password now Note If you do not change the password at least once the following screen appears every time you log in with the admin password Figure 5 Change Password at Login ZyXEL Use this screen to change the password 7 Select Go to Wizard setup and click Apply to display the wizard main screen Otherwise select Go to Advanced setup and click Apply to display the Status screen 41 Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator P 660HW D Series User s Guide Figure 6 Select a Mode Please select Wizard or Advanced mode The Wizard setup walks you through the most common configuration settings We suggest you use this mode if it is the first time you are setting up your router or if you need to make basic configura
23. P 660HW D Series User s Guide Alerts are e mailed as soon as they happen Logs may be e mailed as soon as the log is full Selecting many alert and or log categories especially Access Control may result in many e mails being sent Figure 135 Log Settings vie Loe Log Settings E mail Log Settings Mail Server Mail Subject Send Log to Send Alerts to Enable SMTP Authentication User Name Password Log Schedule Day for Sending Log Time for Sending Log Clear log after sending mail Syslog Logging Active Syslog Server IP Address Log Facility Active Log and Alert Log System Maintenance Xl I System Errors I Access Control M uPnP IV Forward Web Sites v Blocked Web Sites M attacks M any IP Iv 802 1x C foutgeng SMTP Server Name or IP Address E Mail Address E Mail Address en Log is Full X o hour fo minute 0 0 0 0 Server Name or IP Address Locar1 7 Send Immediate Alert M System Errors M Access Control M Blocked Web Sites M Attacks Cancel The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 91 Log Settings LABEL DESCRIPTION E mail Log Settings ZyXEL device sends Not all ZyXEL models have this field Mail Server Enter the server name or the IP address of the mail server for the e mail addresses specified below If this field is left blank logs a
24. Port numbers do NOT change for One to One and Many to Many No Overload NAT mapping types The following table summarizes these types Table 45 NAT Mapping Types TYPE IP MAPPING One to One ILA1 IGA1 Many to One SUA PAT ILA1 amp IGA1 ILA2 amp IGA1 Many to Many Overload ILA1 amp IGA1 ILA2 IGA2 ILA3 IGA1 ILA4 gt IGA2 Many to Many No Overload ILA1 IGA1 ILA2 IGA2 ILA3 IGA3 Server Server 1 IP IGA1 Server 2 IP IGA1 Server 3 IP IGA1 8 2 SUA Single User Account Versus NAT SUA Single User Account is a ZyNOS implementation of a subset of NAT that supports two types of mapping Many to One and Server The ZyXEL device also supports Full Feature NAT to map multiple global IP addresses to multiple private LAN IP addresses of clients or servers using mapping types as outlined in Table 45 on page 133 Choose SUA Only if you have just one public WAN IP address for your ZyXEL device Choose Full Feature if you have multiple public WAN IP addresses for your ZyXEL device 8 3 NAT General Setup You must create a firewall rule in addition to setting up SUA NAT to allow traffic from the WAN to be forwarded through the ZyXEL device Click Network gt NAT to open the following screen 133 Chapter 8 Network Address Translation NAT Screens P 660HW D Series User s Guide Figure 74 NAT General NAT Setup M Active Network Address
25. This is the maximum rate at which the sender can send cells Type the PCR here Sustain Cell Rate The Sustain Cell Rate SCR sets the average cell rate long term that can be transmitted Type the SCR which must be less than the PCR Note that system default is 0 cells sec Maximum Burst Maximum Burst Size MBS refers to the maximum number of cells that can be sent Size at the peak rate Type the MBS which is less than 65535 Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save the changes Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 5 7 Traffic Redirect Traffic redirect forwards traffic to a backup gateway when the ZyXEL device cannot connect to the Internet An example is shown in the figure below Figure 44 Traffic Redirect Example LAN E m SEX EM m f Internet f WAN umm Nem Backup Gateway The following network topology allows you to avoid triangle route security issues when the backup gateway is connected to the LAN Use IP alias to configure the LAN into two or three logical networks with the ZyXEL device itself as the gateway for each LAN network Put the protected LAN in one subnet Subnet 1 in the following figure and the backup gateway in another subnet Subnet 2 Configure filters that allow packets from the protected LAN Subnet 1 to the backup gateway Subnet 2 Chapter 5 WAN Setup 88 P 660HW D Series User s Gui
26. mj Rename this connection view status of this connection Change settings of this connection Create Shortcut Rename 4 Select Internet Protocol TCP IP under the General tab in Win XP and then click Properties Figure 155 Windows XP Local Area Connection Properties Zz Local Area Connection Properties General Authentication Advanced Connect using Accton EN1207D TX PCI Fast Ethernet Adapter This connection uses the following items I E Client for Microsoft Networks Wi mr File and Printer Sharing for Microsoft Networks v acket Schedule CES TERI n RR Description Transmission Control Protocol Internet Protocol The default wide area network protocol that provides communication across diverse interconnected networks C Show icon in notification area when connected 5 The Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties window opens the General tab in Windows XP e Ifyou have a dynamic IP address click Obtain an IP address automatically 259 Appendix D Setting up Your Computer s IP Address P 660HW D Series User s Guide Ifyou have a static IP address click Use the following IP Address and fill in the IP address Subnet mask and Default gateway fields e Click Advanced Figure 156 Windows XP Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties General Altemate Configuration You can get IP settings assigne
27. the VPI Virtual Path Identifier and VCI The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 8 Internet Access Wizard Setup ISP Parameters LABEL DESCRIPTION Mode From the Mode drop down list box select Routing default if your ISP allows multiple computers to share an Internet account Otherwise select Bridge Encapsulation Select the encapsulation type your ISP uses from the Encapsulation drop down list box Choices vary depending on what you select in the Mode field If you select Bridge in the Mode field select either PPPoA or RFC 1483 If you select Routing in the Mode field select PPPoA RFC 1483 ENET ENCAP or PPPoE Multiplexing Select the multiplexing method used by your ISP from the Multiplex drop down list box either VC based or LLC based Virtual Circuit VPI Virtual Path Identifier and VCI Virtual Channel Identifier define a virtual circuit ID Refer to the appendix for more information VPI Enter the VPI assigned to you This field may already be configured VCI Enter the VCI assigned to you This field may already be configured Back Click Back to go back to the previous screen Next Click Next to continue to the next wizard screen The next wizard screen you see depends on what protocol you chose above Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving your changes 55 Chapter 3 Wizard Setup for Intern
28. 1 DBPSK Differential Binary Phase Shift Keyed 2 DQPSK Differential Quadrature Phase Shift Keying 5 5111 CCK Complementary Code Keying 6 9 12 18 24 36 48 54 OFDM Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing Appendix L Wireless LANs 314 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Wireless Security Overview Wireless security is vital to your network to protect wireless communication between wireless clients access points and the wired network Wireless security methods available on the ZyXEL device are data encryption wireless client authentication restricting access by device MAC address and hiding the ZyXEL device identity The following figure shows the relative effectiveness of these wireless security methods available on your ZyXEL device Table 139 Wireless Security Levels Security Level Security Type Least Secure Unique SSID Default Unique SSID with Hide SSID Enabled MAC Address Filtering WEP Encryption IEEE802 1x EAP with RADIUS Server Authentication Wi Fi Protected Access WPA WPA2 Most Secure Note You must enable the same wireless security settings on the ZyXEL device and on all wireless clients that you want to associate with it IEEE 802 1x In June 2001 the IEEE 802 1x standard was designed to extend the features of IEEE 802 11 to support extended authentication as well as providing additional accounting and control features It is supported by
29. 142 143 148 Process 149 ZyXEL device 149 Static Route 180 SUA 133 SUA Single User Account 133 SUA vs NAT 133 Subnet Mask 94 162 Subnet Masks 271 Subnetting 271 Supply Voltage 5 Support E mail 7 Supporting Disk 30 Sustain Cell Rate SCR 83 88 Sustained Cell Rate SCR 78 Sweden Contact Information 8 Swimming Pool 5 SYN Flood 145 146 SYN ACK 146 Syntax Conventions 30 Syslog 167 System Name 223 System Timeout 201 T Tampering 6 TCP Maximum Incomplete 172 173 TCP Security 150 TCP IP 144 145 Teardrop 145 Telecommunication Line Cord 5 Telephone 7 Television Interference 3 Television Reception 3 Telnet 202 Temporal Key Integrity Protocol TKIP 319 TFTP Restrictions 200 Three Way Handshake 145 Threshold Values 171 Thunderstorm 5 TMM QoS See also QoS Traceroute 148 Trademark 2 Trademark Owners 2 Trademarks 2 Traffic Redirect 88 89 Traffic redirect 88 90 traffic redirect 33 Traffic shaping 78 Translation 2 Transmission Rates 33 TV Technician 3 U UBR Unspecified Bit Rate 83 87 UDP ICMP Security 150 Undesired Operations 3 Universal Plug and Play 210 Application 210 Security issues 211 Universal Plug and Play UPnP 34 Universal Plug and Play Forum 211 UPnP 210 Upper Layer Protocols 150 151 User Authentication 320 user authentication 108 local user database 108 RADIUS server 108 weaknesses 108 User Name 197 V Value 6 VBR Variable Bit Rate 8
30. 5 3 1 3 Unepeciied Bit Rave UBR 2 bubo aet a ne trt ln xta aaa 79 5 4 Zero Configuration Internet ACESS een sq eor va e eR EORR r PI REPE ke o e RI pd d ande 79 5 0 lintemet COONMRCION e 80 5 5 1 Configuring Advanced Internet Connection Setup suuusl 82 5 8 Configuring More COnnGQlOnS sesccnnsesrssscmsaneninnenennn i nerne 83 5 61 Moro Connections Edll 11 ios n p ete m 84 5 6 2 Configuring More Connections Advanced Setup sssussss 87 NAI ilil Dr s e 88 50 Coniounng WAN crei 89 Chapter 6 LAN Sen E YER A E E E E E E HE OO E ER didR 92 ABE DES s eee 92 6 1 1 LANs WANs and the ZyXEL device sssssssssseeeee 92 SIA DRC LESION MT 93 Beles IP Pool et 93 61 2 DNS Server AUGOS 2i n ode i orca d p t de do a od dtd 93 6 1 4 DNS Server Address Assignment eee 94 fae AY TG PIP em a 94 6 2 1 IP Address and Subnet Mask uusia esse n rb Ee dri SR 1 Rn kn X ERR Ra ra an 94 6 2 1 1 Private JP AdUl 88888 tese bo pH REPRE YIERS PERS ERAS 95 no RIP Seu coan 95 A TS cat iin era etui eb ene MUI onda tui epu tals puse Earl Sabla tated ets edad lead de 96 Wee T E 96 OLAT RON ADY P T 97 Co Conio LAN IP ev ee 98 6 3 1 Configuring Advanced LAN Setup iiie ciere seaessgensdbeasvensyeeaivenuss 98 EL EIC o Uaa a Motus pene
31. Creating Editing Rules 160 Custom Ports 163 Enabling 157 Firewall Vs Filters 152 333 Index P 660HW D Series User s Guide Guidelines For Enhancing Security 151 Introduction 143 LAN to WAN Rules 157 Policies 154 Rule Checklist 155 Rule Logic 155 Rule Security Ramifications 155 Services 168 Types 142 When To Use 153 firmware 234 upgrade 234 upload 234 upload error 235 Fitness 6 Fragmentation Threshold 313 Fragmentation threshold 313 France Contact Information 7 FTP 134 135 200 203 FTP Restrictions 200 Full Rate 290 Functionally Equivalent 6 G Gas Pipes 5 General Setup 222 General wireless LAN screen 110 Germany Contact Information 7 God act of 6 H Half Open Sessions 172 Harmful Interference 3 Hidden node 312 hide SSID 107 High Voltage Points 5 Host 223 224 Host IDs 270 HTTP 135 143 144 145 HTTP Hypertext Transfer Protocol 234 IANA 95 IANA Internet Assigned Number Authority 163 IBSS 310 ICMP echo 146 IEEE 802 119 35 314 IEEE 802 111 35 IGMP 96 Independent Basic Service Set 310 Indirect Damages 6 initialization vector IV 319 Install UPnP 212 Windows Me 212 Windows XP 214 Insurance 6 Integrated Services Digital Network 32 Interference 3 Interference Correction Measures 3 Interference Statement 3 Internet Access 33 36 Internet access 54 Internet Access Setup 243 Internet access wizard setup 54 Internet Assigned Numbers Authori
32. Group Key Update The Group Key Update Timer is the rate at which the AP if using WPA PSK Timer In Seconds WPA2 PSK key management or RADIUS server if using WPA 2 key management sends a new group key out to all clients The re keying process is the WPA 2 equivalent of automatically changing the WEP key for an AP and all stations in a WLAN on a periodic basis Setting of the Group Key Update Timer is also supported in WPA PSK WPA2 PSK mode The default is 1800 seconds 30 minutes Authentication Server IP Address Enter the IP address of the external authentication server in dotted decimal notation Port Number Enter the port number of the external authentication server The default port number is 1812 You need not change this value unless your network administrator instructs you to do so with additional information Shared Secret Enter a password up to 31 alphanumeric characters as the key to be shared between the external authentication server and the ZyXEL device The key must be the same on the external authentication server and your ZyXEL device The key is not sent over the network Accounting Server optional Active Select Yes from the drop down list box to enable user accounting through an external authentication server IP Address Enter the IP address of the external accounting server in dotted decimal notation Port Number Enter the port number of the external accounting server The d
33. Network number Host ID Host ID Class C 110 Network number Network number Network number Host ID Note Host IDs of all zeros or all ones are not allowed Therefore A class C network 8 host bits can have 28 2 or 254 hosts A class B address 16 host bits can have 21 2 or 65534 hosts A class A address 24 host bits can have 274 _2 hosts approximately 16 million hosts Appendix E IP Subnetting 270 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Since the first octet of a class A IP address must contain a 0 the first octet of a class A address can have a value of 0 to 127 Similarly the first octet of a class B must begin with 10 therefore the first octet of a class B address has a valid range of 128 to 191 The first octet of a class C address begins with 110 and therefore has a range of 192 to 223 Table 103 Allowed IP Address Range By Class CLASS ALLOWED RANGE OF FIRST OCTET ALLOWED RANGE OF FIRST OCTET BINARY DECIMAL Class A 00000000 to 01111111 0 to 127 Class B 10000000 to 10111111 128 to 191 Class C 11000000 to 11011111 192 to 223 Class D 11100000 to 11101111 224 to 239 Subnet Masks A subnet mask is used to determine which bits are part of the network number and which bits are part of the host ID using a logical AND operation A subnet mask has 32 is a 1 then the corresponding bit in the IP address is p
34. SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol 161 SNMP trap 162 PPTP Point to Point Tunneling Protocol 1723 8 4 3 Configuring Servers Behind Port Forwarding Example Let s say you want to assign ports 21 25 to one FTP Telnet and SMTP server A in the example port 80 to another B in the example and assign a default server IP address of 192 168 1 35 to a third C in the example You assign the LAN IP addresses and the ISP assigns the WAN IP address The NAT network appears as a single host on the Internet 135 Chapter 8 Network Address Translation NAT Screens P 660HW D Series User s Guide Figure 75 Multiple Servers Behind NAT Example A 192 168 1 33 192 168 1 1 wi B 192 168 1 34 Internet EE C 2192168135 cers IP address D 192 168 1 36 assigned by ISP 8 5 Configuring Port Forwarding Note The Port Forwarding screen is available only when you select SUA Only in the NAT gt General screen If you do not assign a Default Server IP address the ZyXEL device discards all packets received for ports that are not specified here or in the remote management setup Click Network gt NAT gt Port Forwarding to open the following screen See Table 47 on page 135 for port numbers commonly used for particular services Figure 76 NAT Port Forwarding Port Forwarding Default Server Setup Default Server 0 0 0 0 Port Forwarding Service Name Www z Server IP Add
35. click Tools Internet Options and then the Advanced tab 2 make sure that Use Java 2 for applet under Java Sun is selected 3 Click OK to close the window Appendix M Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions 330 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Figure 193 Java Sun i 2x General Security Privacy Content Connections Programs Advanced Settings O Use inline AutoComplete O Use Passive FTP for firewall and DSL modem compatibility Use smooth scrolling HTTP 1 1 settings Use HTTP 1 1 O Use HTTP 1 1 through proxy connections Eh a Sun p Java 2 v1 4 1 07 for applet requires restart 5j Ndicsefoft VM O Java console enabled requires restart O Java logging enabled JIT compiler for virtual machine enabled requires restart Multimedia O Always show Internet Explorer 5 0 or later Radio toolbar O Don t display online media content in the media bar Enable Automatic Image Resizing b ar gt Restore Defaults Cancel Apply 331 Appendix M Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions P 660HW D Series User s Guide Numerics 110V AC 5 230V AC 5 A Abnormal Working Conditions 6 AC 5 access point 106 access point See also AP Accessories 5 Acts of God 6 Address Assignment 94 Address Resolution Protocol ARP 97 ADSLstandards 32 Advanced Encryption Standard 319 Airflow 5 Alternative Subnet Mask Notation 272 American Wire Gau
36. com a 5 Nnnn Network Server gt m Sales 192 168 2 1 m cw 5 NT Server Wks 192 168 2 1 A m 3 hl OEC Server in LAN3 192 168 3 X J LJ AIPS GA 3 Network paar c a S IP 3 IGA 3 R amp D 192 168 3 1 fa WAN Addresses LAN Address es Default IPs um OL IGA 1 192 168 1 1 playa IGA 2 gt 192 168 2 1 ins IGA 3 gt 192 168 3 1 8 1 5 NAT Mapping Types NAT supports five types of IP port mapping They are One to One In One to One mode the ZyXEL device maps one local IP address to one global IP address Many to One In Many to One mode the ZyXEL device maps multiple local IP addresses to one global IP address This is equivalent to SUA for instance PAT port address translation ZyXEU s Single User Account feature that previous ZyXEL routers supported the SUA Only option in today s routers Many to Many Overload In Many to Many Overload mode the ZyXEL device maps the multiple local IP addresses to shared global IP addresses Many to Many No Overload In Many to Many No Overload mode the ZyXEL device maps each local IP address to a unique global IP address Server This type allows you to specify inside servers of different services behind the NAT to be accessible to the outside world Chapter 8 Network Address Translation NAT Screens 132 P 660HW D Series User s Guide
37. enabled for wireless communication 4 This screen varies depending on the security mode you selected in the previous screen Fill in the field if available and click Next 3 3 1 Manually assign a WPA PSK key Choose Manually assign a WPA PSK key in the Wireless LAN setup screen to set up a Pre Shared Key Chapter 3 Wizard Setup for Internet Access 62 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Figure 29 Manually assign a WPA key STEP 1 STEP 2 fa Wireless LAN Pre Shared Key 12345678 14re a4 etwork The pre sha E ould be at lea and num The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 15 Manually assign a WPA key LABEL DESCRIPTION Pre Shared Type from 8 to 63 case sensitive ASCII characters You can set up the most secure Key wireless connection by configuring WPA in the wireless LAN screens You need to configure an authentication server to do this Back Click Back to display the previous screen Next Click Next to proceed to the next screen Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving 3 3 2 Manually assign a WEP key Choose Manually assign a WEP key to setup WEP Encryption parameters Figure 30 Manually assign a WEP key rs using only the numbers 0 9 and the nfigure different ngth the On the last page of the Wireless Setup wizard you will have a chance write down this key and your network settings for safekeeping 63 Chapter 3 Wiza
38. mask config edit firewall set set This command sets a rule to have the ZyXEL gt rule rule 4 destaddr device check for traffic going to this range of range start ip address end 8ddresses ip address config edit firewall set set This command sets a rule to have the ZyXEL 4 rule rule 4 TCP destport device check for TCP traffic with this single port 4 destination address You may repeat this command to enter various non consecutive port numbers config edit firewall set set This command sets a rule to have the ZyXEL 4 rule rule 4 TCP destport device check for TCP traffic with a destination range start port 4 end port port in this range gt config edit firewall set set _ This command sets a rule to have the ZyXEL gt rule rule gt UDP destport device check for UDP traffic with this single lt port gt destination address You may repeat this command to enter various non consecutive port numbers config edit firewall set set This command sets a rule to have the ZyXEL gt rule rule gt UDP destport device check for UDP traffic with a destination range start port gt end port Dortin this range gt Delete config delete firewall e mail This command removes all of the settings for e mail alert config delete firewall attack This command resets all of the attack response settings to their defaults confi
39. s Guide Figure 152 Windows XP Start Menu Internet Explorer e My Documents fe Outlook Express Y Paint Files and Settings Transfer W 2 My Recent Documents e My Pictures B Command Prompt E Acrobat Reader 4 0 Tour windows xP E Windows Movie Maker Help and Support Search All Programs gt 377 Run D Log OFf fo Turn OFF Computer untitled Paint 2 In the Control Panel double click Network Connections Network and Dial up Connections in Windows 2000 NT Figure 153 Windows XP Control Panel Control Panel File Edit view Favorites Tools Help Q Bat X d yo Search ie Folders Ez Address Control Panel Vg Control Panel A k hdd Hardware Je Switch to Category View Co s See Also Game Controllers A Windows Update 3 Right click Local Area Connection and then click Properties Appendix D Setting up Your Computer s IP Address 258 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Figure 154 Windows XP Control Panel Network Connections Properties s Network Connections File Edit view Favorites Tools Advanced Help Q sack X 2 JI Search e Folders Ez Address Network Connections gt LAN or High Speed Internet Network Tasks ocal Area Connection amp Create a new connection Set up a home or small Disable office network amp Disable this network eras device Repair W Repair this connection Bridge Connections
40. the router sends TCP RST packets for TCP connections and destroys TOS firewall dynamic sessions until incomplete connections lt Maximum Incomplete Low Access block sent TCP RST The router sends a TCP RST packet and generates this log if you turn on the firewall TCP reset mechanism via Cl command sys firewall tcprst Table 122 Packet Filter Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION TCP UDP ICMP IGMP Generic packet filter matched set d rule d Attempted access matched a configured filter rule denoted by its set and rule number and was blocked or forwarded according to the rule Appendix K Log Descriptions 296 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Table 123 ICMP Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Firewall default policy ICMP lt Packet Direction gt lt type d gt lt code d gt ICMP access matched the default policy and was blocked or forwarded according to the user s setting For type and code details see Table 135 on page 306 match ICMP rule d Firewall rule NOT Packet Direction type d code d ICMP access matched or didn t match a firewall rule denoted by its number and was blocked or forwarded according to the rule For type and code details see Table 135 on page 306 Triangle route packet forwarded ICMP The firewall allowed a triangle route session to pass through Packet without a NAT table en
41. 0 0 0 q Note daa UPnPto function normally the HTTP service must be available for LAN computers using 2 You may also need to create a Firewallrule Apply Cancel 201 Chapter 15 Remote Management Configuration P 660HW D Series User s Guide The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 80 Remote Management WWW LABEL DESCRIPTION Port You may change the server port number for a service if needed however you must use the same port number in order to use that service for remote management Access Status Select the interface s through which a computer may access the ZyXEL device using this service Secured Client IP A secured client is a trusted computer that is allowed to communicate with the ZyXEL device using this service Select All to allow any computer to access the ZyXEL device using this service Choose Selected to just allow the computer with the IP address that you specify to access the ZyXEL device using this service Apply Click Apply to save your settings back to the ZyXEL device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 15 3 Telnet You can configure your ZyXEL device for remote Telnet access as shown next The administrator uses Telnet from a computer on a remote network to access the ZyXEL device Figure 110 Telnet Configuration on a TCP IP Network a Em ee
42. 119 List of Tables 26 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Table 39 MAL Address FINST serinin rape ES Esa xL Pat RV La PL EI E Ep REEL og 123 Table 40 WMM QOS PHOMIGS ET TM 124 Table 41 Commonly Used Sennce ss ieriscersdarveondeiduirescssedunsestadanieianeaabodisontaidipieaneatnceostzxs 124 Teolo 42 Wiraloss LAINE QOS iue ntu eerie iecit i doe dea t A a aaa 127 Table 43 Applicaton Priority Configuration isooccntebiseencxp bites aor vente obo vae abr br Rak br pU UA 128 Table 44 DNE T A 130 Table 45 NAT Mapping TYPES Luusessexuinssebedcite bk E e pberEE pg ad RH LEHRER RYE EE DF EX GEHE REA eaa 2 i Rt EUER Ad 133 IEUEEAaLPUPC UU ce 134 Table 47 Services and Port Numbers 3 55 25 ori rd redo p EE lh a Dog i ada 135 Table 45 NAT Port Forwarding 222 xeu ted voee pacc apa wat dba gode a enact ER 137 Table 48 Port Forwarding Rule Sel 222 icti erronee titor rtm eorr aet robe aanne au pee 2s 138 Table 50 Address Mapping Iles e bier tre E ERRFE I DEBRIS E ERE pr n ES eR EHE Ehre E ERU ondas 139 Table 51 Edit Address Mapping RUNG 1 coi reo prt aM bend AEEERERI ERR EE RP E9 Re et Ss an Rec tU Tos ER M IUE 140 Table 52 Common MID vasceccuccrrnccassccouversiustasad enc csnsquniedseiaadiudeseiadodaedavbaedin deatncdlezeeuers 145 Table 53 ICMP Commands That Trigger Alerts 147 Table 54 Legal NetBIOS Command iasxececse sempe IRE eE n ER ER A RPRTI RASSE RDe EAEEREN 147 Table So Legal SMTP COSME sasira t IHR PR YER o REEF
43. 31 Preface P 660HW D Series User s Guide CHAPTER 1 Getting To Know Your P 660HW D This chapter describes the key features and applications of your ZyXEL device 1 1 Introducing the P 660HW D The ZyXEL device is an ADSL2 gateway that allows super fast secure Internet access over analog POTS or digital ISDN telephone lines depending on your model In the ZyXEL device product name H denotes an integrated 4 port switch hub and W denotes an included wireless LAN card that provides wireless connectivity Models ending in 1 for example P 660HW D1 denote a device that works over the analog telephone system POTS Plain Old Telephone Service Models ending in 3 denote a device that works over ISDN Integrated Services Digital Network Models ending in 7 denote a device that works over T ISDN UR 2 Note Only use firmware for your ZyXEL device s specific model Refer to the label on the bottom of your ZyXEL device The DSL RJ 11 ADSL over POTS models or RJ 45 ADSL over ISDN models connects to your ADSL enabled telephone line The ZyXEL device is compatible with the ADSL ADSL2 ADSL2 standards Maximum data rates attainable by the ZyXEL device for each standard are shown in the next table Table 1 ADSL Standards DATARATESTANDARD UPSTREAM DOWNSTREAM ADSL 832 kbps 8Mbps ADSL2 3 5Mbps 12Mbps ADSL2 3 5Mbps 24Mbps Note The standard your ISP suppor
44. 4662 WWW The World Wide Web WWW is an Internet system to distribute graphical hyper linked information based on Hyper Text Transfer Protocol HTTP a client server protocol for the World Wide Web The Web is not synonymous with the Internet rather it is just one service on the Internet Other services on the Internet include Internet Relay Chat and Newsgroups The Web is accessed through use of a browser 4 3 Bandwidth Management Wizard Setup 1 After you enter the admin password to access the web configurator select Go to Wizard setup and click Apply Otherwise click the wizard icon jj in the top right corner of the web configurator to display the wizard main screen Figure 33 Select a Mode Please select Wizard or Advanced mode The Wizard setup walks you through the most common configuration settings We suggest you use this mode if it is the first time you are setting up your router or if you need to make basic configuration changes 2 Click BANDWIDTH MANAGEMENT SETUP to configure the system for Internet access and wireless connection 67 Chapter 4 Bandwidth Management Wizard P 660HW D Series User s Guide Figure 34 Wizard Welcome Welcome to the ZyXEL Wizard Setup INTERNET WIRELESS SETU nfiguration 3 Activate bandwidth management and select to allocate bandwidth to packets based on the service requirements Figure 35 Bandwidth Management Wizard General I
45. 78 Services arid Pom NUIGBere arricati en br e PUDE ELHSI P SE n neces 194 Tas 79 Dynami DNS 22 deb UR Ph E exa Hv baci nbn Do Ee UT 197 Table 80 Remote Management WWW ccccccccesccccctesseeecceeeeeeeceneeesneeceeeesssaceeeenseeeceaeeneeees 202 Table 81 Remote Management Telnet iini ice erento reru aine reru probet au pena rre epp de 203 27 List of Tables P 660HW D Series User s Guide Table 82 Remote Management FTP 25 een dier Er oh d b i upon eI Epor d ER e a9 EE Ehre LES aan 204 RE S Se TEPE saranoina ara ai AEREA E E S EEEE AAA OEE anad 206 Table 84 Remote Management SNMP 1 eei tree cid tua e o taU xtti 207 Table 85 Remate Management DNS 21 2 abor rir ad a en EE taa i ro EE ea Cb Ee eR pha dd 208 Table 86 Remote Management ICMP cccssscsccscsssseencancessnssceosasosesucanrasaecccessonsueesaaanerncaaannsgacn 209 Table 87 Contigurng UPAP i 212 Table 88 System General SelUp aac csiscavsnadcsensavidaaesaneasevnbanivssuniesavadsinsaavnneeanerndlcisasemuscsrers 223 Tals ee oy emn ime eg aeia een ene 225 Tano O YEW eo c ER 229 Uee ST LOO SETUDOS E T E E E E A E A ebat E A 230 Table 92 Firmware UPorade e 234 Table 93 Maintenance Restore Configuration nennen nennen 237 Table 94 Diagnostic ICD MEM eid ieee ete ae EA 240 Table 95 Enagnosie DSL LINE iuiecsscii siue citi EE tpa Febr ad En nata px pU YVES VIP Fdo ebd qua icrai Erbe 241 Table 96 Troubleshooting Starting Up Your ZyXEL device
46. 92 Firewall Example Edit Rule Destination Address Edit Rule 1 M Active Action for Matched Packets Permit Source Address Source Address List Address Type Any Address z Start IP fo 0 0 0 Address End IP ooo Address Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 Destination Address Destination Address List Address Type Range Address Start IP 00 010 Address EGER End IP ioo15 Address 20003 Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 10 0 0 10 10 0 0 15 9 Use the Add gt gt and Remove buttons between Available Services and Selected Services list boxes to configure it as follows Click Apply when you are done Note Custom services show up with an before their names in the Services list box and the Rules list box Chapter 10 Firewall Configuration 166 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Figure 93 Firewall Example Edit Rule Select Customized Services Edit Rule 2 M Active Action for Matched Packets Permit Source Address Address Type Any Address 7 Start IP noo0 Any Address 0 0 0 0 Add gt gt End IP nooo Address 0 0 0 0 Edit cu Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 Delete Source Address List Destination Address Address Type Range Address x Start IP Rioo 010 10 0 0 140 10 0 0 145 ddraze 10 0 0 10 Add gt gt End IP inooi1s Fori 10 0 0 15 Edit lt lt Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 Delete Destination Address List Service
47. Address 266 P 660HW D Series User s Guide e Ifyou have a dynamic IP address click Automatically obtain IP address settings with and select dhep from the drop down list e Ifyou have a static IP address click Statically set IP Addresses and fill in the Address Subnet mask and Default Gateway Address fields 3 Click OK to save the changes and close the Ethernet Device General screen 4 If you know your DNS server IP address es click the DNS tab in the Network Configuration screen Enter the DNS server information in the fields provided Figure 165 Red Hat 9 0 KDE Network Configuration DNS v Network Configuration File Profile Help B f BO New Edit Copy Delete Devices Hardware DNS Hosts rg Hostname Primary DNS Secondary DNS Tertiary DNS DNS Search Path You may configure the system s hostname domain name servers and search domain Name servers are used to look up other hosts on the network Active Profile Common modified 5 Click the Devices tab 6 Click the Activate button to apply the changes The following screen displays Click Yes to save the changes in all screens Figure 166 Red Hat 9 0 KDE Network Configuration Activate Rdoueston saved Do you want to continue redhat config network You have made some changes in your configuration To activate the network device ethO the
48. Advanced LAN Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION RIP amp Multicast Setup RIP Direction Select the RIP direction from None Both In Only and Out Only RIP Version Select the RIP version from RIP 1 RIP 2B and RIP 2M Multicast IGMP Internet Group Multicast Protocol is a network layer protocol used to establish membership in a multicast group The ZyXEL device supports both IGMP version 1 IGMP v1 and IGMP v2 Select None to disable it Any IP Setup Select the Active check box to enable the Any IP feature This allows a computer to access the Internet without changing the network settings such as IP address and subnet mask of the computer even when the IP addresses of the computer and the ZyXEL device are not in the same subnet When you disable the Any IP feature only computers with dynamic IP addresses or static IP addresses in the same subnet as the ZyXEL device s LAN IP address can connect to the ZyXEL device or access the Internet through the ZyXEL device Windows NetBIOS Network Basic Input Output System are TCP or UDP packets that Networking enable a computer to connect to and communicate with a LAN For some dial up NetBIOS over services such as PPPoE or PPTP NetBIOS packets cause unwanted calls TCP IP However it may sometimes be necessary to allow NetBIOS packets to pass through to the WAN in order to find a computer on the WAN Allow between Select this check box to forward NetBIOS packets from the
49. Available Services Selected Services MyService TCP LIDP 123 Add gt gt y AIMINEVY ICQ TCP 5190 AUTH TCP 113 Remove BGP TCP 178 zl Edit Customized Services Schedule Day to Apply iv Everyday IV sun IV Mon V Tue V wed IV Thu IV Fri V sat Time of Day to Apply 24 Hour Format IV All day Staro hour minute End o hour minute Log Log Packet Detail Information Alert I Send Alert Message to Administrator When Matched Cancel On completing the configuration procedure for this Internet firewall rule the Rules screen should look like the following Rule 1 allows a MyService connection from the WAN to IP addresses 10 0 0 10 through 10 0 0 15 on the LAN 167 Chapter 10 Firewall Configuration P 660HW D Series User s Guide Figure 94 Firewall Example Rules MyService o RII Rules os i Packet Direction 1 v Firewall Rules Storage Space in Use 395 Create a new rule after rule number IE 7 DTTZWNTTTUNNNETONNN OZ EETEZTTIT Any 1000110 100 015 MyService TCPJUDP 123 7 Permit No 100 waN to LAN Add No B Wl bN Apply Cancel 10 8 Predefined Services The Available Services list box in the Edit Rule screen see Section 10 6 1 on page 160 displays all predefined services that the ZyXEL device already supports Next to the name of the service two fields appear in brackets The first field in
50. Chapter 16 Universal Plug and Play UPnP 212 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Figure 118 Add Remove Programs Windows Setup Communication ivi El Address Book Communications L1 n Desktop Themes M aj Games L1 Multilanguage Support 3 In the Communications window select the Universal Plug and Play check box in the Components selection box Figure 119 Add Remove Programs Windows Setup Communication Components Communications M di NetMeeting M Phone Dialer P Universal Plug and Play O G Virtual Private Networking 4 Click OK to go back to the Add Remove Programs Properties window and click Next 5 Restart the computer when prompted 213 Chapter 16 Universal Plug and Play UPnP P 660HW D Series User s Guide 16 3 2 Installing UPnP in Windows XP Follow the steps below to install the UPnP in Windows XP 1 Click start and Control Panel 2 Double click Network Connections 3 In the Network Connections window click Advanced in the main menu and select Optional Networking Components Figure 120 Network Connections s Network Connections File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Operator Assisted Dialing Q eee we 27 9 96 Dial up Preferences Address e Network Connections Network Identification Bridge Connections Network Tasks Advanced Settings Optional Networking Components El Create a new connection TTT T 4 The Windows Optional Networking Componen
51. Computer s IP Address 264 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Figure 162 Macintosh OS X Network eo Network T Lal t wo J Show All Displays Network Startup Disk Location Automatic m Show Built in Ethernet B PPPoE AppleTalk Proxies Configure Using DHCP i Domain Name Servers Optional IP Address 192 168 11 12 168 95 1 1 Provided by DHCP Server Subnet Mask 255 255 254 0 Router 192 168 10 11 Search Domains Optional DHCP Client ID Optional Example apple com earthlink net Ethernet Address 00 05 02 43 93 ff Click the lock to prevent further changes Apply Now 4 For statically assigned settings do the following From the Configure box select Manually Type your IP address in the IP Address box Type your subnet mask in the Subnet mask box Type the IP address of your ZyXEL device in the Router address box 5 Click Apply Now and close the window 6 Turn on your ZyXEL device and restart your computer if prompted Verifying Settings Check your TCP IP properties in the Network window Linux This section shows you how to configure your computer s TCP IP settings in Red Hat Linux 9 0 Procedure screens and file location may vary depending on your Linux distribution and release version 265 Appendix D Setting up Your Computer s IP Address P 660HW D Series User s Guide Note Make sure you are logged in as the root administra
52. Disabled Appendix H NetBIOS Filter Commands 286 P 660HW D Series User s Guide The filter types and their default settings are as follows Table 117 NetBIOS Filter Default Settings connection are blocked or forwarded NAME DESCRIPTION EXAMPLE Between LAN This field displays whether NetBIOS packets are blocked or forwarded Block and WAN between the LAN and the WAN IPSec Packets This field displays whether NetBIOS packets sent through a VPN Forward calls Trigger dial This field displays whether NetBIOS packets are allowed to initiate Disabled calls Disabled means that NetBIOS packets are blocked from initiating NetBIOS Filter Configuration Syntax sys filter netbios config type lt on off gt where type lt on off gt Example commands sys filter netbios config 0 on sys filter netbios config 3 on sys filter netbios config 4 off Identify which NetBIOS filter numbered 0 3 to configure 0 Between LAN and WAN 3 IPSec packet pass through 4 Trigger Dial For type 0 and 1 use on to enable the filter and block NetBIOS packets Use off to disable the filter and forward NetBIOS packets For type 3 use on to block NetBIOS packets from being sent through a VPN connection Use off to allow NetBIOS packets to be sent through a VPN connection For type 4 use on to allow NetBIOS packets to initiate dial backup calls Use off to block NetBIOS
53. E RP EL Cet aka Ri 189 13 0 espere ME 189 13 9 Bandwidth Management Rule Setup seen enne nennen 190 QE NEL iS Us Ip ET TT 192 13 10 Bandwidih MONIO t 194 Chapter 14 Dynamic DNS SOU ivisiscsseisscescnsanesienastovnennnnnssensannensnssnsdionssnmesnanaenansoksnnetnanmmansiann 196 14 1 Dynamic DNS DVOFVIDW auiisieus pre Lengua ebore bi e aan adu PAR DR d 196 tA EEM iR RD P 196 142 Contig nng Dynami DIS 125a saper t e ELLO RASA NECS VPN PER X PLA GR A 196 Chapter 15 Remote Management Configuration eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenneenn nnne 200 15 1 Remote Management Overview ccce beo eique be e eR o DE ERR RR Ro X X uA RR SEU RR AQ Baba dq 200 15 1 1 Remote Management Limitations cccceeeesccceeeeeecceeeeseeccnneeeeees 200 15 1 2 Remote Management and NAT 1 aee nena tnn hh aan i 201 15 1 2 System DITIGOHU sroin 201 ST C M UPS 201 mw T ms 202 resa u MI i e 202 cee ew yw au cite Nempe 203 Med UUM cemere EAA 204 Tae Ute BOHOO MIBE Leeds ch olea al cera aser ek fom ev A BER asl eam ERAS 205 TEL STIS TOPE cades vie accen ete c dnd eet tese utat abc deis 206 15 6 3 Configuring SNMP e 206 onec M 207 rers ONF wem 208 Chapter 16 Universal Plug and Play UPnP c once cerro rue rue u ne rennen naue u uu nna nac 210 16 1 Introducing Universal Plug end
54. Ee ERE CHRPR RES PU PLUR ina 178 Chapter 12 SACI ROU Me T 180 TV RIN PRU Ze eL M 180 12 2 Configuring Statie POUR aise atid Satna aspe ee endi ended ice api tf nee 180 12351 Coley Pte EHI assets duisi rbi Celo a Cosa ER debe OrE UA 181 Chapter 13 Bandwidth Mara erie OE io ensi non nin enar nnm a Ina kann nna tE EXE nou Kran ASA c oia nC KO I KE 184 13 1 Bandwidth Management Overview sssssssssseseeeneet 184 13 2 Application based Bandwidth Management sss 184 13 3 Subnet based Bandwidth Management essen 184 13 4 Application and Subnet based Bandwidth Management 185 oT Ec Dc n 0 SS 185 12 5 1 Pricey based Scheduler coorta p p a Cet bp it op rea 186 13 5 2 Fairness based Scheduler eerte erinin irai 186 13 6 Maximize Bandwidth LISage 1 2 22 ertt po erento ter tuni rer terraa anna 186 13 6 1 Reserving Bandwidth for Non Bandwidth Class Traffic 186 13 6 2 Maximize Bandwidth Usage Example eese 187 13 6 2 1 Priority based Allotment of Unused and Unbudgeted Bandwidth 187 13 6 2 2 Fairness based Allotment of Unused and Unbudgeted Bandwidth 188 15 Table of Contents P 660HW D Series User s Guide 13 6 3 Bandwidth Management Priorities eene 188 13 7 Over Allotment of Bandwidth uiscera tan ko pct Eni Deka
55. For example if traffic is being allowed from the Internet to the LAN it is better to allow only certain machines on the Internet to access the LAN 10 3 2 Security Ramifications 1 Once the logic of the rule has been defined it is critical to consider the security ramifications created by the rule 2 Does this rule stop LAN users from accessing critical resources on the Internet For example if IRC is blocked are there users that require this service 3 Is it possible to modify the rule to be more specific For example if IRC is blocked for all users will a rule that blocks just certain users be more effective 155 Chapter 10 Firewall Configuration P 660HW D Series User s Guide 4 Does a rule that allows Internet users access to resources on the LAN create a security vulnerability For example if FTP ports TCP 20 21 are allowed from the Internet to the LAN Internet users may be able to connect to computers with running FTP servers 5 Does this rule conflict with any existing rules 6 Once these questions have been answered adding rules is simply a matter of plugging the information into the correct fields in the web configurator screens 10 3 3 Key Fields For Configuring Rules 10 3 3 1 Action Should the action be to Drop Reject or Permit Note Drop means the firewall silently discards the packet Reject means the firewall discards packets and sends an ICMP destination unreachable message to the s
56. General Connect to the Internet using amp J Intemet Connection This connection allows you to connect to the Internet through a shared connection on another computer Settings Show icon in notification area when connected 4 You may edit or delete the port mappings or click Add to manually add port mappings Chapter 16 Universal Plug and Play UPnP 216 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Figure 125 Internet Connection Properties Advanced Settings Advanced Settings Services Selec the services running on pour ralak that inleme usec can Fa Seraces meros 192 1681 659859 20111 UDP msmso 132 166 1 91 7281 36037 UDP V mime 192 168 1 91 7810 31 711 TCF Figure 126 Internet Connection Properties Advanced Settings Add Service Settings Description of service Tes Name or IP address for example 192 158 0 12 of the computer hosting this service on your network 192 168 1 11 External Port number for this service 143 TCP C UDP Internal Port number for this service 143 Cancel Note When the UPnP enabled device is disconnected from your computer all port mappings will be deleted automatically 5 Select Show icon in notification area when connected option and click OK An icon displays in the system tray Figure 127 System Tray Icon J Internet Connection is now connected Click here For more information s upnp2 Paint
57. IGMP v1 and v2 IGMP Proxy UPnP Management Embedded Web Configurator CLI Command Line Interpreter Remote Management via Telnet or Web SNMP manageable FTP TFTP for firmware downloading configuration backup and restoration Syslog Built in Diagnostic Tools for FLASH memory ADSL circuitry RAM and LAN port MAP Multimedia Auto Provisioner multimedia installation tutorial and automatic configurator Wireless IEEE 802 11g compliance Frequency Range 2 4 GHz Advanced Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing OFDM Data Rates 54Mbps and Auto Fallback Wired Equivalent Privacy WEP Data Encryption 64 128 256 bit WLAN bridge to LAN Up to 32 MAC address filters WPA 2 WPA 2 PSK IEEE 802 1x External RADIUS server using EAP MD5 TLS TTLS 247 Appendix A Product Specifications P 660HW D Series User s Guide Table 101 Firmware continued Firewall Stateful Packet Inspection Prevent Denial of Service attacks such as Ping of Death SYN Flood LAND Smurf etc Real time E mail alerts Reports and logs NAT SUA Port Forwarding 1024 NAT sessions Multimedia application PPTP under NAT SUA IPSec passthrough SIP ALG passthrough VPN passthrough Content Filtering Web page blocking by URL keyword Static Routes 16 IP and 4 Bridge Other Features Any IP Zero Configuration VC auto hunting Traffic Redirect Dynamic DNS IP Alias
58. If you configure a new time and date Time Zone and Daylight Saving at the same time the new time and date you entered has priority and the Time Zone and Daylight Saving settings do not affect it New Time This field displays the last updated time from the time server or the last time hh mm ss configured manually When you set Time and Date Setup to Manual enter the new time in this field and then click Apply New Date This field displays the last updated date from the time server or the last date yyyy mm dd configured manually When you set Time and Date Setup to Manual enter the new date in this field and then click Apply Get from Time Server Select this radio button to have the ZyXEL device get the time and date from the time server you specified below Time Protocol Select the time service protocol that your time server uses Not all time servers support all protocols so you may have to check with your ISP network administrator or use trial and error to find a protocol that works The main difference between them is the format Daytime RFC 867 format is day month year time zone of the server Time RFC 868 format displays a 4 byte integer giving the total number of seconds since 1970 1 1 at 0 0 0 The default NTP RFC 1305 is similar to Time RFC 868 Time Server Address Enter the IP address or URL up to 20 extended ASCII characters in length of your time server Check with your ISP network a
59. MAC Encapsulated Routing Link Protocol ENET ENCAP is only implemented with the IP network protocol IP packets are routed between the Ethernet interface and the WAN interface and then formatted so that they can be understood in a bridged environment For instance it encapsulates routed Ethernet frames into bridged ATM cells ENET ENCAP requires that you specify a gateway IP address in the ENET ENCAP Gateway field in the second wizard screen You can get this information from your ISP 5 1 1 2 PPP over Ethernet PPPoE Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet provides access control and billing functionality in a manner similar to dial up services using PPP PPPoE is an IETF standard RFC 2516 specifying how a personal computer PC interacts with a broadband modem DSL cable wireless etc connection For the service provider PPPoE offers an access and authentication method that works with existing access control systems for example RADIUS One of the benefits of PPPoE is the ability to let you access one of multiple network services a function known as dynamic service selection This enables the service provider to easily create and offer new IP services for individuals Operationally PPPoE saves significant effort for both you and the ISP or carrier as it requires no specific configuration of the broadband modem at the customer site By implementing PPPoE directly on the ZyXEL device rather than individual computers the computers
60. Network Address Translation NAT 34 Network Management 135 New 6 NNTP 135 North America 5 North America Contact Information 7 Norway Contact Information 7 O One Minute High 172 Opening 5 Operating Condition 6 Out dated Warranty 6 Outlet 3 P Packet Filtering 152 Packet filtering When to use 153 Packet Filtering Firewalls 142 Pairwise Master Key PMK 319 321 Parts 6 Patent 2 Peak Cell Rate PCR 78 83 88 Permission 2 Photocopying 2 Ping of Death 145 Pipes 5 Point to Point Protocol over ATM Adaptation Layer 5 AAL5 75 Point to Point 250 Point to Point Tunneling Protocol 135 Pool 5 POP3 135 144 145 Postage Prepaid 6 Power Adaptor 5 Power Cord 5 Power Outlet 5 Power Supply 5 Power Supply repair 5 PPPoA 76 PPPoE 74 288 335 Index P 660HW D Series User s Guide Benefits 74 PPPoE Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet 34 PPTP 135 Preamble Mode 314 Priorities 124 188 Priority 191 Priority based Scheduler 186 Product Model 7 Product Page 4 Product Serial Number 7 Products 6 Proof of Purchase 6 Proper Operating Condition 6 Purchase Proof of 6 Purchaser 6 Q QoS 109 benefits 109 Qualified Service Personnel 5 Quick Start Guide 30 R Radio Communications 3 Radio Frequency Energy 3 Radio Interference 3 Radio Reception 3 Radio Technician 3 RADIUS 316 Shared Secret Key 317 RADIUS Message Types 316 RADIUS Messages 316 RADIUS server 108 Rec
61. OSPF attack ICMP type d The firewall detected an ICMP attack For type and code details code d see Table 135 on page 306 land TCP UDP IGMP The firewall detected a TCP UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF land ESP GRE OSPF attack land ICMP type d The firewall detected an ICMP land attack For type and code code d details see Table 135 on page 306 ip spoofing WAN TCP The firewall detected an IP spoofing attack on the WAN port UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF ip spoofing WAN ICMP The firewall detected an ICMP IP spoofing attack on the WAN port type d code d For type and code details see Table 135 on page 306 icmp echo ICMP type d The firewall detected an ICMP echo attack For type and code code d details see Table 135 on page 306 syn flood TCP The firewall detected a TCP syn flood attack ports scan TCP The firewall detected a TCP port scan attack teardrop TCP The firewall detected a TCP teardrop attack teardrop UDP The firewall detected an UDP teardrop attack teardrop ICMP type d The firewall detected an ICMP teardrop attack For type and code code d details see Table 135 on page 306 illegal command TCP The firewall detected a TCP illegal command attack NetBIOS TCP The firewall detected a TCP NetBIOS attack ip spoofing no routing The firewall classified a packet with no source routing entry as an entry TCP UDP IGM
62. TSS CINE T M 290 PRE device DID ISDN ead epesitosbac End qat epe tcpin Ee Soo o m oep aH SU R 292 Appendix K Sg ej jo p fee Em 294 Log COMMBNAS 308 Log commend EXOUIIG o cce pdercen terrains ae b onba ARRA KI EH ANS kareena E REP DAR 309 Appendix L Wireless LANS a 310 iun rcg OPONI m Goss anta heen N 310 CSA M R 312 452 SX prenne UT ATTEN TEE 312 Fragmentation rios 313 alum Emma 314 EEE O02 NE m E 314 Wireless Security OVOMIOW e k n A 315 EEE 2 KAAN 215 EDIDI oic dien duri Mesda i em ed Md NEM e Mr EPUM EE M DEUM 316 Ix Pone 317 Dynamic WEP Key Exchanges icon na Eae UU EA FRI E d DER REA ARR ERR a ance 318 APA AY Oe uc E m 319 21 4 2 WPA 2 PSK Application Example sse 321 Security Parameters SUFPHETIBIS 1 seins esie eda ana ERE Rae EER RA IgA ERR EA RAE E kanana 322 Appendix M Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions 324 Internet Explorer Pop up BIOGKGS ssec sete e eorr runi etr beet waters tatu Fuer aeon 324 dv pP eeepc Hee te vae te esti VER FS Haase Era N 327 isto eee non A T AA E URS 332 19 Table of Contents P 660HW D Series User s Guide List of Figures Figure 1 Protected Internet Access Applications c cccc
63. The default time interval is 3600 seconds or 1 hour Group Key Update The Group Key Update Timer is the rate at which the AP if using WPA PSK Timer In WPA2 PSK key management or RADIUS server if using WPA 2 key Seconds management sends a new group key out to all clients The re keying process is the WPA 2 equivalent of automatically changing the WEP key for an AP and all stations in a WLAN on a periodic basis Setting of the Group Key Update Timer is also supported in WPA PSK WPA2 PSK mode The default is 1800 seconds 30 minutes Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL device Cancel Click Cancel to reload the previous configuration for this screen Advanced Setup Click Advanced Setup to display the Wireless Advanced Setup screen and edit more details of your WLAN setup 7 4 4 WPA WPA2 In order to configure and enable WPA WPAQJ click the Wireless LAN link under Network to display the General screen Select WPA or WPA2 from the Security Mode list Chapter 7 Wireless LAN 114 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Figure 60 Wireless WPA WPA2 General Wireless Setup M Active Wireless LAN Network Name SSID zx T Hide SSID Channel Selection Channel 06 2437MHz v Security Security Mode wea2 x WPA Compatible ReAuthentication Timer fisoo In Seconds Idle Timeout 5600 In Seconds Group Key Update Timer fisoo In Seconds Authentication Ser
64. The second field indicates the IP port number that defines the service Note that there may be more than one IP protocol type For example look at the DNS service UDP TCP 53 means UDP port 53 and TCP port 53 Table 41 Commonly Used Services SERVICE DESCRIPTION AIM New ICQ TCP 5190 AOL s Internet Messenger service used as a listening port by ICQ AUTH TCP 113 Authentication protocol used by some servers BGP TCP 179 Border Gateway Protocol BOOTP CLIENT UDP 68 DHCP Client BOOTP SERVER UDP 67 DHCP Server 24032 CU SEEME TCP UDP 7648 A popular videoconferencing solution from White Pines Software DNS UDP TCP 53 Domain Name Server a service that matches web names e g www zyxel com to IP numbers FINGER TCP 79 Finger is a UNIX or Internet related command that can be used to find out if a user is logged on FTP TCP 20 21 File Transfer Program a program to enable fast transfer of files including large files that may not be possible by e mail H 323 TCP 1720 NetMeeting uses this protocol Chapter 7 Wireless LAN 124 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Table 41 Commonly Used Services SERVICE DESCRIPTION HTTP TCP 80 Hyper Text Transfer Protocol a client server protocol for the world wide web HTTPS TCP 443 HTTPS is a secured http session often used in e commerce ICQ UDP 4000 This is a popular Inter
65. While the targeted system waits for the ACK that follows the SYN ACK it queues up all outstanding SYN ACK responses on what is known as a backlog queue SYN ACKs are moved off the queue only when an ACK comes back or when an internal timer which is set at relatively long intervals terminates the three way handshake Once the queue is full the system will ignore all incoming SYN requests making the system unavailable for legitimate users Figure 82 SYN Flood Client Server Ina LAND Attack hackers flood SYN packets into the network with a spoofed source IP address of the targeted system This makes it appear as 1f the host computer sent the packets to itself making the system unavailable while the target system tries to respond to itself 7 A brute force attack such as a Smurf attack targets a feature in the IP specification known as directed or subnet broadcasting to quickly flood the target network with useless data A Smurf hacker floods a router with Internet Control Message Protocol ICMP echo request packets pings Since the destination IP address of each packet is the broadcast address of the network the router will broadcast the ICMP echo request packet to all hosts on the network If there are numerous hosts this will create a large amount of ICMP echo request and response traffic If a hacker chooses to spoof the source IP address of the ICMP echo request packet the resulting ICMP traffic will not only clog up the inte
66. a UDP packet to the sender Select Permit to allow the passage of the packets Log Select the check box to create a log when the above action is taken for packets that are traveling in the selected direction and do not match any of your customized rules Expand Click this button to display more information Basic Click this button to display less information Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 10 6 Firewall Rules Summary Note The ordering of your rules is very important as rules are applied in turn Refer to Section 9 1 on page 142 for more information Click Security gt Firewall gt Rules to bring up the following screen This screen displays a list of the configured firewall rules Note the order in which the rules are listed Chapter 10 Firewall Configuration 158 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Figure 86 Firewall Rules Rules ov fll oo RI Firewall Rules Storage Space in Use 3 Packet Direction wan to LAN Create a new rule after rule number IE 7 100 Move the rule tolo Move 1 Vv any 7 any 7 NetBIOSCTCPAUDP 137 139 445 7 Permit No No amp Wl pN Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 57 Firewall Rules LABEL DESCRIPTION Firewall Rules Storage Space in Use This read only bar shows how much of
67. a protocol is assigned a specific virtual circuit for example VC1 will carry IP If you select VC specify separate VPI and VCI numbers for each protocol For LLC based multiplexing or PPP encapsulation one VC carries multiple protocols with protocol identifying information being contained in each packet header In this case only one set of VPI and VCI numbers need be specified for all protocols VPI The valid range for the VPI is 0 to 255 Enter the VPI assigned to you VCI The valid range for the VCI is 32 to 65535 0 to 31 is reserved for local management of ATM traffic Enter the VCI assigned to you IP Address This option is available if you select Routing in the Mode field A static IP address is a fixed IP that your ISP gives you A dynamic IP address is not fixed the ISP assigns you a different one each time you connect to the Internet If you use the encapsulation type except RFC 1483 select Obtain an IP Address Automatically when you have a dynamic IP address otherwise select Static IP Address and type your ISP assigned IP address in the IP Address field below If you use RFC 1483 enter the IP address given by your ISP in the IP Address field Subnet Mask Enter a subnet mask in dotted decimal notation Refer to the appendices to calculate a subnet mask If you are implementing subnetting Gateway IP address Specify a gateway IP address supplied by your ISP Connection Nailed
68. a wired network This wired connection between APs is called a Distribution System DS This type of wireless LAN topology is called an Infrastructure WLAN The Access Points not only provide communication with the wired network but also mediate wireless network traffic in the immediate neighborhood An ESSID ESS IDentification uniquely identifies each ESS All access points and their associated wireless clients within the same ESS must have the same ESSID in order to communicate 311 Appendix L Wireless LANs P 660HW D Series User s Guide Figure 182 Infrastructure WLAN AP 1 y AP2 g X i h k a 5 i g a D BSS2 w N BSS 1 SSS a Pd es Wireless Station B T StationC et in Mn terere mU iT NT ES uxo cn Channel A channel is the radio frequency ies used by IEEE 802 11a b g wireless devices Channels available depend on your geographical area You may have a choice of channels for your region so you should use a different channel than an adjacent AP access point to reduce interference Interference occurs when radio signals from different access points overlap causing interference and degrading performance Adjacent channels partially overlap however To avoid interference due to overlap your AP should be on a channel at least five channels away from a channel that an adjacent AP is using For example if your region has 11 channels and an adjacent AP is using channel 1 then you need to
69. allow pop up blocking and create an exception for your device s IP address Disable pop up Blockers 1 In Internet Explorer select Tools Pop up Blocker and then select Turn Off Pop up Blocker Figure 186 Pop up Blocker Mail and News bj Turn Off Pop up Blocker Manage Add ons Pop up Blocker Settings Synchronize nee ree ey Windows Update Windows Messenger Internet Options You can also check if pop up blocking is disabled in the Pop up Blocker section in the Privacy tab 1 In Internet Explorer select Tools Internet Options Privacy 2 Clear the Block pop ups check box in the Pop up Blocker section of the screen This disables any web pop up blockers you may have enabled Appendix M Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions 324 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Figure 187 Internet Options Internet Options a General Security Privacy Content Connections Programs Advanced Settings e Move the slider to select a privacy setting for the Internet m zone Medium Blocks third party cookies that do not have a compact privacy policy Blocks third party cookies that use personally identifiable information without your implicit consent Restricts first party cookies that use personally identifiable information without implicit consent Pop up Blocker Prevent most pop up windows from appearing C Block pop ups 3 Click Apply to save this setting Enable pop up B
70. begin configuring this screen afresh Chapter 6 LAN Setup 104 P 660HW D Series User s Guide 105 Chapter 6 LAN Setup P 660HW D Series User s Guide CHAPTER 7 Wireless LAN This chapter discusses how to configure the wireless network settings in your ZyXEL device See the appendices for more detailed information about wireless networks 7 1 Wireless Network Overview The following figure provides an example of a wireless network Figure 55 Example of a Wireless Network Z a AP yy a Aj w LN umuuuso af The wireless network is the part in the blue circle In this wireless network devices A and B are called wireless clients The wireless clients use the access point AP to interact with other devices such as the printer or with the Internet Your ZyXEL device is the AP Every wireless network must follow these basic guidelines Every wireless client in the same wireless network must use the same SSID The SSID is the name of the wireless network It stands for Service Set IDentity Iftwo wireless networks overlap they should use different channels Like radio stations or television channels each wireless network uses a specific channel or frequency to send and receive information Chapter 7 Wireless LAN 106 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Every wireless client in the same wireless network must use sec
71. category list and returned the category type s cache hit The system detected that the web site is in the blocked list from the local cache but does not know the category type oo S s cache hit The system detected that the web site is in blocked list from the local cache and knows the category type s Trusted Web site The web site is in a trusted domain oo S When the content filter is not on according to the time schedule or you didn t select the Block Matched Web Site check box the system forwards the web content Waiting content filter server timeout The external content filtering server did not respond within the timeout period DNS resolving failed The ZyXEL device cannot get the IP address of the external content filtering via DNS query Creating socket failed The ZyXEL device cannot issue a query because TCP IP socket creation failed port port number Appendix K Log Descriptions 298 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Table 127 Content Filtering Logs continued LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Connecting to content The connection to the external content filtering server failed filter server fail License key is invalid The external content filtering license key is invalid Table 128 Attack Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION attack TCP UDP IGMP The firewall detected a TCP UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF attack ESP GRE
72. changes have to be 7 After the network card restart process is complete make sure the Status is Active in the Network Configuration screen Using Configuration Files Follow the steps below to edit the network configuration files and set your computer IP address 267 Appendix D Setting up Your Computer s IP Address P 660HW D Series User s Guide 1 Assuming that you have only one network card on the computer locate the ifconfig eth0 configuration file where eth0 is the name of the Ethernet card Open the configuration file with any plain text editor Ifyou have a dynamic IP address enter dhep in the BOOTPROTO field The following figure shows an example Figure 167 Red Hat 9 0 Dynamic IP Address Setting in ifconfig ethO EVICE ethO0 BOOT yes OOT PROTO dhcp SERCTL no ERDNS yes TYPE Ethernet ucuUuUOog e Ifyou have a static IP address enter static in the BOOTPROTO field Type IPADDR followed by the IP address in dotted decimal notation and type NETMASK followed by the subnet mask The following example shows an example where the static IP address is 192 168 1 10 and the subnet mask is 255 255 255 0 Figure 168 Red Hat 9 0 Static IP Address Setting in ifconfig ethO DEVICE eth0 ONBOOT yes BOOTPROTO static IPADDR 192 168 1 10 NETMASK 255 255 255 0 USERCTL no PEERDNS yes TYPE Ethernet
73. configured the these keywords in the URL ZyXEL device to block Delete Highlight a keyword in the box and click Delete to remove it Clear All Click Clear All to remove all of the keywords from the list Keyword Type a keyword in this field You may use any character up to 127 characters Wildcards are not allowed Add Keyword Click Add Keyword after you have typed a keyword Repeat this procedure to add other keywords Up to 64 keywords are allowed When you try to access a web page containing a keyword you will get a message telling you that the content filter is blocking this request Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL device Cancel Click Cancel to return to the previously saved settings 11 3 Configuring the Schedule To set the days and times for the ZyXEL device to perform content filtering click Security gt Content Filter gt Schedule The screen appears as shown Figure 98 Content Filter Schedule co EA Schedule IV Edit Daily to Block Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday Active Everyday to Block a a ee CTI Vv 8 hdo min 17 hr 30 min Iv 0 do min 0 ndo min Iv o hd min 0 hi0 min Iv o ho min o ndo min i o hio min 0 hi0 min ri o hrf min o ho min 0 do min o hio min Cancel 177 Chapter 11 Content Filtering P 660HW D Series User s Guide The following table describes the labels in this sc
74. describes the wireless LAN security labels in this screen Table 35 Wireless WPA PSK WPA2 PSK LABEL DESCRIPTION Security Mode Choose WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK from the drop down list box WPA Compatible This check box is available only when you select WPA2 PSK or WPA2 in the Security Mode field Select the check box to have both WPA2 and WPA wireless clients be able to communicate with the ZyXEL device even when the ZyXEL device is using WPA2 PSK or WPA2 Pre Shared Key The encryption mechanisms used for WPA WPA2 and WPA PSK WPA2 PSK are the same The only difference between the two is that WPA PSK WPA2 PSK uses a simple common password instead of user specific credentials Type a pre shared key from 8 to 63 case sensitive ASCII characters including spaces and symbols ReAuthentication Timer In Seconds Specify how often wireless clients have to resend usernames and passwords in order to stay connected Enter a time interval between 10 and 9999 seconds The default time interval is 1800 seconds 30 minutes Note If wireless client authentication is done using a RADIUS server the reauthentication timer on the RADIUS server has priority Idle Timeout In The ZyXEL device automatically disconnects a wireless client from the wired Seconds network after a period of inactivity The wireless client needs to enter the username and password again before access to the wired network is allowed
75. equivalent to SUA i e PAT port address translation ZyXEL s Single User Account feature that previous ZyXEL routers supported only Many to Many Overload Many to Many Overload mode maps multiple local IP addresses to shared global IP addresses Many to Many No Overload Many to Many No Overload mode maps each local IP address to unique global IP addresses Server This type allows you to specify inside servers of different services behind the NAT to be accessible to the outside world Local Start IP This is the starting local IP address ILA Local IP addresses are N A for Server port mapping Local End IP This is the end local IP address ILA If your rule is for all local IP addresses then enter 0 0 0 0 as the Local Start IP address and 255 255 255 255 as the Local End IP address This field is N A for One to One and Server mapping types Global Start IP This is the starting global IP address IGA Enter 0 0 0 0 here if you have a dynamic IP address from your ISP Global End IP This is the ending global IP address IGA This field is N A for One to One Many to One and Server mapping types Server Mapping Set Only available when Type is set to Server Select a number from the drop down menu to choose a server mapping set Chapter 8 Network Address Translation NAT Screens 140 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Table 51 Edit Address Mapping Rule continued
76. ffi Internet Configuration You should be able to ac the Internet now CONGRATULATIE The Internet Setup configuration is complete Continue to Wireless Setup wizard Yes No lt Back Next gt Exit 2 Use this screen to activate the wireless LAN and OTIST Click Next to continue Figure 27 Wireless LAN Setup Wizard 1 a Wireless LAN M Active Gi your network a name You will search for this name from your wir Iv Enale OTIST Setup Key 01234567 Check here to set up a ZyAIR client adapter that supports OTIST L Note Please type in a unique setup key This key acts like a password to ensure only those wireless LAN devices you authorize are configured by OTIST This key should not be the same as the router password the password you use to log in to your ISP You will need to remember this key to setup new devices via OTIST Chapter 3 Wizard Setup for Internet Access 60 P 660HW D Series User s Guide The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 13 Wireless LAN Setup Wizard 1 LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Select the check box to turn on the wireless LAN Enable OTIST Select the check box to enable OTIST if you want to transfer your ZyXEL device s SSID and WPA PSK security settings to wireless clients that support OTIST and are within transmission range You must also activate and start OTIST on the wireless client at the same time The process takes three minutes to
77. number of key exchange messages from six to four CCMP 4 way handshake and shortens the time required to connect to a network Other WPA2 authentication features that are different from WPA include key caching and pre authentication These two features are optional and may not be supported in all wireless devices Key caching allows a wireless client to store the PMK it derived through a successful authentication with an AP The wireless client uses the PMK when it tries to connect to the same AP and does not need to go with the authentication process again Pre authentication enables fast roaming by allowing the wireless client already connecting to an AP to perform IEEE 802 1x authentication with another AP before connecting to it Wireless Client WPA Supplicants A wireless client supplicant is the software that runs on an operating system instructing the wireless client how to use WPA At the time of writing the most widely available supplicant is the WPA patch for Windows XP Funk Software s Odyssey client The Windows XP patch is a free download that adds WPA capability to Windows XP s built in Zero Configuration wireless client However you must run Windows XP to use it WPA 2 with RADIUS Application Example You need the IP address of the RADIUS server its port number default is 1812 and the RADIUS shared secret A WPA 2 application example with an external RADIUS server looks as follows A is the RADIUS server DS is
78. ode ed aS aA a ERE 241 Figure 149 Walkmounting Example ssessscsnscnsinei iiini n 252 Figure 149 WIndows 95 98 Me Network Configuration see 255 Figure 150 Windows 95 98 Me TCP IP Properties IP Address 256 Figure 151 Windows 95 98 Me TCP IP Properties DNS Configuration 257 Figure 152 Windows AP Start MONU iioii br t dE pb LSU RpCURIS ERR Ha CHER HP 4 258 Figure 193 Windows XP Control Panel 2 ocior aea REP bevIS SERPENS nn QURE PP OPE Cd M EU BPI PUR RR SRI R 258 Figure 154 Windows XP Control Panel Network Connections Properties 259 Figure 155 Windows XP Local Area Connection Properties essesesssss 259 Figure 156 Windows XP Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties ceeeeees 260 Figure 157 Windows XP Advanced TCP IP Properties eee 261 Figure 158 Windows XP Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties i e 262 Figure 159 Macintosh OS 8 98 Apple MON eorr reino rab rannen bak x Ovi E saa 263 Figure 160 Macintosh OS 8 9 TCP IP aio s eoe ER sr SE ERREUR ER E Ea Rd RR S Rd 203 Figure 161 Macintosh OS X Apple Men roc erri EE Rea Iu Roa tao niaread innein RENNA 264 Figure 162 Macintosh OS X NODVOI accisasse te et esese ue ertt eade pE Ck a rano tk Ruta eu Ebo d Year e E CH kae rina 265 Figure 163 Red Hat 9 0 KDE Network Configuration Devices 0 0 eee 266 Figure 164 Red Hat 9 0 KDE Ethernet Devi
79. of how they work you might inadvertently introduce security risks to the firewall and to the protected network Make sure you test your rules after you configure them For example you may create rules to Block certain types of traffic such as IRC Internet Relay Chat from the LAN to the Internet Allow certain types of traffic such as Lotus Notes database synchronization from specific hosts on the Internet to specific hosts on the LAN Allow everyone except your competitors to access a Web server Restrict use of certain protocols such as Telnet to authorized users on the LAN These custom rules work by comparing the Source IP address Destination IP address and IP protocol type of network traffic to rules set by the administrator Your customized rules take precedence and override the ZyXEL device s default rules 10 3 Rule Logic Overview Note Study these points carefully before configuring rules 10 3 1 Rule Checklist State the intent of the rule For example This restricts all IRC access from the LAN to the Internet Or This allows a remote Lotus Notes server to synchronize over the Internet to an inside Notes server 1 Is the intent of the rule to forward or block traffic 2 What direction of traffic does the rule apply to 3 What IP services will be affected 4 What computers on the LAN are to be affected if any 5 What computers on the Internet will be affected The more specific the better
80. of users on your LAN that you want to exclude from content filtering Leave this field blank if you want to exclude an individual computer Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL device Cancel Click Cancel to return to the previously saved settings Chapter 11 Content Filtering 178 P 660HW D Series User s Guide 179 Chapter 11 Content Filtering P 660HW D Series User s Guide CHAPTER 12 Static Route This chapter shows you how to configure static routes for your ZyXEL device 12 1 Static Route Each remote node specifies only the network to which the gateway is directly connected and the ZyXEL device has no knowledge of the networks beyond For instance the ZyXEL device knows about network N2 in the following figure through remote node Router 1 However the ZyXEL device is unable to route a packet to network N3 because it doesn t know that there is a route through the same remote node Router via gateway Router 2 The static routes are for you to tell the ZyXEL device about the networks beyond the remote nodes Figure 100 Example of Static Routing Topology 12 2 Configuring Static Route Click Advanced gt Static Route to open the Static Route screen Chapter 12 Static Route 180 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Figure 101 Static Route Static Route m eo OP ON DH WN M M M mo Dn anak WN Static Route Rules ECONA ESL g C ON O
81. of your browser Internet Explorer 3 02 or better or Netscape 3 0 or better If a web site uses a secure connection it is safe to submit information Secure web transactions are quite difficult to crack Never reveal your IP address or other system networking information to people outside your company Be careful of files e mailed to you from strangers One common way of getting BackOrifice on a system is to include it as a Trojan horse with other files Change your passwords regularly Also use passwords that are not easy to figure out The most difficult passwords to crack are those with upper and lower case letters numbers and a symbol such as or Upgrade your software regularly Many older versions of software especially web browsers have well known security deficiencies When you upgrade to the latest versions you get the latest patches and fixes If you use chat rooms or IRC sessions be careful with any information you reveal to strangers If your system starts exhibiting odd behavior contact your ISP Some hackers will set off hacks that cause your system to slowly become unstable or unusable Always shred confidential information particularly about your computer before throwing it away Some hackers dig through the trash of companies or individuals for information that might help them in an attack 9 7 Packet Filtering Vs Firewall Below are some comparisons between the ZyXEL device s filtering and firewall funct
82. on the LAN do not need PPPoE software installed since the ZyXEL device does that part of the task Furthermore with NAT all of the LANs computers will have access Chapter 5 WAN Setup 74 P 660HW D Series User s Guide 5 1 1 3 PPPoA PPPoA stands for Point to Point Protocol over ATM Adaptation Layer 5 AAL5 A PPPoA connection functions like a dial up Internet connection The ZyXEL device encapsulates the PPP session based on RFC1483 and sends it through an ATM PVC Permanent Virtual Circuit to the Internet Service Provider s ISP DSLAM digital access multiplexer Please refer to RFC 2364 for more information on PPPoA Refer to RFC 1661 for more information on PPP 5 1 1 4 RFC 1483 RFC 1483 describes two methods for Multiprotocol Encapsulation over ATM Adaptation Layer 5 AALS The first method allows multiplexing of multiple protocols over a single ATM virtual circuit LLC based multiplexing and the second method assumes that each protocol is carried over a separate ATM virtual circuit VC based multiplexing Please refer to the RFC for more detailed information 5 1 2 Multiplexing There are two conventions to identify what protocols the virtual circuit VC is carrying Be sure to use the multiplexing method required by your ISP 5 1 2 1 VC based Multiplexing In this case by prior mutual agreement each protocol is assigned to a specific virtual circuit for example VC1 carries IP etc VC based multiplexing
83. or upstream Internet gateways using DUDP port 1900 SSH TCP UDP 22 Secure Shell Remote Login Program STRMWORKS UDP 1558 Stream Works Protocol SYSLOG UDP 514 Syslog allows you to send system logs to a UNIX server TACACS UDP 49 Login Host Protocol used for Terminal Access Controller Access Control System TELNET TCP 23 Telnet is the login and terminal emulation protocol common on the Internet and in UNIX environments It operates over TCP IP networks Its primary function is to allow users to log into remote host systems TFTP UDP 69 Trivial File Transfer Protocol is an Internet file transfer protocol similar to FTP but uses the UDP User Datagram Protocol rather than TCP Transmission Control Protocol VDOLIVE TCP 7000 Another videoconferencing solution 10 9 Anti Probing If an outside user attempts to probe an unsupported port on your ZyXEL device an ICMP response packet is automatically returned This allows the outside user to know the ZyXEL device exists The ZyXEL device supports anti probing which prevents the ICMP response packet from being sent This keeps outsiders from discovering your ZyXEL device when unsupported ports are probed Internet Control Message Protocol ICMP is a message control and error reporting protocol between a host server and a gateway to the Internet ICMP uses Internet Protocol IP datagrams but the messages are processed by the TCP IP software and dire
84. port are recorded in the Source field Failed to decode th received ca cert The router received a corrupted certification authority certificate from the LDAP server whose address and port are recorded in the Source field Failed to decode th received user cert The router received a corrupted user certificate from the LDAP server whose address and port are recorded in the Source field Failed to decode th received CRL The router received a corrupted CRL Certificate Revocation List from the LDAP server whose address and port are recorded in the Source field Failed to decode th received ARL The router received a corrupted ARL Authority Revocation List from the LDAP server whose address and port are recorded in the Source field 303 Appendix K Log Descriptions P 660HW D Series User s Guide Table 131 PKI Logs continued LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Revd data lt size gt too The router received directory data that was too large the size is listed large Max size from the LDAP server whose address and port are recorded in the allowed lt max size gt Source field The maximum size of directory data that the router allows is also recorded name gt Cert trusted lt subject The router has verified the path of the certificate with the listed subject name Due to reason codes Due to the reasons listed the certificate with the listed
85. product is free from any defects in materials or workmanship for a period of up to two years from the date of purchase During the warranty period and upon proof of purchase should the product have indications of failure due to faulty workmanship and or materials ZyXEL will at its discretion repair or replace the defective products or components without charge for either parts or labor and to whatever extent it shall deem necessary to restore the product or components to proper operating condition Any replacement will consist of a new or re manufactured functionally equivalent product of equal or higher value and will be solely at the discretion of ZyXEL This warranty shall not apply if the product has been modified misused tampered with damaged by an act of God or subjected to abnormal working conditions Note Repair or replacement as provided under this warranty is the exclusive remedy of the purchaser This warranty is in lieu of all other warranties express or implied including any implied warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular use or purpose ZyXEL shall in no event be held liable for indirect or consequential damages of any kind to the purchaser To obtain the services of this warranty contact ZyXEL s Service Center for your Return Material Authorization number RMA Products must be returned Postage Prepaid It is recommended that the unit be insured when shipped Any returned products without proof of purcha
86. save your changes back to the ZyXEL device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 10 6 1 Configuring Firewall Rules Refer to Section 9 1 on page 142 for more information In the Rules screen select an index number and click Add or click a rule s Edit icon to display this screen and refer to the following table for information on the labels Chapter 10 Firewall Configuration 160 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Figure 87 Firewall Edit Rule Edit Rule 2 M Active Action for Matched Packets Permit Source Address Address Type any Address x eee 0 0 0 6 Add gt gt Any End IP 7 Address Less Subnet Mask Delete Destination Address Address Type any Address x Start IP boso Any Address 0 0 0 0 Add gt gt End IP ooo Ann Address Seu esie E Subnet Mask Delete Service Source Address List Destination Address List Available Services Selected Services Add gt gt AIMINEW ICQCTCP 51 90 AUTH TCP 113 SEDES BGP TCP 179 x Remove Edit Customized Services Schedule Day to Apply iv Everyday VV sun V Mon I Tue IV wed IV Thu V rri IV sat Time of Day to Apply 24 Hour Format M all day stando hour minute End c hour minute Log S Log Packet Detail Information Alert Send Alert Message to Administrator When Matched Cancel 161 Chapter 10 Firewall Configuration P 660HW D Se
87. select a channel between 6 or 11 RTS CTS A hidden node occurs when two stations are within range of the same access point but are not within range of each other The following figure illustrates a hidden node Both stations STA are within range of the access point AP or wireless gateway but out of range of each other so they cannot hear each other that is they do not know if the channel is currently being used Therefore they are considered hidden from each other Appendix L Wireless LANs 312 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Figure 183 RTS CTS Station AP HI2 sid Ri aoa RTS Range CTS Range When station A sends data to the AP it might not know that the station B is already using the channel If these two stations send data at the same time collisions may occur when both sets of data arrive at the AP at the same time resulting in a loss of messages for both stations RTS CTS is designed to prevent collisions due to hidden nodes An RTS CTS defines the biggest size data frame you can send before an RTS Request To Send CTS Clear to Send handshake is invoked When a data frame exceeds the RTS CTS value you set between 0 to 2432 bytes the station that wants to transmit this frame must first send an RTS Request To Send message to the AP for permission to send it The AP then responds with a CTS Clear to Send message to all other stations within its range to notify them to defer their transmission
88. sequence numbers However at the very minimum they contain an IP address pair source and destination UDP also contains port pairs and ICMP has type and code information All of this data can be analyzed in order to build virtual connections in the cache For instance any UDP packet that originates on the LAN will create a cache entry Its IP address and port pairs will be stored For a short period of time UDP packets from the WAN that have matching IP and UDP information will be allowed back in through the firewall Chapter 9 Firewalls 150 P 660HW D Series User s Guide A similar situation exists for ICMP except that the ZyXEL device is even more restrictive Specifically only outgoing echoes will allow incoming echo replies outgoing address mask requests will allow incoming address mask replies and outgoing timestamp requests will allow incoming timestamp replies No other ICMP packets are allowed in through the firewall simply because they are too dangerous and contain too little tracking information For instance ICMP redirect packets are never allowed in since they could be used to reroute traffic through attacking machines 9 5 5 Upper Layer Protocols Some higher layer protocols such as FTP and RealAudio utilize multiple network connections simultaneously In general terms they usually have a control connection which is used for sending commands between endpoints and then data connections which are used f
89. the information Password is not sent in plain text However MD5 authentication has some weaknesses Since the authentication server needs to get the plaintext passwords the passwords must be stored Thus someone other than the authentication server may access the password file In addition it is possible to impersonate an authentication server as MDS authentication method does not perform mutual authentication Finally MD5 authentication method does not support data encryption with dynamic session key You must configure WEP encryption keys for data encryption EAP TLS Transport Layer Security With EAP TLS digital certifications are needed by both the server and the wireless clients for mutual authentication The server presents a certificate to the client After validating the identity of the server the client sends a different certificate to the server The exchange of certificates is done in the open before a secured tunnel is created This makes user identity vulnerable to passive attacks A digital certificate is an electronic ID card that authenticates the sender s identity However to implement EAP TLS you need a Certificate Authority CA to handle certificates which imposes a management overhead EAP TTLS Tunneled Transport Layer Service EAP TTLS is an extension of the EAP TLS authentication that uses certificates for only the server side authentications to establish a secure connection Client authentication is then done b
90. the session User logout because of no authentication response from user The router logged out a user from which there was no authentication response User logout because of idle timeout expired The router logged out a user whose idle timeout period expired User logout because of user request A user logged out Local User Database does not support authentication mothed A user tried to use an authentication method that the local user database does not support it only supports EAP MD5 o response from RADIUS Pls check RADIUS Server There is no response message from the RADIUS server please check the RADIUS server Use Local User Database to authenticate user The local user database is operating as the authentication server Use RADIUS to authenticate user The RADIUS server is operating as the authentication server o Server to authenticate user There is no authentication server to authenticate a user Local User Database does not find user s credential A user was not authenticated by the local user database because the user is not listed in the local user database 305 Appendix K Log Descriptions P 660HW D Series User s Guide Table 134 ACL Setting Notes PACKET DIRECTION DIRECTION DESCRIPTION L to W LAN to WAN ACL set for packets traveling from the LAN to the WAN
91. this screen Cancel Click Cancel to return to the previously saved settings 231 Chapter 18 Logs P 660HW D Series User s Guide 18 3 1 Example E mail Log An End of Log message displays for each mail in which a complete log has been sent The following is an example of a log sent by e mail You may edit the subject title The date format here is Day Month Year The date format here is Month Day Year The time format is Hour Minute Second End of Log message shows that a complete log has been sent Figure 136 E mail Log Example Subject Firewall Alert From xxxxx Date Fri 07 Apr 2000 10 05 42 From user zyxel com To user zyxel com 1 Apr 7 00 From 192 168 1 1 ToO21925168 1 255 default policy forward 09 54 03 UDP src port 00520 dest port 00520 1 00 2 Apr 7 00 From 192 168 1 131 Tos192 160 1 255 default policy forward 09 54 17 UDP src port 00520 dest port 00520 1 00 3 Apr 7 00 From 192 168 1 6 To 10 10 10 10 match forward 09 54 19 UDP src port 03516 dest port 00053 1 01 snip e s Snip wine 126 Apr 7 00 From 192 168 1 1 To 192 168 1 255 match forward 10 05 00 UDP src port 00520 dest port 00520 lt 1 02S 127 Apr 7 00 From 192 168 1 131 To 192 168 1 255 match forward 10 05 17 UDP src port 00520 dest port 00520 1 02 128 Apr 7 00 From 192 168 1 1 To 192 168 1 255 match forward 10 05 30 UDP src port 00520 dest port 0
92. to use PPPoE client software on their encapsulation computers to connect to the ISP via the ZyXEL device Each host can have a only separate account and a public WAN IP address PPPoE pass through is an alternative to NAT for application where NAT is not appropriate Disable PPPoE pass through if you do not need to allow hosts on the LAN to use PPPoE client software on their computers to connect to the ISP Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save the changes Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 5 6 Configuring More Connections This section describes the protocol independent parameters for a remote network They are required for placing calls to a remote gateway and the network behind it across a WAN connection When you use the WAN gt Internet Connection screen to set up Internet access you are configuring the first WAN connection Click Network gt WAN gt More Connections to display the screen as shown next 83 Chapter 5 WAN Setup P 660HW D Series User s Guide Figure 41 More Connections More Connections Iv aw OU amp WN re activeh Name IUIUS EECTCTTITTUNNS EENUT TN Internet Connection 8 35 ENET ENCAP test 0 33 PPPoA Ui Ui Ui UU UU Eb E B B B B B Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 22 More Connections LAB
93. want the dial backup route to take first priority over the traffic redirect route or even the normal route all you need to do is set the dial backup route s metric to 1 and the others to 2 or greater IP Policy Routing overrides the default routing behavior and takes priority over all of the routes mentioned above 5 3 Traffic Shaping Traffic Shaping is an agreement between the carrier and the subscriber to regulate the average rate and fluctuations of data transmission over an ATM network This agreement helps eliminate congestion which is important for transmission of real time data such as audio and video connections Peak Cell Rate PCR is the maximum rate at which the sender can send cells This parameter may be lower but not higher than the maximum line speed 1 ATM cell is 53 bytes 424 bits so a maximum speed of 832Kbps gives a maximum PCR of 1962 cells sec This rate is not guaranteed because it is dependent on the line speed Sustained Cell Rate SCR is the mean cell rate of each bursty traffic source It specifies the maximum average rate at which cells can be sent over the virtual connection SCR may not be greater than the PCR Maximum Burst Size MBS is the maximum number of cells that can be sent at the PCR After MBS is reached cell rates fall below SCR until cell rate averages to the SCR again At this time more cells up to the MBS can be sent at the PCR again If the PCR SCR or MBS is set to the default o
94. wireless client will be granted access to a WLAN If the AP or the wireless clients do not support WPA2 just use WPA or WPA PSK depending on whether you have an external RADIUS server or not Select WEP only when the AP and or wireless clients do not support WPA or WPA2 WEP is less secure than WPA or WPA2 Encryption Both WPA and WPA2 improve data encryption by using Temporal Key Integrity Protocol TKIP Message Integrity Check MIC and IEEE 802 1x WPA and WPA2 use Advanced Encryption Standard AES in the Counter mode with Cipher block chaining Message authentication code Protocol CCMP to offer stronger encryption than TKIP TKIP uses 128 bit keys that are dynamically generated and distributed by the authentication server AES Advanced Encryption Standard is a block cipher that uses a 256 bit mathematical algorithm called Rijndael They both include a per packet key mixing function a Message Integrity Check MIC named Michael an extended initialization vector IV with sequencing rules and a re keying mechanism WPA and WPA2 regularly change and rotate the encryption keys so that the same encryption key 1s never used twice The RADIUS server distributes a Pairwise Master Key PMK key to the AP that then sets up a key hierarchy and management system using the PMK to dynamically generate unique data encryption keys to encrypt every data packet that is wirelessly communicated between the AP and the wireless clients This all
95. you back up your configuration file before making configuration changes The backup configuration file will be useful in case you need to return to your previous settings Click Backup to save the ZyXEL device s current configuration to your computer Chapter 19 Tools 236 P 660HW D Series User s Guide 19 2 2 Restore Configuration Restore configuration allows you to upload a new or previously saved configuration file from your computer to your ZyXEL device Table 93 Maintenance Restore Configuration LABEL DESCRIPTION File Path Type in the location of the file you want to upload in this field or click Browse to find it Browse Click Browse to find the file you want to upload Remember that you must decompress compressed ZIP files before you can upload them Upload Click Upload to begin the upload process Note Do not turn off the ZyXEL device while configuration file upload is in progress After you see a Restore Configuration successful screen you must then wait one minute before logging into the ZyXEL device again Figure 142 Configuration Restore Successful Restore Configuration successful The Router Is Rebooting Now Please Wait The router will now reboot As there will be no indication of when the process is complete please wait for one minute before attempting to access the router again The ZyXEL device automatically restarts in this time causin
96. 0520 1 02 End of Firewall Log Chapter 18 Logs 232 P 660HW D Series User s Guide 233 Chapter 18 Logs P 660HW D Series User s Guide CHAPTER 19 Tools This chapter describes how to upload new firmware manage configuration and restart your ZyXEL device 19 1 Firmware Upgrade Find firmware at www zyxel com in a file that usually uses the system model name with a bin extension for example ZyXEL device bin The upload process uses HTTP Hypertext Transfer Protocol and may take up to two minutes After a successful upload the system will reboot Only use firmware for your device s specific model Refer to the label on the bottom of your device Click Maintenance gt Tools to open the Firmware screen Follow the instructions in this screen to upload firmware to your ZyXEL device Figure 137 Firmware Upgrade Firmware Upgrade To upgrade the internal device firmware browse to the location of the binary BIN upgrade file and click Upload Upgrade files can be downloaded from website If the upgrade file is compressed ZIP file you must first extract the binary BIN file In some cases you may need to reconfigure Current Firmware Version V3 40 AGL 0 b2 01 06 2006 File Path Browse Upload The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 92 Firmware Upgrade LABEL DESCRIPTION Current Firmware This is the present Firmware versi
97. 1 LAN to VIAM Rules 1 5 tics YPF eX ERE FEE RE XRER OIN EXTpELE SE QUE FR Ico MERE FEUS 157 Table of Contents 14 P 660HW D Series User s Guide TAZA 157 10 5 General Firewall Policy m 157 10 6 Firewall Rules SHE iuuiciodusasaccivec pene det Ya rbv xr Ene eiu pea reiecta 158 10 5 1 Configuring Firewall Rules 1 io seta la rad de Cor o ads 160 10 5 2 Customized Serviees iussus siete bebe EHE DAI RRUR M PUN RE PI EEA EEEN IA 163 10 6 3 Configuring A Customized Servic cciccciitssccccstassiasacsssetseccersessecenseveesees 164 TOF Example Firewall RUE UV 164 10 8 Predenmed SONVICES sci keccecsecdeimncesucinsdemabsiem nai ER 168 TOO N FOD atisstesa ente Deinde Rn eo etta onc a o mei 170 T010 DoS Thresholds auteur wis a eda Edi lie seid ludex eaput eau 171 10 101 Threshold Vale 1 csset pras epe Far MM ApReEE eL aan onia EE e pU SLEEP EF epo ER puo IE 171 10 10 2 HUI ODOn SeSSIOFis Loo isti cs t i ade p dE EbeptL b Pape eS pese IER PR EE odi 172 10 10 2 1 TCP Maximum Incomplete and Blocking Time 172 10 10 3 Configuring Firewall Thresholds 1 rtr ette 173 Chapter 11 Content FRCP ETT Lm 176 11 1 Content Filter CIuel vibU dssussstieuae ebXLES bac DIRE inisiasi iiaia 176 71 2 Conigunng Keyword BIGCRING suss esri seid epe etii b e ionnad iiini ninien 176 11 2 Coniguring the Schedule iuis e HR Hei UP o oie die eodd 177 11 4 Configuring Trusted Computers aiu eec ae p X UBER EE tr IOREEE
98. 1111 11111111 11111111 11000000 Subnet Address 192 168 1 64 Lowest Host ID 192 168 1 65 Broadcast Address 192 168 1 127 Highest Host ID 192 168 1 126 Table 111 Subnet 3 IP SUBNET MASK NETWORK NUMBER PAST OCTETBIT VALUE IP Address 192 168 1 128 IP Address Binary 11000000 10101000 00000001 10000000 Subnet Mask Binary 11111111 11111111 11111111 11000000 Subnet Address Lowest Host ID 192 168 1 129 192 168 1 128 Broadcast Address Highest Host ID 192 168 1 190 192 168 1 191 Appendix E IP Subnetting 274 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Example Eight Subnets Table 112 Subnet 4 IP SUBNET MASK NETWORK NUMBER LAST OCTET BIT VALUE IP Address 192 168 1 192 IP Address Binary 11000000 10101000 00000001 11000000 Subnet Mask Binary 11111111 11111111 11111111 11000000 Subnet Address 192 168 1 192 Lowest Host ID 192 168 1 193 Broadcast Address 192 168 1 255 Highest Host ID 192 168 1 254 Similarly use a 27 bit mask to create 8 subnets 001 010 011 100 101 110 The following table shows class C IP address last octet values for each subnet Table 113 Eight Subnets SUBNET SUBNET ADDRESS FIRST ADDRESS LAST ADDRESS posae 1 0 1 30 31 33 62 63 3 64 65 94 RE F m 97 126 127 5 128 129 158 159 6 160 161 190 191 7 192 193 222 223 8 224 225 254 255 The following t
99. 1g compliant WLAN devices to associate with the ZyXEL device Select Mixed to allow either IEEE802 11b or IEEE802 11g compliant WLAN devices to associate with the ZyXEL device The transmission rate of your ZyXEL device might be reduced Enable 802 11g mode Select the Enable 802 11g mode checkbox to allow any ZyXEL WLAN devices that support this feature to associate with the ZyXEL device at higher transmission speeds This permits the ZyXEL device to transmit at a higher speed than the 802 11g Only mode 117 Chapter 7 Wireless LAN P 660HW D Series User s Guide Table 37 Wireless LAN Advanced LABEL DESCRIPTION Max Frame Enable Maximum Frame Burst to help eliminate collisions in mixed mode networks Burst networks with both IEEE 802 11g and IEEE 802 11b traffic and enhance the performance of both pure IEEE 802 11g and mixed IEEE 802 11b g networks Maximum Frame Burst sets the maximum time in micro seconds that the ZZyXEL device transmits IEEE 802 11g wireless traffic only Type the maximum frame burst between 0 and 1800 650 1000 or 1800 recommended Enter 0 to disable this feature Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL device Cancel Click Cancel to reload the previous configuration for this screen 7 5 OTIST In a wireless network the wireless clients must have the same SSID and security settings
100. 217 Chapter 16 Universal Plug and Play UPnP P 660HW D Series User s Guide 6 Double click on the icon to display your current Internet connection status Figure 128 Internet Connection Status Y Internet Connection Status imams General Internet Gateway Status Duration Speed Activity Internet Internet Gateway Packets Sent 8 Received 5 943 Connected 00 00 56 100 0 Mbps My Computer 16 4 2 Web Configurator Easy Access With UPnP you can access the web based configurator on the ZyXEL device without finding out the IP address of the ZyXEL device first This comes helpful if you do not know the IP address of the ZyXEL device Follow the steps below to access the web configurator 1 Click Start and then Control Panel 2 Double click Network Connections 3 Select My Network Places under Other Places Chapter 16 Universal Plug and Play UPnP 218 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Figure 129 Network Connections s Network Connections File Edit View Favorites Tools Advanced Help Qe M d po Search i Folders a Address Network Connections Internet Gateway Network Tasks Internet Connection fl Create a new connection Disabled Set up a home or small Mp Internet Connection office network LAN or High Speed Internet See Also y Local Area Connection Network Troubleshooter Enabled one E i Accton EN1207D T amp PCI Fast Other Places
101. 3 87 VC based Multiplexing 76 Vendor 5 Ventilation Slots 5 Viewing Certifications 4 337 Index P 660HW D Series User s Guide Virtual Channel Identifier VCI 76 virtual circuit VC 75 Virtual Path Identifier VPI 76 Voltage Supply 5 Voltage High 5 VPI amp VCI 76 W Wall Mount 5 WAN Wide Area Network 74 WAN backup 89 WAN to LAN Rules 157 Warnings 5 Warranty 6 Warranty Information 7 Warranty Period 6 Water 5 Water Pipes 5 Web 201 Web Configurator 40 42 43 151 156 web configurator screen summary 43 Web Site 7 WEP Wired Equivalent Privacy 35 WEP Encryption 114 WEP encryption 112 Wet Basement 5 Wi Fi Multimedia QoS 123 Wi Fi Protected Access 319 Wi Fi Protected Access WPA 35 wireless client 106 Wireless Client WPA Supplicants 320 Wireless LAN MAC Address Filtering 36 wireless network 106 basic guidelines 106 wireless networks channel 106 encryption 108 MAC address filter 107 security 107 SSID 106 Wireless security 315 wireless security 107 WLAN Interference 312 Security parameters 322 Workmanship 6 Worldwide Contact Information 7 WPA 319 WPA compatible 109 WPA2 319 WPA2 Pre Shared Key 319 WPA2 PSK 319 WPA PSK 319 Written Permission 2 WWW 128 Z Zero Configuration Internet Access 33 Zero configuration Internet access 79 ZyNOS 2 ZyXEL Communications Corporation 2 ZyXEL Home Page 4 ZyXEL Limited Warranty Note 6 ZyXEL Network Operating System 2 ZyXEL_s Firewall
102. 48 kbps the ZyXEL device also divides the remaining 1024 kbps among the classes that require more bandwidth Therefore the ZyXEL device divides a total of 3072 kbps of unbudgeted and unused bandwidth among the classes that require more bandwidth 13 6 2 1 Priority based Allotment of Unused and Unbudgeted Bandwidth The following table shows the priorities of the bandwidth classes and the amount of bandwidth that each class gets Table 71 Priority based Allotment of Unused and Unbudgeted Bandwidth Example BANDWIDTH CLASSES PRIORITIES AND ALLOTMENTS Root Class 10240 kbps Administration Priority 4 1024 kbps Sales Priority 6 3584 kbps Marketing Priority 6 3584 kbps Research Priority 5 2048 kbps Suppose that all of the classes except for the administration class need more bandwidth Each class gets up to its budgeted bandwidth The administration class only uses 1024 kbps of its budgeted 2048 kbps The sales and marketing are first to get extra bandwidth because they have the highest priority 6 If they each require 1536 kbps or more of extra bandwidth the ZyXEL device divides the total 3072 kbps total of unbudgeted and unused bandwidth equally between the sales and marketing departments 1536 kbps extra to each for a total of 3584 kbps for each because they both have the highest priority level 187 Chapter 13 Bandwidth Management P 660HW D Series User s Guide Research require
103. 5 Dealer 3 Default 238 default LAN IP address 40 Defective 6 Denial of Service 143 144 172 Denmark Contact Information 7 Destination Address 156 device model number 234 DHCP 34 93 94 196 222 DHCP client 34 DHCP relay 34 DHCP server 34 diagnostic 240 Disclaimer 2 Discretion 6 DNS 207 Domain Name 94 135 222 Domain Name System 93 DoS 144 Basics 144 Types 145 DoS Denial of Service 33 DoS attacks types of 145 DSL Digital Subscriber Line 250 DSL line reinitialize 241 DSLAM Digital Subscriber Line Access Multiplexer 36 Dust 5 Dynamic DNS 34 196 dynamic DNS 34 Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol 34 Dynamic WEP Key Exchange 318 DYNDNS Wildcard 196 E EAP Authentication 317 ECHO 135 Electric Shock 5 Electrical Pipes 5 Electrocution 5 E Mail 128 E mail Log Example 232 embedded help 43 Encapsulated Routing Link Protocol ENET ENCAP 74 Encapsulation 74 75 ENET ENCAP 74 PPP over Ethernet 74 PPPoA 75 RFC 1483 75 Encryption 319 encryption 108 and local user database 109 key 109 WPA compatible 109 Equal Value 6 ESS 311 Ethernet 247 Europe 5 Exposure 5 Extended Service Set 311 Extended Service Set IDentification 110 Extended wireless security 64 F Failure 6 Fairness based Scheduler 186 FCC 3 Rules Part 15 3 FCC Rules 3 Federal Communications Commission 3 Finger 135 Finland Contact Information 7 Firewall Access Methods 154 Address Type 162 Alerts 157 Anti Probing 170
104. 660HW D Series User s Guide CHAPTER 2 Introducing the Web Configurator This chapter describes how to access and navigate the web configurator 2 1 Web Configurator Overview The web configurator is an HTML based management interface that allows easy ZyXEL device setup and management via Internet browser Use Internet Explorer 6 0 and later or Netscape Navigator 7 0 and later versions The recommended screen resolution is 1024 by 768 pixels In order to use the web configurator you need to allow Web browser pop up windows from your device Web pop up blocking is enabled by default in Windows XP SP Service Pack 2 JavaScripts enabled by default Java permissions enabled by default See the chapter on troubleshooting if you need to make sure these functions are allowed in Internet Explorer 2 2 Accessing the Web Configurator Note Even though you can connect to the ZyXEL device wirelessly it is recommended that you connect your computer to a LAN port for initial configuration 1 Make sure your ZyXEL device hardware is properly connected refer to the Quick Start Guide 2 Prepare your computer computer network to connect to the ZyXEL device refer to the Quick Start Guide 3 Launch your web browser 4 Type 192 168 1 1 as the URL 5 A window displays as shown Enter the default admin password 1234 to configure the wizards and the advanced features or enter the default user password user to view the
105. A blank source IP address means any source IP address Source Subnet Enter the destination subnet mask This field is N A if you do not specify a Netmask Source Address Refer to the appendices for more information on IP subnetting A blank source port means any source port number Source Port Enter the port number of the source See Table 78 on page 194 for some common services and port numbers 193 Chapter 13 Bandwidth Management P 660HW D Series User s Guide Table 77 Bandwidth Management Rule Configuration continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Protocol Select the protocol TCP or UDP or select User defined and enter the protocol service type number 0 means any protocol number Back Click Back to go to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh Table 78 Services and Port Numbers SERVICES PORT NUMBER ECHO 7 FTP File Transfer Protocol 21 SMTP Simple Mail Transfer Protocol 25 DNS Domain Name System 53 Finger 79 HTTP Hyper Text Transfer protocol or WWW Web 80 POP3 Post Office Protocol 110 NNTP Network News Transport Protocol 119 SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol 161 SNMP trap 162 PPTP Point to Point Tunneling Protocol 1723 13 10 Bandwidth Monitor To view the ZyXEL device s bandwidth usag
106. AAA 147 RES FIRS rige m 158 Table BF Firewall RUSS Gm 159 Tablo So Freel Eat UN cR 162 Table 59 C stofnized SeTVICES icocseect aperi pat a EE ERAEN 163 Table 60 Firewall Configure Customized Services sss 164 IES IGI Ecckoe MET UU m M 168 Table 62 Firewall Anii Probing mette 171 Taolo pa Firewall THIOGSHORB osoa aaa aaa 173 Table 64 Content Filter Keyword ss rera tnra koh ka e pha a Lea RR HERR eR Ead 177 Table 65 Content Fiter Schedule cacccsinctecescadiiceccndetiaseusscaciindacbsencisndsiaanesseues iemantemateanengennts 178 Table 66 Content Fiter TSO sedne inaina daa 178 Toe Gr oaie ROUS cosines eT 181 IOS oXcciesr i am 182 Table 69 Application and Subnet based Bandwidth Management Example 185 Table 70 Maximize Bandwidth Usage Example ccccceeccccceteeecccceeeteneececeeseneacaeeneeneaaee 187 Table 71 Priority based Allotment of Unused and Unbudgeted Bandwidth Example 187 Table 72 Fairness based Allotment of Unused and Unbudgeted Bandwidth Example 188 Table 73 Bandwidth Management Priorities eccesso 188 Table 74 Over Allotment of Bandwidth Example ssssssssssseemm 189 Table 75 Media Bandwidth Management Summary sse 190 Table 76 Bandwidth Management Rule Setup ccccccccecccceeseecceceessesceeeesneesceeeeetneaseeeneneees 191 Table 77 Bandwidth Management Rule Configuration sse 192 Table
107. All Programs Accessories and then Command Prompt 2 In the Command Prompt window type ipconfig and then press ENTER You can also open Network Connections right click a network connection click Status and then click the Support tab Macintosh OS 8 9 1 Click the Apple menu Control Panel and double click TCP IP to open the TCP IP Control Panel Appendix D Setting up Your Computer s IP Address 262 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Figure 159 Macintosh OS 8 9 Apple Menu File Edit View Window Special Help About This Computer D Apple System Profiler E Calculator Chooser ADSL Control and Status Control Panels gt Appearance J Favorites Apple Menu Options Key Caps AppleTalk Network Browser ColorSync Recent Applications Control Strip i Recent Documents criam cif Remote Access Status Energy Saver rs Extensions Manager erloc File Exchange Speakable Items File Sharing Stickies General Controls Internet Keyboard Keychain Access Launcher Location Manager Memory Modem Monitors Mouse Multiple Users Numbers QuickTime Settings Remote Access Software Update Sound Speech TCP IP Tat 3 E USB Printer Sharing 2 Select Ethernet built in from the Connect via list Figure 160 Macintosh OS 8 9 TCP IP Comect via Setup Configure Using DHCP Server DHCP Client I
108. Build Phase 1 ID The router has started to build the phase 1 ID Adjust TCP MSS to d The router automatically changed the TCP Maximum Segment Size value after establishing a tunnel Rule d input idle time out disconnect The tunnel for the listed rule was dropped because there was no inbound traffic within the idle timeout period XAUTH succeed Username Username The router used extended authentication to authenticate the listed username 301 Appendix K Log Descriptions P 660HW D Series User s Guide Table 130 IKE Logs continued LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION mode mismatch XAUTH fail Username The router was not able to use extended authentication to lt Username gt authenticate the listed username Rule d Phase 1 negotiation The listed rule s IKE phase 1 negotiation mode did not match between the router and the peer key mismatch Rule d Phase 1 encryption The listed rule s IKE phase 1 encryption algorithm did not algorithm mismatch match between the router and the peer Rule d Phase 1 The listed rule s IKE phase 1 authentication algorithm did not authentication algorithm match between the router and the peer mismatch Rule d Phase 1 The listed rule s IKE phase 1 authentication method did not authentication method match between the router and the peer mismatch Rule d Phase 1 key gr
109. Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL device Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving your changes Ifthe user name and or password you entered for PPPoE or PPPoA connection are not correct the screen displays as shown next Click Back to Username and Password setup to go back to the screen where you can modify them Chapter 3 Wizard Setup for Internet Access 58 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Figure 24 Connection Test Failed 1 STEP STEP fa Internet Configuration Your login username and pa Back to Username and Password setup Continue to Wireless Setup wizard Yes 9 No Ifthe following screen displays check if your account is activated or click Restart the Internet Wireless Setup Wizard to verify your Internet access settings Figure 25 Connection Test Failed 2 STEP gt STEP 2 ffi Internet Configuration you Cannot ac the Intern gt y pport entered in th zard 4 Restart the Internet Wireless Setup Wizard Continue to Wireless Setup wizard Yes 3 3 Wireless Connection Wizard Setup After you configure the Internet access information use the following screens to set up your wireless LAN 1 Select Yes and click Next to configure wireless settings Otherwise select No and skip to Step 6 59 Chapter 3 Wizard Setup for Internet Access P 660HW D Series User s Guide Figure 26 Connection Test Successful STEM STEP
110. D IP Address lt will be supplied by server 7 Suret mask lt will be supplied by server gt Router address lt will be supplied by server gt Search comans Name server addr lt will be supplied by server 3 For dynamically assigned settings select Using DHCP Server from the Configure list 263 Appendix D Setting up Your Computer s IP Address P 660HW D Series User s Guide 4 For statically assigned settings do the following From the Configure box select Manually Type your IP address in the IP Address box Type your subnet mask in the Subnet mask box Type the IP address of your ZyXEL device in the Router address box 5 Close the TCP IP Control Panel 6 Click Save if prompted to save changes to your configuration 7 Turn on your ZyXEL device and restart your computer 1f prompted Verifying Settings Check your TCP IP properties in the TCP IP Control Panel window Macintosh OS X 1 Click the Apple menu and click System Preferences to open the System Preferences window Figure 161 Macintosh OS X Apple Menu E Grab File Edit Captu About This Mac Get Mac OS X Software System Preferences Location 2 Click Network in the icon bar e Select Automatic from the Location list e Select Built in Ethernet from the Show list e Click the TCP IP tab 3 For dynamically assigned settings select Using DHCP from the Configure list Appendix D Setting up Your
111. DESCRIPTION 0 Timestamp request message 14 Timestamp Reply 0 Timestamp reply message 15 Information Request 0 Information request message 16 Information Reply 0 Information reply message Table 136 Syslog Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION hr mm ss hostname Src srcIP srcPort dst lt dstIP dstPort gt lt Facility 8 Severity gt Mon dd This message is sent by the system RAS displays as the system name if you haven t configured one when the router generates a syslog The facility is defined in the web MAIN MENU gt LOGS gt Log Settings page The severity is the msg lt msg gt note lt note gt devID mac address last three numbers cat lt category gt log s syslog class The definition of messages and notes are defined in the various log charts throughout this appendix The devID is the last three characters of the MAC address of the router s LAN port The cat is the same as the category in the router s logs The following table shows RFC 2408 ISAKMP payload types that the log displays Please refer to the RFC for detailed information on each type Table 137 RFC 2408 ISAKMP Payload Types LOG DISPLAY PAYLOAD TYPE SA Security Association PROP Proposal TRANS Transform KE Key Exchange ID Identification CER Certificate CER_REQ Certificate Request HASH Hash SIG Signature NONCE Nonce NOTFY
112. Default Password 1234 DHCP Pool 192 168 1 33 to 192 168 1 64 Dimensions W x D x H 180 x 128 x 36 mm Power Specification 12VAC 1A Built in Switch Four auto negotiating auto MDI MDI X 10 100 Mbps RJ 45 Ethernet ports Operation Temperature 0 C 40 C Storage Temperature 20 60 C Operation Humidity 20 85 RH Storage Humidity 10 90 RH Distance between the 108 mm centers of the holes on the device s back Screw size for wall M3 10 mounting Appendix A Product Specifications 246 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Table 101 Firmware ADSL Standards Multi Mode standard ANSI T1 413 Issue 2 G dmt G 992 1 G lite G992 2 ADSL2 G dmt bis G 992 3 ADSL2 Glite bis G 992 4 ADSL2 G 992 5 Reach Extended ADSL RE ADSL SRA Seamless Rate Adaptation Auto negotiating rate adaptation ADSL physical connection ATM AAL5 ATM Adaptation Layer type 5 Multi protocol over AAL5 RFC2684 1483 PPP over ATM AAL5 RFC 2364 PPP over Ethernet RFC 2516 RFC 1483 encapsulation over ATM MAC encapsulated routing ENET encapsulation VC based and LLC based multiplexing Up to 8 PVCs Permanent Virtual Circuits 1 610 F4 F5 OAM Other Protocol Support PPP Point to Point Protocol link layer protocol Transparent bridging for unsupported network layer protocols DHCP Server Client Relay RIP I RIP Il ICMP ATM QoS SNMP v1 and v2c with MIB II support RFC 1213 IP Multicasting
113. EL DESCRIPTION This is the index number of a connection Active This display whether this connection is activated Clear the check box to disable the connection Select the check box to enable it Name This is the descriptive name for this connection VPI VCI This is the VPI and VCI values used for this connection Encapsulation This is the method of encapsulation used for this connection Modify The first ISP connection is read only in this screen Use the WAN gt Internet Connection screen to edit it Click the edit icon to go to the screen where you can edit the connection Click the delete icon to remove an existing connection You cannot remove the first connection Apply Click Apply to save the changes Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 5 6 1 More Connections Edit Click the edit icon in the More Connections screen to configure a connection Chapter 5 WAN Setup 84 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Figure 42 More Co nnections Edit General Active Name Mode Encapsulation User Name Password Service Name Multiplexing VPI VCI IP Address ChangeMe Routing PPPOE 7 I P s P Obtain an IP Address Automatically C Static IP Address IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway IP Add Connection Connect on De Max Idle timeout NAT C None SUA Only Ed C Nailed Up Connection Ji ress mand sec i
114. EL device to use a static fixed WAN IP address 5 5 Internet Connection To change your ZyXEL device s WAN Internet access settings click Network gt WAN The screen differs by the encapsulation See Section 5 1 on page 74 for more information Figure 39 Internet Connection PPPoE Internet Connection General Name MyISP Mode Routing 7 Encapsulation PPPoE 7 User Name Se Password Service Name Multiplexing fic Virtual Circuit ID VPI B VCI s IP Address Obtain an IP Address Automatically C static IP Address IP Address Connection C Nailed Up Connection Max Idle Timeout o sec Connect on Demand Cancel Advanced Setup The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 20 Internet Connection TH LABEL DESCRIPTION General Name Enter the name of your Internet Service Provider e g MyISP This information is for identification purposes only Mode Select Routing default from the drop down list box if your ISP allows multiple computers to share an Internet account Otherwise select Bridge Chapter 5 WAN Setup 80 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Table 20 Internet Connection continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Encapsulation Select the method of encapsulation used by your ISP from the drop down list box Choices vary depending on the mode you select in the Mode field If you
115. ER T UIT 236 19 2 1 Backup CONNGUIAUOR sccs ccctsccisssssseccsts aiiin enaa 236 19 2 2 Restore CO GCUUONY NEUE m m 237 19 23 Back to Factory DeIquils posce qurer eo DH up HE UA EU IIR Ur pAEE QU FERA EDU RRERIUE 238 sq r0 e me 238 Chapter 20 Bit Ts lord Loman erry ner reerer err erPer a DII LIE VA arr rr err peer PEEEEEI NC E QACERKERATEES FETU KEV ACE rr TT 240 A eenen DISQNGEUC sa 240 C MEBLNEL Eb p cu 241 Chapter 21 Hlige le tee i lem RT 242 21 1 Problems Starting Up the ZyXEL device eeeseee isset nnne 242 21 2 Probleme with THE LAN 0 242 21 3 Problems with the WAN Lu rM nanan A 243 21 4 Problems Accessing the ZyXEL device eeessseessrssssessrreserireresesrnneenranasssesane 244 Appendix A Product SPS CITICAUGING qm ieaiaia oiaoi aeaa aaae odiis 246 Appendix B About ADSL oeaan 250 17 Table of Contents P 660HW D Series User s Guide treu elt TS DSL T ANR 250 DIR CUN Ul eT 250 Advantages of ADSL P nies 250 Appendix C Wall mounting InstrieWOTES uiuis idn etae ed A ARR QEKAKI EERRR EB EGER DER ML AR Q6 ERR n tds 252 Appendix D Setting up Your Computer s IP Address eese 254 RAO SOM Liebe osi pei Fed epa Un datei c lopda tek aee dike 254 irse R INI pri T 257 Huccgtei b clos RM UCM 262 Iur ene Ip OS A eec TT 264 B oe sees sat cranes eae andes aan
116. Germany s time zone is one hour ahead of GMT or UTC GMT 1 End Date Configure the day and time when Daylight Saving Time ends if you selected Enable Daylight Saving The o clock field uses the 24 hour format Here are a couple of examples Daylight Saving Time ends in the United States on the last Sunday of October Each time zone in the United States stops using Daylight Saving Time at 2 A M local time So in the United States you would select Last Sunday October and type 2 in the o clock field Daylight Saving Time ends in the European Union on the last Sunday of October All of the time zones in the European Union stop using Daylight Saving Time at the same moment 1 A M GMT or UTC So in the European Union you would select Last Sunday October The time you type in the o clock field depends on your time zone In Germany for instance you would type 2 because Germany s time zone is one hour ahead of GMT or UTC GMT 1 Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh Chapter 17 System 226 P 660HW D Series User s Guide 227 Chapter 17 System P 660HW D Series User s Guide CHAPTER 18 Logs This chapter contains information about configuring general log settings and viewing the ZyXEL device s logs Refer to the appendix for example log message explanations 18 1 Logs Overview The web configurat
117. HW D Series User s G uide Table 34 Wireless Static WEP Encryption LABEL DESCRIPTION WEP Key The WEP keys are used to encrypt data Both the ZyXEL device and the wireless clients must use the same WEP key for data transmission If you want to manually set the WEP key enter any 5 13 or 29 characters ASCII string or 10 26 or 58 hexadecimal characters 0 9 A F for a 64 bit 128 bit or 256 bit WEP key respectively Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL device Cancel Click Cancel to reload the previous configuration for this screen Advanced Click Advanced Setup to display the Wireless Advanced Setup screen and edit Setup more details of your WLAN setup 7 4 3 WPA PSK WPA2 PSK In order to configure and enable WPA 2 PSK authentication click Network gt Wireless LAN to display Mode list the General screen Select WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK from the Security Figure 59 Wireless WPA PSK WPA2 PSK Hide SSID Pre Shared K Wireless Setup M Active Wireless LAN Network Name SSID ZyXEL Channel Selection Channel 06 2437MHz Security Security Mode YWPA2 PSK 7 wPA Compatible ey ReAuthentication Timer 1800 In Seconds Idle Timeout 600 In Seconds Group Key Update Timer 1800 In Seconds Apply Cancel Advanced Setup 113 Chapter 7 Wireless LAN P 660HW D Series User s Guide The following table
118. If your network is slower than average for any of these factors especially if you have servers that are slow or handle many tasks and are often busy then the default values should be reduced You should make any changes to the threshold values before you continue configuring firewall rules 10 10 2 Half Open Sessions An unusually high number of half open sessions either an absolute number or measured as the arrival rate could indicate that a Denial of Service attack is occurring For TCP half open means that the session has not reached the established state the TCP three way handshake has not yet been completed see Figure 81 on page 145 For UDP half open means that the firewall has detected no return traffic The ZyXEL device measures both the total number of existing half open sessions and the rate of session establishment attempts Both TCP and UDP half open sessions are counted in the total number and rate measurements Measurements are made once a minute When the number of existing half open sessions rises above a threshold max incomplete high the ZyXEL device starts deleting half open sessions as required to accommodate new connection requests The ZyXEL device continues to delete half open requests as necessary until the number of existing half open sessions drops below another threshold max incomplete low When the rate of new connection attempts rises above a threshold one minute high the ZyXEL device starts de
119. Introducing the Web Configurator P 660HW D Series User s Guide 2 4 3 Status Any IP Table Click the Any IP Table hyperlink in the Status screen The Any IP table shows current read only information including the IP address and the MAC address of all network devices that use the Any IP feature to communicate with the ZyXEL device Figure 9 Status Any IP Table Any IP Table 1 a a REEEEENUY UU 255 255 255 255 11 22 33 44 55 66 Refresh The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 5 Status Any IP Table LABEL DESCRIPTION This is the index number of the host computer IP Address This field displays the IP address of the network device MAC Address This field displays the MAC Media Access Control address of the computer with the displayed IP address Every Ethernet device has a unique MAC address The MAC address is assigned at the factory and consists of six pairs of hexadecimal characters for example 00 A0 C5 00 00 02 Refresh Click Refresh to update this screen 2 4 4 Status WLAN Status Click the WLAN Status hyperlink in the Status screen to view the wireless stations that are currently associated to the ZyXEL device Figure 10 Status WLAN Status 1 Wireless LAN ue MAC Address Association Time Association List 00 ac c5 01 23 45 1 Refresh Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator 48 P 660HW D Serie
120. Introduction 143 Index 338
121. It also reserves and confirms with the requesting station the time frame for the requested transmission Stations can send frames smaller than the specified RTS CTS directly to the AP without the RTS Request To Send CTS Clear to Send handshake You should only configure RTS CTS if the possibility of hidden nodes exists on your network and the cost of resending large frames is more than the extra network overhead involved in the RTS Request To Send CTS Clear to Send handshake If the RTS CTS value is greater than the Fragmentation Threshold value see next then the RTS Request To Send CTS Clear to Send handshake will never occur as data frames will be fragmented before they reach RTS CTS size Note Enabling the RTS Threshold causes redundant network overhead that could negatively affect the throughput performance instead of providing a remedy Fragmentation Threshold A Fragmentation Threshold is the maximum data fragment size between 256 and 2432 bytes that can be sent in the wireless network before the AP will fragment the packet into smaller data frames 313 Appendix L Wireless LANs P 660HW D Series User s Guide A large Fragmentation Threshold is recommended for networks not prone to interference while you should set a smaller threshold for busy networks or networks that are prone to interference If the Fragmentation Threshold value is smaller than the RTS CTS value see previously you set then the RTS R
122. J N TN N Internet dies pu AREA User telnets into Incoming Traffic the LAN 15 4 Configuring Telnet Click Advanced gt Remote MGMT gt Telnet tab to display the screen as shown Chapter 15 Remote Management Configuration 202 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Figure 111 Remote Management Telnet q Note Telnet Port 23 Access Status LAN amp WAN Secured Client IP G al C selected 0 0 0 0 You may also need to create a Firewallrule Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 81 Remote Management Telnet LABEL DESCRIPTION Port You may change the server port number for a service if needed however you must use the same port number in order to use that service for remote management Access Status Select the interface s through which a computer may access the ZyXEL device using this service Secured Client IP A secured client is a trusted computer that is allowed to communicate with the ZyXEL device using this service Select All to allow any computer to access the ZyXEL device using this service Choose Selected to just allow the computer with the IP address that you specify to access the ZyXEL device using this service Apply Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 15 5 Configuri
123. Jj Security Parameters Summary Refer to this table to see what other security parameters you should configure for each Authentication Method key management protocol type MAC address filters are not dependent on how you configure these security features Table 141 Wireless Security Relational Matrix METHODI KEY ENCRYPTION ENTER EEE 8021x MANAGEMENT PROTOCOL Open None No Disable Enable without Dynamic WEP Key Open WEP No Enable with Dynamic WEP Key Yes Enable without Dynamic WEP Key Yes Disable Shared WEP No Enable with Dynamic WEP Key Yes Enable without Dynamic WEP Key Yes Disable WPA TKIP AES No Enable WPA PSK TKIP AES Yes Disable WPA2 TKIP AES No Enable WPA2 PSK TKIP AES Yes Disable Appendix L Wireless LANs 322 P 660HW D Series User s Guide 323 Appendix L Wireless LANs P 660HW D Series User s Guide APPENDIX M Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions In order to use the web configurator you need to allow Web browser pop up windows from your device JavaScripts enabled by default Java permissions enabled by default Note Internet Explorer 6 screens are used here Screens for other Internet Explorer versions may vary Internet Explorer Pop up Blockers You may have to disable pop up blocking to log into your device Either disable pop up blocking enabled by default in Windows XP SP Service Pack 2 or
124. L olandais cisco PP ene are ey Pe ER s ER oda in edat a d 32 RE 2 Ron Panel LEDS Mec Enn T 37 Table 3 Web Configurator Screens Summary scccccissssecccssissscnccsssssiecconseeessnerseeseterecseveeeneess 43 Tanig 4 Saus SCEO c 46 Table S Status Any IP Tabie Wee cs 48 Table 6 Status WLAN SIRIUS sc cacicdestaccusdicanscdisnceaunearstarna dsni ai enia aoaia 49 Table 7 Status Packet Statistics a tespceveaivnriaaciusdientadiad a aaa aaa du ida 50 Table 8 Internet Access Wizard Setup ISP Parameters sess 57 Table 9 Intemet Connection with PPPOE 1252 5 5 rtr obit Sont REL aaae Eva EE o0 68 58 Table 10 Internet Connection with RFC 1483 eee born Y en tk na ERR rana Rn aat 59 Table 11 Internet Connection with ENET ENGAP Lisa sepiatur ub bb a beta aa ri teda Seul cb ett 59 Table 12 Internet Connection with PPPOA uscita ior rta don kanido raid raaa 60 Table 13 Wireless LAN Setup Wizard T 2er ptr nse NS e RR AREE N EEEE 63 Table 14 Wireless LAN Setup Wizard M iso remo scceiiassdsenerqenssieesaeduesadvraanmuenscaneseeias 64 Table 15 Manually assign e WPA KG iusserit krank ik a knit 65 Table T6 Manually assign a WEP Key ainosuxsnicnbaooe e rta HN Ee innin ERUDI er U PPH PN Ee ID Pd td qu ENDUUE 66 Table 17 Media Bandwidth Management Setup Services sse 68 Table 18 Bandwidth Management Wizard General Information ssssssssss 70 Table 19 Bandwidth Management Wizard Conf
125. LAN to the WAN and LAN and WAN from the WAN to the LAN If your firewall is enabled with the default policy set to block WAN to LAN traffic you also need to enable the default WAN to LAN firewall rule that forwards NetBIOS traffic Clear this check box to block all NetBIOS packets going from the LAN to the WAN and from the WAN to the LAN Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save the changes Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 99 Chapter 6 LAN Setup P 660HW D Series User s Guide 6 4 DHCP Setup Use this screen to configure the DNS server information that the ZyXEL device sends to the DHCP client devices on the LAN Figure 51 DHCP Setup DHCP Setup DHCP Setup DHCP Pool Size DNS Server IP Pool Starting Address Remote DHCP Server DNS Servers Assigned by DHCP Server Primary DNS Server Secondary DNS Server Server 7 192 168 1 33 a2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 28 DHCP Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION DHCP Setup DHCP If set to Server your ZyXEL device can assign IP addresses an IP default gateway and DNS servers to Windows 95 Windows NT and other systems that support the DHCP client If set to None the DHCP server will be disabled If set to Relay the ZyXEL device acts as a surrogate DHCP server and relays DHCP reques
126. M 265 21 41 Verifying SetingsS T UT TI TT 269 Appendix E IP Subnetting osiiindidi OD REIR EU FERAM nbi ih Diei hu da UD MM Poen e 270 E oHccEDP TET EO LLLI 270 a cc oo T Loc 270 oubli BAS OS aco servi Ea te esed pepe a rio ipu matu eeu M Tete E 271 Mim m 271 EIS RU lisa s ANO S T 272 Example Four SUD eS cio EF OO ERE DUE FF Ir ER UU MINI ENS MUS 274 Exaile EI SUS a dco nad ais aito bud eis do det ens ae BL RU eb Ug 275 Subnetting With Class A and Class B Networks see 276 Appendix F peeling 278 Fieec cuE a emm EL 278 CTI ENG Sa sme m 278 Command pt pace ach dua TTE NS 278 Appendix G Firewall Commands m 280 Appendix H NetBlOS Filter Commands i iuo nina no au ncn aon an an tnn ROB IRE ni RnB ER RA CR aN ARR En RU MERO AE 286 Vatt ele uu Leap ated tit bove pt Hot are etat P eut Haa ds EE eU ep dd E E PEDE ARUM 286 Bnrecydd isecaa g unporgee e T 286 NetBIOS Filter elsi M 287 Appendix I Table of Contents 18 P 660HW D Series User s Guide PPPOE cocine E EG 288 PPPOE iM ACUO rr 288 Bere ms al PPPOE inai e aaa 288 Traditional Dial Up Seena E M 288 How PPPOE WOKO cirina M 289 ZAE LORIC SES PRROE CION s pigri E 289 Appendix J Splitters and MicrofilBER isasi Sia 290 Connecting a POTS Souter M 290
127. MBM Multimedia Bandwidth Management QoS Quality of Service Appendix A Product Specifications 248 P 660HW D Series User s Guide 249 Appendix A Product Specifications P 660HW D Series User s Guide APPENDIX B About ADSL Introduction to DSL DSL Digital Subscriber Line technology enhances the data capacity of the existing twisted pair wire that runs between the local telephone company switching offices and most homes and offices While the wire itself can handle higher frequencies the telephone switching equipment is designed to cut off signals above 4 000 Hz to filter noise off the voice line but now everybody is searching for ways to get more bandwidth to improve access to the Web hence DSL technologies There are actually seven types of DSL service ranging in speeds from 16 Kbits sec to 52 Mbits sec The services are either symmetrical traffic flows at the same speed in both directions or asymmetrical the downstream capacity is higher than the upstream capacity Asymmetrical services ADSL are suitable for Internet users because more information is usually downloaded than uploaded For example a simple button click in a web browser can start an extended download that includes graphics and text As data rates increase the carrying distance decreases That means that users who are beyond a certain distance from the telephone company s central office may not be able to obtain the higher speeds
128. N TON ead d 134 Figure 75 Multiple Servers Behind NAT Example sssssssseemem 136 Figure 76 NAT POR Forwarding e 136 Figure 77 Port Forwarding Rule Setup uuu ca reete xta sas etd PEU a anacnise sien ERE exa ad ick 137 Figure 79 Address Mapping Pls 3xecsstbntieheszbotena petere e pu kbP PY iir erp ta uoc Ue et EET LII RM bu S 139 Figure 79 Edit Address Mapping Rule ausLiestpieinderrneasiee n sso rcc er La d t tO Red 140 Figure 390 Firewall ADIIORIGI calcei ei eerte Ere E Pr naad e Hernia d pda da boe aep 144 Figure 81 Three Way Hangdebalu s 2i emeceei te opese perro npe o cre ue Eoo ue Ee pU aa 145 21 List of Figures P 660HW D Series User s Guide dus 3 exi flos 146 geU pnie a Tii o eM T CE 147 Figure 84 Statelul nNSpeChOm m 148 Figure 36 Firewall Ganora e mE 157 Figure 5b5 Firewall RUGS aucauianinisianacieieiaiateloiaaindaacinestieds 159 Figure 97 Firewall Edit cf 161 Figure 88 Firewall Customized Services cccessescceesseeeceeeeeneeecneesseeecanenseneeaneesnenenee 163 Figure 89 Firewall Configure Customized Services esee 164 Figure 90 Firewall Example Rules uei eor Len Hor OR rta d e eta o d a Rer DE 165 Figure 91 Edit Custom Port Example eu issu iieri e Rr ce UI FR IIIA LR eI RED X M BAR 165 Figure 92 Firewall Example Edit Rule Destination Address
129. N Wizard Setup Complete CONGRATULATIONS The Internet wWi tup configuration is complete Here is your current settings Mode Routing Encapsulation Enet Encap Mutiplexin VPI VCI Network Name SSID ZyXEL Channel 6 Security Manually assigned Network Key WEP Key 1 Press Finish button to close this rd or click the following link to open other pages pade Return to Wizard Main Page View device Status 7 Launch your web browser and navigate to www zyxel com Internet access is just the beginning Refer to the rest of this guide for more detailed information on the complete range of ZyXEL device features If you cannot access the Internet open the web configurator again to confirm that the Internet settings you configured in the wizard setup are correct 65 Chapter 3 Wizard Setup for Internet Access P 660HW D Series User s Guide CHAPTER 4 Bandwidth Management Wizard This chapter shows you how to configure basic bandwidth management using the wizard screens 4 1 Introduction Bandwidth management allows you to control the amount of bandwidth going out through the ZyXEL device s WAN port and prioritize the distribution of the bandwidth according to service bandwidth requirements This helps keep one service from using all of the available bandwidth and shutting out other users 4 2 Predefined Media Bandwidth Management Services The following is a description of the services that you can select and t
130. NMARK sales zyxel dk 45 39 55 07 07 2860 Soeborg Denmark support zyxel fi 358 9 4780 8411 www zyxel fi ZyXEL Communications Oy FINLAND Malminkaari 10 sales zyxel fi 358 9 4780 8448 00700 Helsinki Finland info zyxel fr 33 4 72 52 97 97 www zyxel fr ZyXEL France 1 rue des Vergers FRANCE 33 4 72 52 19 20 Bat 1 C 69760 Limonest France support zyxel de 49 2405 6909 0 www zyxel de ZyXEL Deutschland GmbH GERMANY Adenauerstr 20 A2 D 52146 sales zyxel de 49 2405 6909 99 Wuerselen Germany support zyxel hu 36 1 3361649 www zyxel hu ZyXEL Hungary HUNGARY 48 Zoldlomb Str info zyxel hu 36 1 3259100 H 1025 Budapest Hungary http zyxel kz support 7 3272 590 698 www zyxel kz ZyXEL Kazakhstan 43 Dostyk ave Office 414 KAZAKHSTAN sales zyxel kz 7 3272 590 689 Dostyk Business Centre 050010 Almaty Republic of Kazakhstan support zyxel com 1 800 255 4101 www us zyxel com ZyXEL Communications Inc 1 714 632 0882 1130 N Miller St NORTH AMERICA Anaheim sales zyxel com 1 714 632 0858 ftp us zyxel com T MEE support zyxel no 47 22 80 61 80 www zyxel no ZyXEL Communications A S NORWAY Nils Hansens vei 13 sales zyxel no 47 22 80 61 81 0667 Oslo Norway 7 Customer Support P 660HW D Series User s Guide METHOD LOCATION SUPPORT E MAIL TELEPHONE WEB SITE SALES E MAIL FAX FTP SITE REGULAR MAIL info pl zyxel com 48 22 5286603 www pl zyxel com ZyXEL Communications ul Emilli Plater 53
131. Notification DE Delete VID Vendor ID 307 Appendix K Log Descriptions P 660HW D Series User s Guide Log Commands Go to the command interpreter interface Configuring What You Want the ZyXEL device to Log 1 Use the sys logs load command to load the log setting buffer that allows you to configure which logs the ZyXEL device is to record 2 Use sys logs category to view a list of the log categories Figure 178 Displaying Log Categories Example Copyright c 1994 2004 ZyXEL Communications Corp ras Valid commands are Sys exit ether aux ip ipsec bridge bm certificates cnm 8021x radius ras 3 Use sys logs category followed by a log category to display the parameters that are available for the category Figure 179 Displaying Log Parameters Example ras sys logs category access Usage 0 none 1 10g 2 alert 3 both 0 don t show debug type l show debug type 4 Use sys logs category followed by a log category and a parameter to decide what to record Use 0 to not record logs for that category 1 to record only logs for that category 2 to record only alerts for that category and 3 to record both logs and alerts for that category Not every parameter 1s available with every category 5 Use the sys logs save command to store the settings in the ZyXEL device you must do this in order to record logs Displaying Logs Use the sys logs display command to sho
132. O N R R N N A N A Eb E Eb E ED E ED E E E E E Eb E E Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 67 Static Route LABEL DESCRIPTION This is the number of an individual static route Active Select the check box to activate this static route Otherwise clear the check box Name This is the name that describes or identifies this route Destination This parameter specifies the IP network address of the final destination Routing is always based on network number Gateway This is the IP address of the gateway The gateway is a router or switch on the same network segment as the device s LAN or WAN port The gateway helps forward packets to their destinations Subnet Mask This is the IP subnet mask Modify Click the Edit icon to go to the screen where you can set up a static route on the ZyXEL device Click the Delete icon to remove a static route from the ZyXEL device A window displays asking you to confirm that you want to delete the route 12 2 1 Static Route Edit Select a static route index number and click Edit The screen shown next appears Use this screen to configure the required information for a static route 181 Chapter 12 Static Route P 660HW D Series User s Guide Figure 102 Static Route Edit Active Route Name Static Route Setup Destination IP Address IP Subnet Mask Gateway IP Address
133. P IP spoofing attack ESP GRE OSPF ip spoofing no routing The firewall classified an ICMP packet with no source routing entry entry ICMP type d as an IP spoofing attack code d vulnerability ICMP The firewall detected an ICMP vulnerability attack For type and type d code d code details see Table 135 on page 306 traceroute ICMP type d The firewall detected an ICMP traceroute attack For type and code 3 d code details see Table 135 on page 306 299 Appendix K Log Descriptions P 660HW D Series User s Guide Table 129 IPSec Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Discard REPLAY packet The router received and discarded a packet with an incorrect sequence number Inbound packet authentication failed The router received a packet that has been altered A third party may have altered or tampered with the packet Receive IPSec packet but no corresponding tunnel exists The router dropped an inbound packet for which SPI could not find a corresponding phase 2 SA Rule lt d gt idle time out disconnect The router dropped a connection that had outbound traffic and no inbound traffic for a certain time period You can use the ipsec timer chk conn CI command to set the time period The default value is 2 minutes WAN IP changed to IP The router dropped all connections with the MyIP configured as 0 0 0 0 when the WAN IP ad
134. P 660HW D Series 802 119 Wireless ADSL 2 4 port Gateway User s Guide Version 3 40 Edition 1 3 2006 ZyXEL P 660HW D Series User s Guide Copyright Copyright 2006 by ZyXEL Communications Corporation The contents of this publication may not be reproduced in any part or as a whole transcribed stored in a retrieval system translated into any language or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic mechanical magnetic optical chemical photocopying manual or otherwise without the prior written permission of ZyXEL Communications Corporation Published by ZyXEL Communications Corporation All rights reserved Disclaimer ZyXEL does not assume any liability arising out of the application or use of any products or software described herein Neither does it convey any license under its patent rights nor the patent rights of others ZyXEL further reserves the right to make changes in any products described herein without notice This publication is subject to change without notice Trademarks ZyNOS ZyXEL Network Operating System is a registered trademark of ZyXEL Communications Inc Other trademarks mentioned in this publication are used for identification purposes only and may be properties of their respective owners Copyright 2 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Federal Communications Commission FCC Interference Statement This device complies with Part 15 of FCC rules Operation is s
135. P address that you entered You don t need to change the subnet mask computed by the ZyXEL device unless you are instructed to do otherwise Chapter 6 LAN Setup 94 P 660HW D Series User s Guide 6 2 1 1 Private IP Addresses Every machine on the Internet must have a unique address If your networks are isolated from the Internet for example only between your two branch offices you can assign any IP addresses to the hosts without problems However the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority IANA has reserved the following three blocks of IP addresses specifically for private networks e 10 0 0 0 10 255 255 255 e 172 16 0 0 172 31 255 255 192 168 0 0 192 168 255 255 You can obtain your IP address from the IANA from an ISP or it can be assigned from a private network If you belong to a small organization and your Internet access is through an ISP the ISP can provide you with the Internet addresses for your local networks On the other hand if you are part of a much larger organization you should consult your network administrator for the appropriate IP addresses Note Regardless of your particular situation do not create an arbitrary IP address always follow the guidelines above For more information on address assignment please refer to RFC 1597 Address Allocation for Private Internets and RFC 1466 Guidelines for Management of IP Address Space 6 2 2 RIP Setup RIP Routing Information Protocol allows a
136. P addresses on the LAN to specific individual computers based on their MAC Addresses Every Ethernet device has a unique MAC Media Access Control address The MAC address is assigned at the factory and consists of six pairs of hexadecimal characters for example 00 A0 C5 00 00 02 To change your ZyXEL device s static DHCP settings click Network gt LAN gt Client List The screen appears as shown Figure 52 LAN Client List DHCP Client Table Client List IP Address o 0 0 0 RSEN NETTEN NOTUM TE RN A tw11947 Add MAC Address 00 00 00 00 00 00 192 168 1 33 00 00 E8 7C 14 80 192 168 1 35 00 AC 10 01 23 45 Iv 192 168 1 64 00 A0 C5 01 23 46 Vv EP Apply Cancel Refresh 101 Chapter 6 LAN Setup P 660HW D Series User s Guide The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 29 LAN Client List LABEL DESCRIPTION IP Address Enter the IP address that you want to assign to the computer on your LAN with the MAC address specified below The IP address should be within the range of IP addresses you specified in the DHCP Setup for the DHCP client MAC Address Enter the MAC address of a computer on your LAN Add Click Add to add a static DHCP entry This is the index number of the static IP table entry row Status This field displays whether the client is connected to the ZyXEL device Host Name This field dis
137. Play 112r rrt eren nre ies 210 16 1 1 How do I know if Uri sing UPNP uuuieu cce setate dena ntu koc koh kt 210 IGLA MOAT iraversal RN 210 15 1 3 E auos wit UPP oed es sss each pina stan tenors di ee t OR t ed 211 15 7 UPHP alid ZVSEL opinn ENERE E ERS 211 jo Conigurnng UPRP 211 16 3 Installing UPnP in Windows Example 12 5 ntn tenant 212 18 3 1 Installing UPnP in Windows M serssserennerenonsunsnnnneniiei 212 16 3 2 Installing UPnP in Windows XP iiesiusssice ni etia rrr et ne a Rn e ens 214 16 4 Using UPnP in Windows XP Example sss 215 16 4 1 Auto discover Your UPnP enabled Network Device 215 Table of Contents 16 P 660HW D Series User s Guide 16 4 2 Web Configurator Easy ACCOSS iis npe or der nre dt ppt td p pd ads 218 Chapter 17 lior MesUMUR IP L L E A A E T 222 T Goneral SEU asciende PH DRE E ween 222 17 1 1 General Setup and System Name n csseicceiseeceeei inen 222 yer UU Tp 222 LESE 10110 1 ements Sm 224 Chapter 18 Elo vv C ee 228 TT LODE OVEA ON s 228 TOETATE T LO aN 228 19 2 Viewing Te LOGS ee 228 15 9 Configuring Log Sells a suusiie repe La aa qui neadan A aE EAA 229 TST Empe Emal LOS eicere re PUER DE Pe MERE nen per eine ranae prd 232 Chapter 19 oo 234 TEL FWT DOO cs ss on ys oh id ren papa tato eni qued order Ed tidy ada upra 234 19 2 Congar aO P
138. RAQARAAARR E E E E B E E E B The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 50 Address Mapping Rules LABEL DESCRIPTION This is the rule index number Local Start IP This is the starting Inside Local IP Address ILA Local IP addresses are N A for Server port mapping Local End IP This is the end Inside Local IP Address ILA If the rule is for all local IP addresses then this field displays 0 0 0 0 as the Local Start IP address and 255 255 255 255 as the Local End IP address This field is N A for One to one and Server mapping types Global Start IP This is the starting Inside Global IP Address IGA Enter 0 0 0 0 here if you have a dynamic IP address from your ISP You can only do this for Many to One and Server mapping types Global End IP This is the ending Inside Global IP Address IGA This field is N A for One to one Many to One and Server mapping types Type 1 1 One to one mode maps one local IP address to one global IP address Note that port numbers do not change for the One to one NAT mapping type M 1 Many to One mode maps multiple local IP addresses to one global IP address This is equivalent to SUA i e PAT port address translation ZyXEL s Single User Account feature that previous ZyXEL routers supported only M M Ov Overload Many to Many Overload mode maps multiple local IP addresses to shared global IP addresses MM No No Overlo
139. Router Hardware Configuration ju E ATM ES XHE Access Concentrator ISP 2 How PPPoE Works The PPPoE driver makes the Ethernet appear as a serial link to the computer and the computer runs PPP over it while the modem bridges the Ethernet frames to the Access Concentrator AC Between the AC and an ISP the AC is acting as a L2TP Layer 2 Tunneling Protocol LAC L2TP Access Concentrator and tunnels the PPP frames to the ISP The L2TP tunnel is capable of carrying multiple PPP sessions With PPPoE the VC Virtual Circuit is equivalent to the dial up connection and is between the modem and the AC as opposed to all the way to the ISP However the PPP negotiation is between the computer and the ISP ZyXEL device as a PPPoE Client When using the ZyXEL device as a PPPoE client the computers on the LAN see only Ethernet and are not aware of PPPoE This alleviates the administrator from having to manage the PPPoE clients on the individual computers Figure 173 ZyXEL device as a PPPoE Client Ld pouces EE Ethernet Ethernet ADSL ME pen Concentrator E 289 Appendix I PPPoE P 660HW D Series User s Guide APPENDIX J Splitters and Microfilters This appendix tells you how to install a POTS splitter or a telephone microfilter Connecting a POTS Splitter When you use the Full Rate Gdmt ADSL standard you can use a POTS Plain Old Telephone Service splitter to separat
140. Server IP Enter the inside IP address of the server here Address Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 8 6 Address Mapping Note The Address Mapping screen is available only when you select Full Feature in the NAT General screen Ordering your rules is important because the ZyXEL device applies the rules in the order that you specify When a rule matches the current packet the ZyXEL device takes the corresponding action and the remaining rules are ignored If there are any empty rules before your new configured rule your configured rule will be pushed up by that number of empty rules For example if you have already configured rules to 6 in your current set and now you configure rule number 9 In the set summary screen the new rule will be rule 7 not 9 Now if you delete rule 4 rules 5 to 7 will be pushed up by 1 rule so old rules 5 6 and 7 become new rules 4 5 and 6 To change your ZyXEL device s address mapping settings click Network gt NAT gt Address Mapping to open the following screen Chapter 8 Network Address Translation NAT Screens 138 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Figure 78 Address Mapping Rules woe ont OU RR WN 10 Address Mapping Address Mapping Rules EAE tocalEndiP Global Start P Global End 1P 1
141. Table 4 Status Screen LABEL DESCRIPTION LAN Information IP Address This is the LAN port IP address IP Subnet Mask This is the LAN port IP subnet mask DHCP This is the WAN port DHCP role Server Relay or None WLAN Information SSID This is the descriptive name used to identify the ZyXEL device in the wireless LAN Channel This is the channel number used by the ZyXEL device now WEP This displays the status of WEP data encryption Security Firewall This displays whether or not the ZyXEL device s firewall is activated Content Filter This displays whether or not the ZyXEL device s content filtering is activated System Status System Uptime This is the total time the ZyXEL device has been on Current Date Time This field displays your ZyXEL device s present date and time System Mode This displays whether the ZyXEL device is functioning as a router or a bridge CPU Usage This number shows how many kilobytes of the heap memory the ZyXEL device is using Heap memory refers to the memory that is not used by ZyNOS ZyXEL Network Operating System and is thus available for running processes like NAT VPN and the firewall The bar displays what percent of the ZyXEL device s heap memory is in use The bar turns from green to red when the maximum is being approached Memory Usage This number shows the ZyXEL device s total heap memory in k
142. Translation NAT sua only Full Feature Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 46 NAT General LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Select this check box to enable NAT Network Address Translation NAT SUA Only Select this radio button if you have just one public WAN IP address for your ZyXEL device Full Feature Select this radio button if you have multiple public WAN IP addresses for your ZyXEL device Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL device Cancel Click Cancel to reload the previous configuration for this screen 8 4 Port Forwarding A port forwarding set is a list of inside behind NAT on the LAN servers for example web or FTP that you can make visible to the outside world even though NAT makes your whole inside network appear as a single computer to the outside world You may enter a single port number or a range of port numbers to be forwarded and the local IP address of the desired server The port number identifies a service for example web service is on port 80 and FTP on port 21 In some cases such as for unknown services or where one server can support more than one service for example both FTP and web service it might be better to specify a range of port numbers You can allocate a server IP address that corresponds to a port or a range of ports Many residential broadband ISP accounts do not allow you
143. Up Select Nailed Up Connection when you want your connection up all the time Connection The ZyXEL device will try to bring up the connection automatically if it is disconnected Connect on Demand Select Connect on Demand when you don t want the connection up all the time and specify an idle time out in the Max Idle Timeout field Max Idle Timeout Specify an idle time out in the Max Idle Timeout field when you select Connect on Demand The default setting is 0 which means the Internet session will not timeout NAT SUA only is available only when you select Routing in the Mode field Select SUA Only if you have one public IP address and want to use NAT Click Edit to go to the Port Forwarding screen to edit a server mapping set Otherwise select None to disable NAT Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save the changes Chapter 5 WAN Setup 86 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Table 23 More Connections Edit continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh Advanced Setup Click this button to display the More Connections Advanced screen and edit more details of your WAN setup 5 6 2 Configuring More Connections Advanced Setup To edit your ZyXEL device s advanced WAN settings click the Advanced Setup button in the More Connections Edit screen The screen appears as shown Figure 43 M
144. Wall mounting Instructions Do the following to hang your ZyXEL device on a wall Note See the product specifications appendix for the size of screws to use and how far apart to place them 1 Locate a high position on wall that is free of obstructions Use a sturdy wall 2 Drill two holes for the screws Make sure the distance between the centers of the holes matches what is listed in the product specifications appendix Note Be careful to avoid damaging pipes or cables located inside the wall when drilling holes for the screws 3 Do not screw the screws all the way into the wall Leave a small gap of about 0 5 cm between the heads of the screws and the wall 4 Make sure the screws are snugly fastened to the wall They need to hold the weight of the ZyXEL device with the connection cables 5 Align the holes on the back of the ZyXEL device with the screws on the wall Hang the ZyXEL device on the screws Figure 148 Wall mounting Example Hie im i l 252 Appendix C Wall mounting Instructions P 660HW D Series User s Guide 253 Appendix C Wall mounting Instructions P 660HW D Series User s Guide APPENDIX D Setting up Your Computer s IP Address All computers must have a 10M or 100M Ethernet adapter card and TCP IP installed Windows 95 98 Me NT 2000 XP Macintosh OS 7 and later operating systems and all versions of UNIX LINUX include the software components you need to install and u
145. Windows XP and a number of network devices Some advantages of IEEE 802 1x are User based identification that allows for roaming Support for RADIUS Remote Authentication Dial In User Service RFC 2138 2139 for centralized user profile and accounting management on a network RADIUS server Support for EAP Extensible Authentication Protocol RFC 2486 that allows additional authentication methods to be deployed with no changes to the access point or the wireless clients 315 Appendix L Wireless LANs P 660HW D Series User s Guide RADIUS RADIUS is based on a client server model that supports authentication authorization and accounting The access point is the client and the server is the RADIUS server The RADIUS server handles the following tasks Authentication Determines the identity of the users Authorization Determines the network services available to authenticated users once they are connected to the network Accounting Keeps track of the client s network activity RADIUS is a simple package exchange in which your AP acts as a message relay between the wireless client and the network RADIUS server Types of RADIUS Messages The following types of RADIUS messages are exchanged between the access point and the RADIUS server for user authentication Access Request Sent by an access point requesting authentication Access Reject Sent by a RADIUS server rejecting access Access Accept Sent
146. Wireless LANs Wireless LAN Topologies This section discusses ad hoc and infrastructure wireless LAN topologies Ad hoc Wireless LAN Configuration BSS The simplest WLAN configuration is an independent Ad hoc WLAN that connects a set of computers with wireless adapters A B C Any time two or more wireless adapters are within range of each other they can set up an independent network which is commonly referred to as an Ad hoc network or Independent Basic Service Set IBSS The following diagram shows an example of notebook computers using wireless adapters to form an Ad hoc wireless LAN Figure 180 Peer to Peer Communication in an Ad hoc Network __ kaa A i i fl i Oo l A Basic Service Set BSS exists when all communications between wireless clients or between a wireless client and a wired network client go through one access point AP Intra BSS traffic is traffic between wireless clients in the BSS When Intra BSS is enabled wireless client A and B can access the wired network and communicate with each other When Intra BSS is disabled wireless client A and B can still access the wired network but cannot communicate with each other Appendix L Wireless LANs 310 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Figure 181 Basic Service Set ESS An Extended Service Set ESS consists of a series of overlapping BSSs each containing an access point with each access point connected together by
147. ab If you do not know your DNS information select Disable DNS Ifyou know your DNS information select Enable DNS and type the information in the fields below you may not need to fill them all in Appendix D Setting up Your Computer s IP Address 256 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Figure 151 Windows 95 98 Me TCP IP Properties DNS Configuration TCP IP Properties 21 xl Bindings Advanced Ne Bos DNS Configuration Gateway WINS Configuration IP Address Domain Suffix Search Order P Cancel 4 Click the Gateway tab Ifyou do not know your gateway s IP address remove previously installed gateways Ifyou have a gateway IP address type it in the New gateway field and click Add 5 Click OK to save and close the TCP IP Properties window 6 Click OK to close the Network window Insert the Windows CD if prompted 7 Turn on your ZyXEL device and restart your computer when prompted Verifying Settings 1 Click Start and then Run 2 In the Run window type winipcfg and then click OK to open the IP Configuration window 3 Select your network adapter You should see your computer s IP address subnet mask and default gateway Windows 2000 NT XP The following example figures use the default Windows XP GUI theme 1 Click start Start in Windows 2000 NT Settings Control Panel 257 Appendix D Setting up Your Computer s IP Address P 660HW D Series User
148. able is a summary for class C subnet planning Table 114 Class C Subnet Planning Sony ene HOST SUBNET MASK NO SUBNETS NUUS RER 1 255 255 255 128 25 126 2 255 255 255 192 26 62 3 255 255 255 224 27 30 4 255 255 255 240 28 16 14 5 255 255 255 248 29 32 6 6 255 255 255 252 30 64 2 7 255 255 255 254 31 128 1 275 Appendix E IP Subnetting P 660HW D Series User s Guide Subnetting With Class A and Class B Networks For class A and class B addresses the subnet mask also determines which bits are part of the network number and which are part of the host ID A class B address has two host ID octets available for subnetting and a class A address has three host ID octets see Table 102 on page 270 available for subnetting The following table is a summary for class B subnet planning Table 115 Class B Subnet Planning ae REM HOST SUBNET MASK NO SUBNETS Sener gs 1 255 255 128 0 17 2 32766 2 255 255 192 0 18 4 16382 3 255 255 224 0 19 8 8190 4 255 255 240 0 20 16 4094 5 255 255 248 0 21 32 2046 6 255 255 252 0 22 64 1022 7 255 255 254 0 23 128 510 8 255 255 255 0 24 256 254 9 255 255 255 128 25 512 126 10 255 255 255 192 26 1024 62 11 255 255 255 224 27 2048 30 12 255 255 255 240 28 4096 14 13 255 255 255 248 29 8192
149. able on disk 260 8 MB 6 Click OK to go back to the Windows Optional Networking Component Wizard window and click Next 16 4 Using UPnP in Windows XP Example This section shows you how to use the UPnP feature in Windows XP You must already have UPnP installed in Windows XP and UPnP activated on the ZyXEL device Make sure the computer is connected to a LAN port of the ZyXEL device Turn on your computer and the ZyXEL device 16 4 1 Auto discover Your UPnP enabled Network Device 1 Click start and Control Panel Double click Network Connections An icon displays under Internet Gateway 2 Right click the icon and select Properties 215 Chapter 16 Universal Plug and Play UPnP P 660HW D Series User s Guide Figure 123 Network Connections X Network Connections Edit File View Favorites Tools Advanced Help Qv F d P Search Key Folders EN e Network Connections Internet Gateway Network Tasks 4 Create a new connection Set up a home or small office network Disable this network device m Rename this connection View status of this connection Change settings of this connection Disable LAN or H Status Create Shortcut Delete Rename 3 In the Internet Connection Properties window click Settings to see the port mappings there were automatically created Figure 124 Internet Connection Properties Internet Connection Properties
150. ad Many to Many No Overload mode maps each local IP address to unique global IP addresses Server This type allows you to specify inside servers of different services behind the NAT to be accessible to the outside world Modify Click the edit icon to go to the screen where you can edit the address mapping rule Click the delete icon to delete an existing address mapping rule Note that subsequent address mapping rules move up by one when you take this action 139 Chapter 8 Network Address Translation NAT Screens P 660HW D Series User s Guide 8 6 1 Address Mapping Rule Edit To edit an address mapping rule click the rule s edit icon in the Address Mapping screen to display the screen shown next Figure 79 Edit Address Mapping Rule Edit Address Mapping Rule1 Type One to One X Local Start IP pono Local End IP N A Global Start IP poco Global End IP va Server Mapping Set vs Edit Details Back Apply Cancel The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 51 Edit Address Mapping Rule LABEL DESCRIPTION Type Choose the port mapping type from one of the following One to One One to One mode maps one local IP address to one global IP address Note that port numbers do not change for One to one NAT mapping type Many to One Many to One mode maps multiple local IP addresses to one global IP address This is
151. aintenance Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Time calibration is successful The router has adjusted its time based on information from the time server Time calibration failed The router failed to get information from the time server WAN interface gets IP s A WAN interface got a new IP address from the DHCP PPPoE PPTP or dial up server DHCP client IP expired A DHCP client s IP address has expired DHCP server assigns s The DHCP server assigned an IP address to a client Successful WEB login Someone has logged on to the router s web configurator interface WEB login failed Someone has failed to log on to the router s web configurator interface Successful TELNET login Someone has logged on to the router via telnet TELNET login failed Someone has failed to log on to the router via telnet Successful FTP login Someone has logged on to the router via ftp FTP login failed Someone has failed to log on to the router via ftp NAT Session Table is Full The maximum number of NAT session table entries has been exceeded and the table is full Starting Connectivity Monitor Starting Connectivity Monitor Time initialized by Daytime Server The router got the time and date from the Daytime server Time initialized by Time server The router got the time and date from the time server Time initial
152. alhost 269 Appendix D Setting up Your Computer s IP Address P 660HW D Series User s Guide APPENDIX E IP Subnetting IP Addressing Routers route based on the network number The router that delivers the data packet to the correct destination host uses the host ID IP Classes An IP address is made up of four octets eight bits written in dotted decimal notation for example 192 168 1 1 IP addresses are categorized into different classes The class of an address depends on the value of its first octet Class A addresses have a 0 in the left most bit In a class A address the first octet is the network number and the remaining three octets make up the host ID e Class B addresses have a 1 in the left most bit and a 0 in the next left most bit In a class B address the first two octets make up the network number and the two remaining octets make up the host ID e Class C addresses begin starting from the left with 1 1 0 In a class C address the first three octets make up the network number and the last octet is the host ID e Class D addresses begin with 1 1 1 0 Class D addresses are used for multicasting There is also a class E address It is reserved for future use Table 102 Classes of IP Addresses IP ADDRESS OCTET 1 OCTET 2 OCTET 3 OCTET 4 Class A 0 Network number Host ID Host ID Host ID Class B 10 Network number
153. amic DNS Service Provider This is the name of your Dynamic DNS service provider Dynamic DNS Select the type of service that you are registered for from your Dynamic DNS Type service provider Host Name Type the domain name assigned to your ZyXEL device by your Dynamic DNS provider You can specify up to two host names in the field separated by a comma User Name Type your user name Password Type the password assigned to you Enable Wildcard Option Select the check box to enable DynDNS Wildcard Enable off line option This option is available when Custom DNS is selected in the DDNS Type field Check with your Dynamic DNS service provider to have traffic redirected to a URL that you can specify while you are off line IP Address Update Policy Use WAN IP Select this option to update the IP address of the host name s to the WAN IP Address address 197 Chapter 14 Dynamic DNS Setup P 660HW D Series User s Guide Table 79 Dynamic DNS continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Dynamic DNS Select this option only when there are one or more NAT routers between the ZyXEL server auto device and the DDNS server This feature has the DDNS server automatically detect IP detect and use the IP address of the NAT router that has a public IP address Address Note The DDNS server may not be able to detect the proper IP address if there is an HTTP proxy server between the ZyXEL devi
154. ample ccccssccccceeesscceeceesseeceeeeeseeeceenenseaes 308 Figure 180 Peer to Peer Communication in an Ad hoc Network eseeess 310 Figure 481 Basic Semice DOL aissescc dete ei edvescbt reise p rei d AN pbbii etaa E 311 Figure 192 Infrastructure WLAN Lern dede eb et innandura nenaad pid ad Ua Ra De aeS pda 312 Figura 133 PISE TS ishonsin in peda Eos Ra lud cat bsa dicent casum ede auti fu eaa RR qn 313 Figure 184 WPA 2 with RADIUS Application Example seem 321 Figure 195 WPA 2 PSK Authentication uiisiieuuicue se eun rh A atlas ark d oni Lb rA dA Ela Ebr kA Ek EAR enne nenna 322 Figure 186 Pop up BIOOKOF i iei acp Eri didt ind I svo OVE bn ett Er Sao M I Prud n E A nia 324 Figure ar Memet ODUOGPS iudi Dod rhet tud Ca tr Is E o baa aaa 325 Figure 199 nieme CODIGOS Suede obit i ippP Aena unda Spa das ben fu dau ioa ERU ed tX E DHT ORE IUE 326 Figure 189 Pop up Blocker Settings iiuucccccios sec eiim utin to erba ne pa eth d iian enaena S Lade 327 Figure 190 Ties bt EONS rsrsrsrs es pA Fo sa EnaA R ESEE DE Vd 328 Figure 191 Security Settings Java Scripting cevicissasansnciaianbereidansesbersaalaaseredadaaseboriinemenbeeaen 329 Figure 192 Security US Java 11r hore ar d o dS Hanns Races tors dS ERR ESAE A 330 Figure 193 Java Dec 1 ges VP 331 List of Figures 24 P 660HW D Series User s Guide 25 List of Figures P 660HW D Series User s Guide List of Tables Tane T ADS
155. ample In Windows click Start gt Settings gt Control Panel means first click the Start button then point your mouse pointer to Settings and then click Control Panel e e g is a shorthand for for instance and 1 e means that is or in other words The P 660HW D series may be referred to as the ZyXEL device in this User s Guide Related Documentation Supporting Disk Refer to the included CD for support documents Quick Start Guide The Quick Start Guide is designed to help you get up and running right away It contains connection information and instructions on getting started Web Configurator Online Help Embedded web help for descriptions of individual screens and supplementary information ZyXEL Glossary and Web Site Please refer to www zyxel com for an online glossary of networking terms and additional support documentation Preface 30 P 660HW D Series User s Guide User Guide Feedback Help us help you E mail all User Guide related comments questions or suggestions for improvement to techwriters zyxel com tw or send regular mail to The Technical Writing Team ZyXEL Communications Corp 6 Innovation Road II Science Based Industrial Park Hsinchu 300 Taiwan Thank you Graphics Icons Key ZyXEL device Computer Notebook computer NN Server DSLAM Telephone NS Switch Co lt 5 Wireless Signal A
156. and Video for example 13 3 Subnet based Bandwidth Management You can create bandwidth classes based on subnets Chapter 13 Bandwidth Management 184 P 660HW D Series User s Guide The following figure shows LAN subnets You could configure one bandwidth class for subnet A and another for subnet B Figure 103 Subnet based Bandwidth Management Example LAN WAN A 192 168 1 1 192 168 1 24 m DEM VES Internet gt E SS SED B 192 168 2 1 192 168 2 24 13 4 Application and Subnet based Bandwidth Management You could also create bandwidth classes based on a combination of a subnet and an application The following example table shows bandwidth allocations for application specific traffic from separate LAN subnets Table 69 Application and Subnet based Bandwidth Management Example TRAFFIC TYPE FROM SUBNET A FROM SUBNET B VolP 64 Kbps 64 Kbps Web 64 Kbps 64 Kbps FTP 64 Kbps 64 Kbps E mail 64 Kbps 64 Kbps Video 64 Kbps 64 Kbps 13 5 Scheduler The scheduler divides up an interface s bandwidth among the bandwidth classes The ZyXEL device has two types of scheduler fairness based and priority based 185 Chapter 13 Bandwidth Management P 660HW D Series User s Guide 13 5 1 Priority based Scheduler With the priority based scheduler the ZyXEL device forwards traffic from bandwidth classes according to the priorities that you assign to the bandwidth classes The lar
157. ap The following figure shows a LAN divided into subnets A B and C Chapter 6 LAN Setup 102 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Figure 53 Physical Network amp Partitioned Logical Networks A 192 168 1 1 192 168 1 24 Ethernet ee B 192 168 2 1 192 168 2 24 Interface E C 192 168 3 1 192 168 3 24 To change your ZyXEL device s IP alias settings click Network gt LAN gt IP Alias The screen appears as shown Figure 54 LAN IP Alias IP Alias 1 IP Alias 1 IP Address 0 0 0 6 IP Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 RIP Direction None RIP Version Nia IP Alias 2 TIP Alias 2 IP Address 0 0 0 0 IP Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 RIP Direction None z RIP version NIA Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 30 LAN IP Alias LABEL DESCRIPTION IP Alias 1 2 Select the check box to configure another LAN network for the ZyXEL device IP Address Enter the IP address of your ZyXEL device in dotted decimal notation Alternatively click the right mouse button to copy and or paste the IP address IP Subnet Mask Your ZyXEL device will automatically calculate the subnet mask based on the IP address that you assign Unless you are implementing subnetting use the subnet mask computed by the ZyXEL device 103 Chapter 6 LAN Setup P 660HW D Series User s Guide Table 30 LAN IP Alias LABEL DESCRIPTION RIP Direct
158. art defined in RFC 1215 A trap is sent after booting software reboot 6 whyReboot defined in ZYXEL A trap is sent with the reason of restart before MIB rebooting when the system is going to restart warm start 6a For intentional reboot A trap is sent with the message System reboot by user if reboot is done intentionally for example download new files CI command sys reboot etc 6b For fatal error A trap is sent with the message of the fatal code if the system reboots because of fatal errors 15 6 3 Configuring SNMP To change your ZyXEL device s SNMP settings click Advanced gt Remote MGMT gt SNMP The screen appears as shown Figure 114 Remote Management SNMP SNMP SNMP Port 161 Access Status Disable Secured Client IP Gal C selected o 1 0 0 SNMP Configuration Get Community public Set Community public TrapCommunity public TrapDestination 0 0 0 0 q Note You may also need to create a Firewallrule Cancel Chapter 15 Remote Management Configuration 206 P 660HW D Series User s Guide The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 84 Remote Management SNMP LABEL DESCRIPTION SNMP Port You may change the server port number for a service if needed however you must use the same port number in order to use that service for remote management Access Status Select the interface s through which a computer may a
159. art of the network number If a bit in the subnet mask is 0 then the corresponding bit in the IP address is part of the host ID Subnet masks are expressed in dotted decimal notation just as IP addresses are The natural masks for class A B and C IP addresses are as follows Table 104 Natural Masks CLASS NATURAL MASK A 255 0 0 0 B 255 255 0 0 C 255 255 255 0 Subnetting With subnetting the class arrangement of an IP address is ignored For example a class C address no longer has to have 24 bits of network number and 8 bits of host ID With subnetting some of the host ID bits are converted into network number bits By convention subnet masks always consist of a continuous sequence of ones beginning from the left most bit of the mask followed by a continuous sequence of zeros for a total number of 32 bits Since the mask is always a continuous number of ones beginning from the left followed by a continuous number of zeros for the remainder of the 32 bit mask you can simply specify the number of ones instead of writing the value of each octet This is usually specified by writing a followed by the number of bits in the mask after the address 271 Appendix E IP Subnetting P 660HW D Series User s Guide For example 192 1 1 0 25 is equivalent to saying 192 1 1 0 with mask 255 255 255 128 The following table shows all possible subnet masks for a class C address using b
160. arting Up the ZyXEL device Table 96 Troubleshooting Starting Up Your ZyXEL device PROBLEM CORRECTIVE ACTION None of the LEDs turn on when turn on the ZyXEL device Make sure that the ZyXEL device s power adaptor is connected to the ZyXEL device and plugged in to an appropriate power source Make sure that the ZyXEL device and the power source are both turned on Turn the ZyXEL device off and on If the error persists you may have a hardware problem In this case you should contact your vendor 21 2 Problems with the LAN Table 97 Troubleshooting the LAN PROBLEM CORRECTIVE ACTION The LAN LEDs do not turn on Check your Ethernet cable connections refer to the Quick Start Guide for details Check for faulty Ethernet cables Make sure your computer s Ethernet Card is working properly cannot access the ZyXEL device from the LAN If Any IP is disabled make sure that the IP address and the subnet mask of the ZyXEL device and your computer s are on the same subnet Chapter 21 Troubleshooting 242 P 660HW D Series User s Guide 21 3 Problems with the WAN Table 98 Troubleshooting the WAN PROBLEM CORRECTIVE ACTION The DSL LED is off Check the telephone wire and connections between the ZyXEL device DSL port and the wall jack Make sure that the telephone company has checked your phone line and set it up for DSL service Rese
161. as the access point AP or wireless router we will refer to both as AP here in order to associate with it Traditionally this meant that you had to configure the settings on the AP and then manually configure the exact same settings on each wireless client OTIST One Touch Intelligent Security Technology allows you to transfer your AP s SSID and WPA PSK security settings to wireless clients that support OTIST and are within transmission range You can also choose to have OTIST generate a WPA PSK key for you if you didn t configure one manually Note OTIST replaces the pre configured wireless settings on the wireless clients 7 5 1 Enabling OTIST You must enable OTIST on both the AP and wireless client before you start transferring settings Note The AP and wireless client s MUST use the same Setup key 7 5 1 1 AP You can enable OTIST using the RESET button or the web configurator 7 5 1 1 1 Reset button If you use the RESET button the default 01234567 or previous saved through the web configurator Setup key is used to encrypt the settings that you want to transfer Hold in the RESET button for one to five seconds Chapter 7 Wireless LAN 118 P 660HW D Series Us er s Guide Note If y ou hold in the RESET button too long the device will reset to the factory defaults 7 5 1 1 2 Web Configurator Click the Network gt Wireless LAN gt OTIST The following screen displays Figure 62 OTIST
162. ase If you have changed the password and have now forgotten it you will need to upload the default configuration file This restores all of the factory defaults including the password cannot Make sure that there is not a Telnet session running access the Use the ZyXEL device s WAN IP address when configuring from the WAN Refer to the web instructions on checking your WAN connection configurator Use the ZyXEL device s LAN IP address when configuring from the LAN Refer to for instructions on checking your LAN connection Check that you have enabled web service access If you have configured a secured client IP address your computer s IP address must match it Refer to the chapter on remote management for details Your computer s and the ZyXEL device s IP addresses must be on the same subnet for LAN access If you changed the ZyXEL device s LAN IP address then enter the new one as the URL Make sure that pop up windows JavaScripts and Java permissions are allowed See the appendix for how to enable them Chapter 21 Troubleshooting 244 P 660HW D Series User s Guide 245 Chapter 21 Troubleshooting P 660HW D Series User s Guide APPENDIX A Product Specifications See also the Introduction chapter for a general overview of the key features Specification Tables Table 100 Device Default IP Address 192 168 1 1 Default Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 24 bits
163. ay UPnP 220 P 660HW D Series User s Guide 221 Chapter 16 Universal Plug and Play UPnP P 660HW D Series User s Guide CHAPTER 17 System Use this screen to configure the ZyXEL device s time and date settings 17 1 General Setup 17 1 1 General Setup and System Name General Setup contains administrative and system related information System Name is for identification purposes However because some ISPs check this name you should enter your computer s Computer Name In Windows 95 98 click Start Settings Control Panel Network Click the Identification tab note the entry for the Computer Name field and enter it as the System Name n Windows 2000 click Start Settings Control Panel and then double click System Click the Network Identification tab and then the Properties button Note the entry for the Computer name field and enter it as the System Name n Windows XP click start My Computer View system information and then click the Computer Name tab Note the entry in the Full computer name field and enter it as the ZyXEL device System Name 17 1 2 General Setup The Domain Name entry is what is propagated to the DHCP clients on the LAN If you leave this blank the domain name obtained by DHCP from the ISP is used While you must enter the host name System Name the domain name can be assigned from the ZyXEL device via DHCP Click Maintenance gt System to open the General screen Chap
164. bound access list entries as required and are forwarded through the interface 9 When the connection terminates or times out the connection s state table entry is deleted and the connection s temporary inbound access list entries are deleted 9 5 2 Stateful Inspection and the ZyXEL device Additional rules may be defined to extend or override the default rules For example a rule may be created which will Block all traffic of a certain type such as IRC Internet Relay Chat from the LAN to the Internet 149 Chapter 9 Firewalls P 660HW D Series User s Guide Allow certain types of traffic from the Internet to specific hosts on the LAN Allow access to a Web server to everyone but competitors Restrict use of certain protocols such as Telnet to authorized users on the LAN These custom rules work by evaluating the network traffic s Source IP address Destination IP address IP protocol type and comparing these to rules set by the administrator Note The ability to define firewall rules is a very powerful tool Using custom rules it is possible to disable all firewall protection or block all access to the Internet Use extreme caution when creating or deleting firewall rules Test changes after creating them to make sure they work correctly Below is a brief technical description of how these connections are tracked Connections may either be defined by the upper protocols for instance TCP or by the ZyXEL devi
165. bs eT 100 Bo LAN Clon LISE cassie caus PF an Ennan CEREREM EE REEF UR REF EUG gR ERES Ra ERU aan 101 CO LAN IPF AIS MT 102 Chapter 7 a oig E E AE E E E A E 106 21 Wireless Network Ovario W 1er eir pte wats inen a EE 106 2 Wireless Secunty DUVO VIDW 2 iucccuo sostacctcs toca ca cota semantics inini neiaa 107 pod OOD NO 107 fu MAG Address Filler stir ERE RI RU EERH Y HIPS n Pb MIU bTiE 107 Pe Usar Ahentitaton cath see aces op de risa a gas eae ek ate aoe padederks aaa 108 Te NMED a 108 7 2 5 One Touch Intelligent Security Technology OTIST 109 Table of Contents 12 P 660HW D Series User s Guide 7 3 Wireless Performance Overview sissssssscssncascctsssansssesastsaessustssanasseesssoracsteeiuoaseses 109 T 31 Quality of Service CICS er iodenwnsctionis snniudendaonpidauaissnntiar 109 TA General Wireless LAN SOIeeD uou eie retatie ebd eaa VS LI IUE pre tbi coke I Va ku ado 110 fob OB MINE cce oni ena i c nsi i teca od Latii cac d TH f WEP EBCPUDUOD secrete pri toot viae feum bod vot Eel bre en UM dA 112 re NPAPOSRKWNPAZ P ON E 113 Z2 NERVIS La ueseieisca EENE A Reb AILES pA qbURE Sn pRu Pr EEPURd VI ERE vU 114 7 4 5 Wireless LAN Advanced Setup ccssisssscrcccssessaatcesarosoanasshanssacnssaeavennnndaaaia 116 TOET 22 2o tais tb paiiet in d e ea pas it Dro 118 PTEE OT E SERE EROR E ERE 118 por e HA 118 Fao 2 VASES CIORI 120 7 5 2 SABO OTIST ag
166. by a RADIUS server allowing access Access Challenge Sent by a RADIUS server requesting more information in order to allow access The access point sends a proper response from the user and then sends another Access Request message The following types of RADIUS messages are exchanged between the access point and the RADIUS server for user accounting Accounting Request Sent by the access point requesting accounting Accounting Response Sent by the RADIUS server to indicate that it has started or stopped accounting Appendix L Wireless LANs 316 P 660HW D Series User s Guide In order to ensure network security the access point and the RADIUS server use a shared secret key which is a password they both know The key is not sent over the network In addition to the shared key password information exchanged is also encrypted to protect the network from unauthorized access Types of Authentication This section discusses some popular authentication types EAP MD5 EAP TLS EAP TTLS PEAP and LEAP The type of authentication you use depends on the RADIUS server or the AP Consult your network administrator for more information EAP MD5 Message Digest Algorithm 5 MDS authentication is the simplest one way authentication method The authentication server sends a challenge to the wireless client The wireless client proves that it knows the password by encrypting the password with the challenge and sends back
167. c IP Address and type your ISP assigned IP address in the IP Address field below If you use RFC 1483 enter the IP address given by your ISP in the IP Address field Subnet Mask ENET ENCAP encapsulation only Enter a subnet mask in dotted decimal notation Refer to the appendices to calculate a subnet mask If you are implementing subnetting Gateway IP address ENET ENCAP encapsulation only You must specify a gateway IP address supplied by your ISP when you select ENET ENCAP in the Encapsulation field Connection PPPoA and PPPoE encapsulation only Nailed Up Connection Select Nailed Up Connection when you want your connection up all the time The ZyXEL device will try to bring up the connection automatically if it is disconnected Connect on Demand Select Connect on Demand when you don t want the connection up all the time and specify an idle time out in the Max Idle Timeout field Max Idle Timeout Specify an idle time out in the Max Idle Timeout field when you select Connect on Demand The default setting is 0 which means the Internet session will not timeout Apply Click Apply to save the changes 81 Chapter 5 WAN Setup P 660HW D Series User s Guide Table 20 Internet Connection continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh Advanced Setup Click this button to display the Advanced Internet Con
168. c Shaping 55er tbt pra ciues Errata pe DI vaa Ced eaae tL dew E pcd 78 List of Figures 20 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Figure 39 Internet Connection PPPOE 45 rper nd br Ei haha da M Rte 1398 RP e apad S Rd 80 Figure 40 Advanced Internet Connection Setup 2 cc cecessssseseeesseneeseeessneneeeesseneees 82 az ags zeni ger Qe 84 Figure 42 More Connectors Edit cusa ed e brc OR ASI RR LL A Ue a Ra E ead Ud 85 Figure 43 More Connections Advanced Setup 1er rrr etta rnt RR REP een REDE Xon ER iq A 87 Figure 44 Traffic Redirect Example uices ctum tu cot epntn e cuet andas cERt rm eeS suc El sess OEEpA PRA Epub Ted 88 Figure 45 Traffic Redirect LAN Setup eei eed tek aeua e tob rk baa Rib ra d Es A EE A a aU rn bo a du gaa Eta dae 89 Figure 46 WAN Backup SGP 3 paa eo REFS xp ERN I ES PERI QA or FN RE IER MM eHiin 89 Figure 47 LAN and WAN IP AdOLGSBOS unies iet ob dona cei ec n LR MIR 92 Figure 48 Any IP EX SETIIGS ssa cate a AMI Edu eR Senta a em onl 97 d EE d e 98 Figure SU Advanced LAN SETUD e MM 99 mov rue de ASN 100 Figure S2 LAN Del 4m A iaa 101 Figure 53 Physical Network amp Partitioned Logical Networks ssseeeenee 103 Pir 4 AIP AOT PUES 103 Figure 55 Example of a Wireless Network cccssscceccesseeneeseesneneeeeeceenneeseeenenneeeeeneeneess 106 Figure 56 Wirel
169. ccess the ZyXEL device using this service Secured Client IP A secured client is a trusted computer that is allowed to communicate with the ZyXEL device using this service Select All to allow any computer to access the ZyXEL device using this service Choose Selected to just allow the computer with the IP address that you specify to access the ZyXEL device using this service SNMP Configuration Get Community Enter the Get Community which is the password for the incoming Get and GetNext requests from the management station The default is public and allows all requests Set Community Enter the Set community which is the password for incoming Set requests from the management station The default is public and allows all requests Trap Community Type the trap community which is the password sent with each trap to the SNMP manager The default is public and allows all requests Destination Type the IP address of the station to send your SNMP traps to Apply Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 15 7 Configuring DNS Use DNS Domain Name System to map a domain name to its corresponding IP address and vice versa Refer to the chapter on LAN for background information To change your ZyXEL device s DNS settings click Advanced gt Remote MGMT gt DNS The screen appears as shown Use this screen to
170. ce General esee 266 Figure 165 Red Hat 9 0 KDE Network Configuration DNS sssseeeee 267 Figure 166 Red Hat 9 0 KDE Network Configuration Activate 267 Figure 167 Red Hat 9 0 Dynamic IP Address Setting in ifconfig ethO 268 23 List of Figures P 660HW D Series User s Guide Figure 168 Red Hat 9 0 Static IP Address Setting in ifconfig ethO ssssss 268 Figure 169 Red Hat 9 0 DNS Settings in resolv conf ccssseeeceeesseeeeeeeessneeeeeeeneneeees 268 Figure 170 Red Hat 9 0 Restart Ethernet Card isses cese treten putida rhet iaa edes 269 Figure 171 Red Hat 9 0 Checking TCP IP Properties 1 etre etr rns 269 Figure 172 Single Computer per Router Hardware Configuration ssesssss 289 Figure 173 ZyXEL dovice ns a PPPOE CODI acci ecce tnnt e tane Ert mesa cott tisnin 289 Figure 174 Connecting a POTS Spliter 1o ra tpe rnnt ee ph cR td oid r iR di KR c 290 Figure 179 Connecting s Merolla a ceo sempe RISE RbPEn UU MNRRPAMIR PR RRPEDT DE ERpE Ld HEREE PLI PAR R URSI UA 291 Figure 176 Connecting a Microfilter and Y Connector eeeeseeeeeenee 291 Figure 177 ZyXEL devico with ISDN iuis three ttai seamed a Ein kia ta eR ain dad Ina 292 Figure 178 Displaying Log Categories Exemple 1 coercere root ir trie rrt e pe pRcce 308 Figure 179 Displaying Log Parameters Ex
171. ce and the DDNS server Use specified IP Type the IP address of the host name s Use this if you have a static IP address Address Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh Chapter 14 Dynamic DNS Setup 198 P 660HW D Series User s Guide 199 Chapter 14 Dynamic DNS Setup P 660HW D Series User s Guide CHAPTER 15 Remote Management Configuration This chapter provides information on configuring remote management 15 1 Remote Management Overview Remote management allows you to determine which services protocols can access which ZyXEL device interface if any from which computers Note When you configure remote management to allow management from the WAN you still need to configure a firewall rule to allow access You may manage your ZyXEL device from a remote location via Internet WAN only ALL LAN and WAN LAN only Neither Disable Note When you choose WAN only or LAN amp WAN you still need to configure a firewall rule to allow access To disable remote management of a service select Disable in the corresponding Access Status field You may only have one remote management session running at a time The ZyXEL device automatically disconnects a remote management session of lower priority when another remote management session of higher priority starts The priorities for the di
172. ce itself as with the virtual connections created for UDP and ICMP 9 5 3 TCP Security The ZyXEL device uses state information embedded in TCP packets The first packet of any new connection has its SYN flag set and its ACK flag cleared these are initiation packets All packets that do not have this flag structure are called subsequent packets since they represent data that occurs later in the TCP stream If an initiation packet originates on the WAN this means that someone is trying to make a connection from the Internet into the LAN Except in a few special cases see Upper Layer Protocols shown next these packets are dropped and logged If an initiation packet originates on the LAN this means that someone is trying to make a connection from the LAN to the Internet Assuming that this is an acceptable part of the security policy as is the case with the default policy the connection will be allowed A cache entry is added which includes connection information such as IP addresses TCP ports sequence numbers etc When the ZyXEL device receives any subsequent packet from the Internet or from the LAN its connection information is extracted and checked against the cache A packet is only allowed to pass through if it corresponds to a valid connection that is if it is a response to a connection which originated on the LAN 9 5 4 UDP ICMP Security UDP and ICMP do not themselves contain any connection information such as
173. cececeeeeeseeeeeneecaeeeeeeeeeeeeteeseeees 36 Figure 2 LAN to LAN Application Example ssssssssseeneem enn 37 Figure 3 Front Panel e 37 Figure 4 Password SOFBDD uiid enbrced de ep Reb Ene i beso UEM PRU ES S MEA IS ER Kb Fa ERIT HR RIA 41 Figure 5 Change Password at LOGIN ssecniricecendactendat einai e E ux DNI RERUM TUR 41 z li Ese uoo Mm 42 Figure 7 Web Configurator Main Screen essese tha enano th akku nna th a La n has 43 Fow coaie STOE E o S E 46 Foue 9 ctus cA MI P 48 Figure 10 Status WLAN SIalUS eem TOR 49 Figure 11 Status Bandwidth Stats essei ricette rre t ia Fei rp putida 49 Figure 12 tutus Parit SUISSE 2 ecco a nessa n ca epa eg ec ba areas eae lr a d s ned 50 Figur 1a oys am Gnl senan nm Pr p e pu eue liv nee ER a bus iain 52 Figure 14 Select a Mode 54 Figure 15 Wizard Welcome Nm 55 Figure 16 Auto Detection No DSL Connection sssisssssrsrissnisresssaisnnr irnar 55 Figure 17 Auto Detection Falleg 22 npn ni DU dos cen acc daa ai DU 56 Figure 19 Auc Deolection PPPOE Lii boni ribera e Po xe pue Rubr acie e PRA RERUM paa E 56 Figure 19 Internet Access Wizard Setup ISP Parameters roccia tcd checa 57 Figure 20 Internet Connection witht PPPOE o ccicccssssicsccsessccivassssecsesddassscenervonssdaasatenndsastlannsce 58 Figure 21 Internet Connection with RFC 1483 c siciscccassncndaacaniniadane saiadaaubenndenaserenacdemnareds 58 Fi
174. cing requires real time data transfers and the bandwidth requirement varies in proportion to the video image s changing dynamics The VBR nRT non real time Variable Bit Rate type is used with bursty connections that do not require closely controlled delay and delay variation It is commonly used for bursty traffic typical on LANs PCR and MBS define the burst levels SCR defines the minimum level An example of an VBR nRT connection would be non time sensitive data file transfers 5 3 1 3 Unspecified Bit Rate UBR The Unspecified Bit Rate UBR ATM traffic class is for bursty data transfers However UBR doesn t guarantee any bandwidth and only delivers traffic when the network has spare bandwidth An example application is background file transfer 5 4 Zero Configuration Internet Access Once you turn on and connect the ZyXEL device to a telephone jack it automatically detects the Internet connection settings such as the VCI VPI numbers and the encapsulation method from the ISP and makes the necessary configuration changes In cases where additional account information such as an Internet account user name and password is required or the ZyXEL device cannot connect to the ISP you will be redirected to web screen s for information input or troubleshooting Zero configuration for Internet access is disable when 79 Chapter 5 WAN Setup P 660HW D Series User s Guide the ZyXEL device is in bridge mode you set the ZyX
175. ck Apply to save your settings back to the ZyXEL device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 13 9 Bandwidth Management Rule Setup You must use the Bandwidth Management Summary screen to enable bandwidth management on an interface before you can configure rules for that interface Click Advanced gt Bandwidth MGMT gt Rule Setup to open the following screen Chapter 13 Bandwidth Management 190 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Figure 105 Bandwidth Management Rule Setup Rule Setup Rule Setup Direction LAN 7 Bandwidth 16 Add kbps Service Www 7 Priority High 7 To LAN Interface ROR Destination Port Priority Bandwidthikbps Hod 1 o 10 g a Vv WWW High 2 Vv E ou Telnet 0 Mid 10 Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 76 Bandwidth Management Rule Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION Direction Select LAN to apply bandwidth management to traffic that the ZyXEL device forwards to the LAN Select WAN to apply bandwidth management to traffic that the ZyXEL device forwards to the WAN Select WLAN to apply bandwidth management to traffic that the ZyXEL device forwards to the WLAN Service Select a service for your rule or you can select User Defined to go to the screen where you can define your own Priority Select a priority from the drop down list box Choose Hi
176. client The service allows users to send commands to the server for uploading and downloading files Select FTP from the drop down list box to configure this bandwidth filter for FTP traffic H 323 is a standard teleconferencing protocol suite that provides audio data and video conferencing It allows for real time point to point and multipoint communication between client computers over a packet based network that does not provide a guaranteed quality of service Select H 323 from the drop down list box to configure this bandwidth filter for traffic that uses H 323 Select User defined from the drop down list box if you do not want to use a predefined application for the bandwidth class When you select User defined you need to configure at least one of the following fields other than the Subnet Mask fields which you only enter if you also enter a corresponding destination or source IP address Destination Address Enter the destination IP address in dotted decimal notation Destination Subnet Enter the destination subnet mask This field is N A if you do not specify a Netmask Destination Address Refer to the appendices for more information on IP subnetting Destination Port Enter the port number of the destination See Table 78 on page 194 for some common services and port numbers A blank destination IP address means any destination IP address Source Address Enter the source IP address in dotted decimal notation
177. complete Note Enable OTIST only if your wireless clients support WPA and OTIST Setup Key Type an OTIST Setup Key of up to eight ASCII characters in length Be sure to use the same OTIST Setup Key on the ZyXEL device and wireless clients Back Click Back to display the previous screen Next Click Next to proceed to the next screen Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving 3 Configure your wireless settings in this screen Click Next Figure 28 Wireless LAN Setup Wizard 2 f Wireless LAN Network Name SSID ZyXEL Give your network a name You will search for this name from your wire Channel Selection Channel 06 2437MHz Your use one annels You should use the default channel unless other nearby use the same channel Manually assign a WPA PSK key vould prefer to create your own key WPA is stronger than WEP but not all with W lt Back next gt exit 61 Chapter 3 Wizard Setup for Internet Access P 660HW D Series User s Guide The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 14 Wireless LAN Setup Wizard 2 LABEL DESCRIPTION Network Enter a descriptive name up to 32 printable 7 bit ASCII characters for the wireless Name SSID LAN If you change this field on the ZyXEL device make sure all wireless stations use the same SSID in order to access the network Channel The range of radio frequencies used by IEEE 802 11b g
178. ctly apparent to the application user Refer to Section 9 1 on page 142 for more information Click Security gt Firewall gt Anti Probing to display the screen as shown Figure 95 Firewall Anti Probing Anti Probing Anti Probing Respond to PING on LAN amp WAN Do Not Respond to Requests for Unauthorized Services Apply Cancel Chapter 10 Firewall Configuration 170 P 660HW D Series User s Guide The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 62 Firewall Anti Probing LABEL DESCRIPTION Respond to PING on The ZyXEL device does not respond to any incoming Ping requests when Disable is selected Select LAN to reply to incoming LAN Ping requests Select WAN to reply to incoming WAN Ping requests Otherwise select LAN amp WAN to reply to both incoming LAN and WAN Ping requests Do Not Respond to Requests for Unauthorized Services Select this option to prevent hackers from finding the ZyXEL device by probing for unused ports If you select this option the ZyXEL device will not respond to port request s for unused ports thus leaving the unused ports and the ZyXEL device unseen By default this option is not selected and the ZyXEL device will reply with an ICMP Port Unreachable packet for a port probe on its unused UDP ports and a TCP Reset packet for a port probe on its unused TCP ports Note that the probing packets must first trav
179. d automatically if your network supports this capability Otherwise you need to ask your network administrator for the appropriate IP settings Obtain an IP address automatically Use the following IP address Obtain DNS server address automatically Use the following DNS server addresses 6 Ifyou do not know your gateway s IP address remove any previously installed gateways in the IP Settings tab and click OK Do one or more of the following if you want to configure additional IP addresses Inthe IP Settings tab in IP addresses click Add In TCP IP Address type an IP address in IP address and a subnet mask in Subnet mask and then click Add e Repeat the above two steps for each IP address you want to add Configure additional default gateways in the IP Settings tab by clicking Add in Default gateways In TCP IP Gateway Address type the IP address of the default gateway in Gateway To manually configure a default metric the number of transmission hops clear the Automatic metric check box and type a metric in Metric Click Add Repeat the previous three steps for each default gateway you want to add e Click OK when finished Appendix D Setting up Your Computer s IP Address 260 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Figure 157 Windows XP Advanced TCP IP Properties Advanced TCP IP Settings IP Settings DNS WINS Options IP addresses IP address DHCP Enabled Default gat
180. d causes it to be logged more effectively than if it were logged with standard host logging Filtering rules at the packet filtering router can be less complex than they would be if the router needed to filter application traffic and direct it to a number of specific systems The router need only allow application traffic destined for the application gateway and reject the rest 9 2 3 Stateful Inspection Firewalls Stateful inspection firewalls restrict access by screening data packets against defined access rules They make access control decisions based on IP address and protocol They also inspect the session data to assure the integrity of the connection and to adapt to dynamic protocols These firewalls generally provide the best speed and transparency however they may lack the granular application level access control or caching that some proxies support See Section 9 5 on page 148 for more information on stateful inspection Firewalls of one type or another have become an integral part of standard security solutions for enterprises 9 3 Introduction to ZyXEL s Firewall The ZyXEL device firewall is a stateful inspection firewall and is designed to protect against Denial of Service attacks when activated The ZyXEL device s purpose is to allow a private Local Area Network LAN to be securely connected to the Internet The ZyXEL device can be used to prevent theft destruction and modification of data as well as log events which may b
181. ddress to another the inside global address before forwarding the packet to the WAN side When the response comes back NAT translates the destination address the inside global address back to the inside local address before forwarding it to the original inside host Note that the IP address either local or global of an outside host is never changed The global IP addresses for the inside hosts can be either static or dynamically assigned by the ISP In addition you can designate servers for example a web server and a telnet server on your local network and make them accessible to the outside world If you do not define any servers for Many to One and Many to Many Overload mapping see Table 45 on page 133 NAT offers the additional benefit of firewall protection With no servers defined your ZyXEL device filters out all incoming inquiries thus preventing intruders from probing your network For more information on IP address translation refer to RFC 1631 The IP Network Address Translator NAT 8 1 3 How NAT Works Each packet has two addresses a source address and a destination address For outgoing packets the ILA Inside Local Address is the source address on the LAN and the IGA Inside Global Address is the source address on the WAN For incoming packets the ILA is the destination address on the LAN and the IGA is the destination address on the WAN NAT maps private local IP addresses to globally unique ones requir
182. de Figure 45 Traffic Redirect LAN Setup Subnet 1 192 168 1 1 192 168 1 24 E T WAN LAN m oJ Ss ien i Ugesuroucdroccd ELSE Aa aa ta Gate way Subnet 2 192 168 2 1 192 168 2 2 TTT A LLL A A d 5 8 Configuring WAN Backup To change your ZyXEL device s WAN backup settings click Network gt WAN gt WAN Backup Setup The screen appears as shown Figure 46 WAN Backup Setup Internet Connection More Connections WAN Backup Setup WAN Backup Setup Backup Type ost Link Check WAN IP Address 1 oooo Check WAN IP Address 2 noo 0 Check WAN IP Address 3 oooo Fail Tolerance p Recovery Interval o sec Timeout o sec Traffic Redirect Active Traffic Redirect Metric fis Backup Gateway 0 0 0 0 89 Chapter 5 WAN Setup P 660HW D Series User s Guide The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 25 WAN Backup Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION Backup Type Select the method that the ZyXEL device uses to check the DSL connection Select DSL Link to have the ZyXEL device check if the connection to the DSLAM is up Select ICMP to have the ZyXEL device periodically ping the IP addresses configured in the Check WAN IP Address fields Check WAN IP Configure this field to test your ZyXEL device s WAN accessibility Type the IP Address 1 3 address of a reliable nearby computer for example your ISP s DNS
183. de Table 58 Firewall Edit Rule continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Apply Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen Cancel Click Cancel to exit this screen without saving 10 6 2 Customized Services Configure customized services and port numbers not predefined by the ZyXEL device For a comprehensive list of port numbers and services visit the IANA Internet Assigned Number Authority website For further information on these services please read Section 10 8 on page 168 Click the Edit Customized Services link while editing a firewall rule to configure a custom service port This displays the following screen Refer to Section 9 1 on page 142 for more information Figure 88 Firewall Customized Services Customized Services OG S mo deo pu io Kn e foo Io qe Back The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 59 Customized Services LABEL DESCRIPTION No This is the number of your customized port Click a rule s number of a service to go to a screen where you can configure or edit a customized service See Section 10 6 3 on page 164 for more information Name This is the name of your customized service Protocol This shows the IP protocol TCP UDP or TCP UDP that defines your customized service Port This is the port number or range that defines your customized service Back Click Back to return the Firewall Edit R
184. de such as number of packets received node port status etc A Management Information Base MIB is a collection of managed objects SNMP allows a manager and agents to communicate for the purpose of accessing these objects SNMP itself is a simple request response protocol based on the manager agent model The manager issues a request and the agent returns responses using the following protocol operations Get Allows the manager to retrieve an object variable from the agent GetNext Allows the manager to retrieve the next object variable from a table or list within an agent In SNMPv1 when a manager wants to retrieve all elements of a table from an agent it initiates a Get operation followed by a series of GetNext operations Set Allows the manager to set values for object variables within an agent Trap Used by the agent to inform the manager of some events 15 6 1 Supported MIBs The ZyXEL device supports MIB II that is defined in RFC 1213 and RFC 1215 The focus of the MIBs is to let administrators collect statistical data and monitor status and performance 205 Chapter 15 Remote Management Configuration P 660HW D Series User s Guide 15 6 2 SNMP Traps The ZyXEL device will send traps to the SNMP manager when any one of the following events occurs Table 83 SNMP Traps TRAP TRAP NAME DESCRIPTION 0 coldStart defined in RFC 1215 A trap is sent after booting power on 1 warmst
185. defines stronger encryption authentication and key management than WPA Both WPA and WPA2 improve data encryption by using Temporal Key Integrity Protocol TKIP Message Integrity Check MIC and IEEE 802 1x In addition to TKIP WPA2 also uses Advanced Encryption Standard AES in the Counter mode with Cipher block chaining Message authentication code Protocol CCMP to offer stronger encryption Antenna The ZyXEL device is equipped with one 3dBi fixed antenna to provide clear radio signal between the wireless stations and the access points WEP Encryption WEP Wired Equivalent Privacy encrypts data frames before transmitting over the wireless network to help keep network communications private 35 Chapter 1 Getting To Know Your P 660HW D P 660HW D Series User s Guide Output Power Management Output power management is the ability to set the level of output power There may be interference or difficulty with channel assignment when there is a high density of APs within a coverage area In this case you can lower the output power of each access point thus enabling you to place access points closer together Wireless LAN MAC Address Filtering Your ZyXEL device can check the MAC addresses of wireless stations against a list of allowed or denied MAC addresses 1 3 Applications for the ZyXEL device Here are some example uses for which the ZyXEL device is well suited 1 3 1 Protected Internet Access The ZyXEL device
186. dicates the IP protocol type TCP UDP or ICMP The second field indicates the IP port number that defines the service Note that there may be more than one IP protocol type For example look at the default configuration labeled DNS UDP TCP 53 means UDP port 53 and TCP port 53 Up to 128 entries are supported Custom service ports may also be configured using the Edit Customized Services function discussed previously Table 61 Predefined Services SERVICE DESCRIPTION AIM NEW ICQ TCP 5190 AOL s Internet Messenger service used as a listening port by ICQ AUTH TCP 113 Authentication protocol used by some servers BGP TCP 179 Border Gateway Protocol BOOTP CLIENT UDP 68 DHCP Client BOOTP SERVER UDP 67 DHCP Server CU SEEME TCP UDP 7648 24032 A popular videoconferencing solution from White Pines Software DNS UDP TCP 53 Domain Name Server a service that matches web names e g www zyxel com to IP numbers FINGER TCP 79 Finger is a UNIX or Internet related command that can be used to find out if a user is logged on FTP TCP 20 21 File Transfer Program a program to enable fast transfer of files including large files that may not be possible by e mail Chapter 10 Firewall Configuration 168 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Table 61 Predefined Services continued SERVICE DESCRIPTION H 323 TCP 1720 Net Meet
187. dministrator if you are unsure of this information Time Zone Setup Time Zone Choose the time zone of your location This will set the time difference between your time zone and Greenwich Mean Time GMT Enable Daylight Savings Daylight saving is a period from late spring to early fall when many countries set their clocks ahead of normal local time by one hour to give more daytime light in the evening Select this option if you use Daylight Saving Time Chapter 17 System P 660HW D Series User s Guide Table 89 System Time Setting continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Start Date Configure the day and time when Daylight Saving Time starts if you selected Enable Daylight Saving The o clock field uses the 24 hour format Here are a couple of examples Daylight Saving Time starts in most parts of the United States on the first Sunday of April Each time zone in the United States starts using Daylight Saving Time at 2 A M local time So in the United States you would select First Sunday April and type 2 in the o clock field Daylight Saving Time starts in the European Union on the last Sunday of March All of the time zones in the European Union start using Daylight Saving Time at the same moment 1 A M GMT or UTC So in the European Union you would select Last Sunday March The time you type in the o clock field depends on your time zone In Germany for instance you would type 2 because
188. doe OD ext nee eii Dot LU Ee eR 42 EXC vue e ere 42 2g BH DOORS oissiedsen Hates icc Hi ebetieat ctu HEP QUI OH DISP PLN EEUU Dad GI PEU 45 Ph tous ANY IP TOBIE E 48 2AA Status WLAN Status scies rei BRE aa adedaaaeuuniawaniouean 48 24 5 Status BANIWI SUUS 1s tot dse yx n EALA ARAR 49 Table of Contents 10 P 660HW D Series User s Guide 288 5s Packet SIM slbi pti pet DE ren Fe tope A E ide 50 zr Changing Login PaSSIVDE Luise seus nee etu Get td esta dU e REL ita Leto LR ekaan 51 Chapter 3 Wizard Setup for Internet Access eeueeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee nennen nennen 54 EX WOU CNON E 54 22 Intemet Access Wizard Setup sorsia uneni ninia RE ERR UU Kor AR ta a Lb et 54 EXE D ce ea oS ES 56 dad Manual ComiguUr ao M E 56 3 3 Wireless Connection Wizard Setup cccccceceeeeeeeeeeecenaeeaeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneaaees 61 3 3 1 Manually assign a WPA PSK KOy sssisciccausscssssnuedasneras saber rave tat tete Ere bp veg 64 3 3 2 Manually assign a WEP KOy Luassserecc a etre i Va empta ra rr ttd 65 Chapter 4 Bandwidth Management Wizard cccccccecceeceeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeee eee seeesneesneeseeeeeeeees 68 AT DAMA OU uo ates asracen ssteteadanns ates poi aae toit int ble uncus osito Mi udis tena ones 68 4 2 Predefined Media Bandwidth Management Services ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 68 4 3 Bandwidth Management Wizard Setup ssssssssssssse
189. dress changed Table 130 IKE Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Active connection allowed exceeded The IKE process for a new connection failed because the limit of simultaneous phase 2 SAs has been reached Start Phase 2 Quick Mode Phase 2 Quick Mode has started Verifying Remote ID failed The connection failed during IKE phase 2 because the router and the peer s Local Remote Addresses don t match Verifying Local ID failed The connection failed during IKE phase 2 because the router and the peer s Local Remote Addresses don t match IKE Packet Retransmit The router retransmitted the last packet sent because there was no response from the peer Failed to send IKE Packet An Ethernet error stopped the router from sending IKE packets Too many errors Deleting SA An SA was deleted because there were too many errors Phase 1 IKE SA process done The phase 1 IKE SA process has been completed Duplicate requests with the same cookie The router received multiple requests from the same peer while still processing the first IKE packet from the peer IKE Negotiation is in process The router has already started negotiating with the peer for the connection but the IKE process has not finished yet No proposal chosen Phase 1 or phase 2 parameters don t match Please check all protocols settings Ex One device being configured for 3DES and the ot
190. e building or floor of a building The LAN screens can help you configure a LAN DHCP server and manage IP addresses See Section 6 3 on page 98 to configure the LAN screens 6 1 1 LANs WANs and the ZyXEL device The actual physical connection determines whether the ZyXEL device ports are LAN or WAN ports There are two separate IP networks one inside the LAN network and the other outside the WAN network as shown next Figure 47 LAN and WAN IP Addresses The interface to iiri coda i the LAN is Ethernet i N j WAN N Internet 1 NENNEN Theinterfaceto PE the Internetora j remote node is RONDE J the DSL port Chapter 6 LAN Setup 92 P 660HW D Series User s Guide 6 1 2 DHCP Setup DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol RFC 2131 and RFC 2132 allows individual clients to obtain TCP IP configuration at start up from a server You can configure the ZyXEL device as a DHCP server or disable it When configured as a server the ZyXEL device provides the TCP IP configuration for the clients If you turn DHCP service off you must have another DHCP server on your LAN or else the computer must be manually configured 6 1 2 1 IP Pool Setup The ZyXEL device is pre configured with a pool of IP addresses for the DHCP clients DHCP Pool See the product specifications in the appendices Do not assign static IP addresses from the DHCP pool to your LAN computers 6 1 3 DNS Server Address DNS Doma
191. e IPCP DNS server extensions It does not mean you can leave the DNS servers out of the DHCP setup under all circumstances If your ISP gives you explicit DNS servers make sure that you enter their IP addresses in the DHCP Setup screen This way the ZyXEL device can pass the DNS servers to the computers and the computers can query the DNS server directly without the ZyXEL device s intervention 93 Chapter 6 LAN Setup P 660HW D Series User s Guide 6 1 4 DNS Server Address Assignment Use DNS Domain Name System to map a domain name to its corresponding IP address and vice versa The DNS server is extremely important because without it you must know the IP address of a computer before you can access it There are two ways that an ISP disseminates the DNS server addresses The ISP tells you the DNS server addresses usually in the form of an information sheet when you sign up If your ISP gives you DNS server addresses enter them in the DNS Server fields in the DHCP Setup screen The ZyXEL device acts as a DNS proxy when the Primary and Secondary DNS Server fields are left as 0 0 0 0 in the DHCP Setup screen 6 2 LAN TCP IP The ZyXEL device has built in DHCP server capability that assigns IP addresses and DNS servers to systems that support DHCP client capability 6 2 1 IP Address and Subnet Mask Similar to the way houses on a street share a common street name so too do computers on a LAN share one common networ
192. e and allotments click Advanced gt Bandwidth MGMT gt Monitor The screen appears as shown Select an interface from the drop down list box to view the bandwidth usage of its bandwidth rules The gray section of the bar represents the percentage of unused bandwidth and the blue color represents the percentage of bandwidth in use Chapter 13 Bandwidth Management 194 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Figure 107 Bandwidth Management Monitor Summary Rule Setup Monitor Monitor Lan x To LAN Interface WAA FTP E Mail Telnet NetMeeting H 323 VoIP SIP VoIP H 323 TFTP 195 Chapter 13 Bandwidth Management P 660HW D Series User s Guide CHAPTER 14 Dynamic DNS Setup This chapter discusses how to configure your ZyXEL device to use Dynamic DNS 14 1 Dynamic DNS Overview Dynamic DNS allows you to update your current dynamic IP address with one or many dynamic DNS services so that anyone can contact you in NetMeeting CU SeeMe etc You can also access your FTP server or Web site on your own computer using a domain name for instance myhost dhs org where myhost is a name of your choice that will never change instead of using an IP address that changes each time you reconnect Your friends or relatives will always be able to call you even if they don t know your IP address First of all you need to have registered a dynamic DNS account with www dyndns org This is for people with a dyna
193. e distributes the available bandwidth equally among classes with the same priority level 13 6 1 Reserving Bandwidth for Non Bandwidth Class Traffic Do the following three steps to configure the ZyXEL device to allow bandwidth for traffic that is not defined in a bandwidth filter 1 Leave some of the interface s bandwidth unbudgeted 2 Do not enable the interface s Maximize Bandwidth Usage option 3 Do not enable bandwidth borrowing on the child classes that have the root class as their parent see Section 13 9 on page 190 Chapter 13 Bandwidth Management 186 P 660HW D Series User s Guide 13 6 2 Maximize Bandwidth Usage Example Here is an example of a ZyXEL device that has maximize bandwidth usage enabled on an interface The following table shows each bandwidth class s bandwidth budget The classes are set up based on subnets The interface is set to 10240 kbps Each subnet is allocated 2048 kbps The unbudgeted 2048 kbps allows traffic not defined in any of the bandwidth filters to go out when you do not select the maximize bandwidth option Table 70 Maximize Bandwidth Usage Example BANDWIDTH CLASSES AND ALLOTMENTS Root Class 10240 kbps Administration 2048 kbps Sales 2048 kbps Marketing 2048 kbps Research 2048 kbps The ZyXEL device divides up the unbudgeted 2048 kbps among the classes that require more bandwidth If the administration department only uses 1024 kbps of the budgeted 20
194. e following table describes the general wireless LAN labels in this screen Table 32 Wireless LAN General LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Wireless Click the check box to activate wireless LAN LAN Network Service Set IDentity The SSID identifies the Service Set with which a wireless client Name SSID is associated Wireless clients associating to the access point AP must have the same SSID Enter a descriptive name up to 32 printable 7 bit ASCII characters for the wireless LAN Note If you are configuring the ZyXEL device from a computer connected to the wireless LAN and you change the ZyXEL device s SSID or WEP settings you will lose your wireless connection when you press Apply to confirm You must then change the wireless settings of your computer to match the ZyXEL device s new settings Hide SSID Select this check box to hide the SSID in the outgoing beacon frame so a station cannot obtain the SSID through scanning using a site survey tool Channel Set the operating frequency channel depending on your particular region Selection Select a channel from the drop down list box Chapter 7 Wireless LAN 110 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Table 32 Wireless LAN General LABEL DESCRIPTION Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL device Cancel Click Cancel to reload the previous configuration for this screen Advanced Click Advanced Setup to display the Wirele
195. e important to the security of your network The ZyXEL device also has packet filtering capabilities The ZyXEL device is installed between the LAN and the Internet This allows it to act as a secure gateway for all data passing between the Internet and the LAN The ZyXEL device has one DSL ISDN port and one Ethernet LAN port which physically separate the network into two areas The DSL ISDN port connects to the Internet 143 Chapter 9 Firewalls P 660HW D Series User s Guide The LAN Local Area Network port attaches to a network of computers which needs security from the outside world These computers will have access to Internet services such as e mail FTP and the World Wide Web However inbound access will not be allowed unless you configure remote management or create a firewall rule to allow a remote host to use a specific service 9 3 1 Denial of Service Attacks Figure 80 Firewall Application 9 4 Denial of Service Denials of Service DoS attacks are aimed at devices and networks with a connection to the Internet Their goal is not to steal information but to disable a device or network so users no longer have access to network resources The ZyXEL device is pre configured to automatically detect and thwart all known DoS attacks 9 4 1 Basics Computers share information over the Internet using a common language called TCP IP TCP IP in turn is a set of application protocols that perform spec
196. e the telephone and ADSL signals This allows simultaneous Internet access and telephone service on the same line A splitter also eliminates the destructive interference conditions caused by telephone sets Install the POTS splitter at the point where the telephone line enters your residence as shown in the following figure Figure 174 Connecting a POTS Splitter Wall Jack POTS Splitter 1 Connect the side labeled Phone to your telephone 2 Connect the side labeled Modem or DSL to your ZyXEL device 3 Connect the side labeled Line to the telephone wall jack Telephone Microfilters Telephone voice transmissions take place in the lower frequency range 0 4K Hz while ADSL transmissions take place in the higher bandwidth range above 4K Hz A microfilter acts as a low pass filter for your telephone to ensure that ADSL transmissions do not interfere with your telephone voice transmissions The use of a telephone microfilter is optional 1 Locate and disconnect each telephone Appendix J Splitters and Microfilters 290 P 660HW D Series User s Guide 2 Connect a cable from the wall jack to the wall side of the microfilter 3 Connect the phone side of the microfilter to your telephone as shown in the following figure 4 After you are done make sure that your telephone works If your telephone does not work disconnect the microfilter and contact either your local telephone compa
197. e the web servers on the Internet are the outside hosts Global local denotes the IP address of a host in a packet as the packet traverses a router for example the local address refers to the IP address of a host when the packet is in the local network while the global address refers to the IP address of the host when the same packet is traveling in the WAN side Note that inside outside refers to the location of a host while global local refers to the IP address of a host used in a packet Thus an inside local address ILA is the IP address of an inside host in a packet when the packet is still in the local network while an inside global address IGA is the IP address of the same inside host when the packet is on the WAN side The following table summarizes this information Table 44 NAT Definitions ITEM DESCRIPTION Inside This refers to the host on the LAN Outside This refers to the host on the WAN Local This refers to the packet address source or destination as the packet travels on the LAN Global This refers to the packet address source or destination as the packet travels on the WAN NAT never changes the IP address either local or global of an outside host Chapter 8 Network Address Translation NAT Screens 130 P 660HW D Series User s Guide 8 1 2 What NAT Does In the simplest form NAT changes the source IP address in a packet received from a subscriber the inside local a
198. e using PPPoE encapsulation For the WLAN port it displays the transmission rate when WLAN is enabled or N A when WLAN is disabled TxPkts This field displays the number of packets transmitted on this port Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator 50 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Table 7 Status Packet Statistics continued LABEL DESCRIPTION RxPkts This field displays the number of packets received on this port Errors This field displays the number of error packets on this port Tx B s This field displays the number of bytes transmitted in the last second Rx B s This field displays the number of bytes received in the last second Up Time This field displays the elapsed time this port has been up Collisions This is the number of collisions on this port Poll Interval s Type the time interval for the browser to refresh system statistics Set Interval Click this button to apply the new poll interval you entered in the Poll Interval field above Stop Click this button to halt the refreshing of the system statistics 2 4 7 Changing Login Password It is highly recommended that you periodically change the password for accessing the ZyXEL device If you didn t change the default one after you logged in or you want to change to a new password again then click Maintenance gt System to display the screen as shown next See Table 88 on page 223 for detailed field de
199. e your ZyXEL device s time and date click Maintenance gt System gt Time Setting The screen appears as shown Use this screen to configure the ZyXEL device s time based on your local time zone Figure 133 System Time Setting Time Setting Current Time and Date Current Time 00 36 06 Current Date 2000 01 01 Time and Date Setup C Manual New Time hh mm ss p 5o s New Date yyyy mm dd 2 000 fi y i Get from Time Server Time Protocol Daytime RFC 867 Time Server Address 0 0 0 0 Time Zone Setup Time Zone GMT Greenwich Mean Time Dublin Edinburgh Lisbon London Y IV Enable Daylight Savings Start Date First Sunday of January 2000 01 02 at fo o clock End Date First Sunday 7 of January 2000 01 02 at o a clock Cancel Chapter 17 System 224 P 660HW D Series User s Guide The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 89 System Time Setting LABEL DESCRIPTION Current Time and Date Current Time This field displays the time of your ZyXEL device Each time you reload this page the ZyXEL device synchronizes the time with the time server Current Date This field displays the date of your ZyXEL device Each time you reload this page the ZyXEL device synchronizes the date with the time server Time and Date Setup Manual Select this radio button to enter the time and date manually
200. ect Deny to block access to the ZyXEL device MAC addresses not listed will be allowed to access the ZyXEL device Select Allow to permit access to the ZyXEL device MAC addresses not listed will be denied access to the ZyXEL device Set This is the index number of the MAC address MAC Address Enter the MAC addresses of the wireless client that are allowed or denied access to the ZyXEL device in these address fields Enter the MAC addresses in a valid MAC address format that is six hexadecimal character pairs for example 12 34 56 78 9a bc Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL device Cancel Click Cancel to reload the previous configuration for this screen 7 7 WMM QoS WMM Wi Fi MultiMedia QoS Quality of Service allows you to prioritize wireless traffic according to the delivery requirements of individual services WMM is a part of the IEEE 802 11e QoS enhancement to certified Wi Fi wireless networks 7 7 1 WMM QoS Example When WMM Qos is not enabled all traffic streams are given the same access throughput to the wireless network If the introduction of another traffic stream creates a data transmission demand that exceeds the current network capacity then the new traffic stream reduces the throughput of the other traffic streams When WMM QoS is enabled the streams are prioritized according to the needs of the application You can assign different priorities to different applications This prevents reduc
201. ed Bit Rate for applications that are non time sensitive such as e mail Select VBR nRT Variable Bit Rate non Real Time or VBR RT Variable Bit Rate Real Time for bursty traffic and bandwidth sharing with other applications Peak Cell Rate Divide the DSL line rate bps by 424 the size of an ATM cell to find the Peak Cell Rate PCR This is the maximum rate at which the sender can send cells Type the PCR here Sustain Cell Rate The Sustain Cell Rate SCR sets the average cell rate long term that can be transmitted Type the SCR which must be less than the PCR Note that system default is 0 cells sec Maximum Burst Maximum Burst Size MBS refers to the maximum number of cells that can be sent Size atthe peak rate Type the MBS which is less than 65535 Zero This feature is not applicable available when you configure the ZyXEL device to use Configuration a static WAN IP address or in bridge mode Select Yes to set the ZyXEL device to automatically detect the Internet connection settings such as the VCI VPI numbers and the encapsulation method from the ISP and make the necessary configuration changes Select No to disable this feature You must manually configure the ZyXEL device for Internet access PPPoE This field is available when you select PPPoE encapsulation Passthrough In addition to the ZyXEL device s built in PPPoE client you can enable PPPoE pass PPPoE through to allow up to ten hosts on the LAN
202. ed for communication with hosts on other networks It replaces the original IP source address and TCP or UDP source port numbers for Many to One and Many to Many Overload NAT mapping in each packet and then forwards it to the Internet The ZyXEL device keeps track of the original addresses and port numbers so incoming reply packets can have their original values restored The following figure illustrates this Figure 72 How NAT Works NAT Table LAN Inside Local Inside Global WAN IP Address IP Address 192 168 1 10 IGA 1 192 168 1 11 IGA 2 192 168 1 13 E 192 168 1 12 IGA3 cR 192 168 1 13 IGA4 192 168 1 10 coc 192 168 1 12 rs lt 192 168 1 11 m Inside Local 192 168 1 10 Addresses ILA Inside Global Addresses IGA 131 Chapter 8 Network Address Translation NAT Screens P 660HW D Series User s Guide 8 1 4 NAT Application The following figure illustrates a possible NAT application where three inside LANs logical LANs using IP Alias behind the ZyXEL device can communicate with three distinct WAN networks More examples follow at the end of this chapter Figure 73 NAT Application With IP Alias LAN1 192 168 1 X Server in Network Server Admin Netwo rk Admin 2 192 168 1 1 IP 1 IGA 1 Corporation B Sy s Corporation A NT Server 192 168 1 1 Server in EE fo Sales Network E o IP 2 IGA 2 LAN2 192 168 2 X
203. eee 69 Chapter 5 Ci SE ome t 74 cw Ie A 74 SPRUMTIISISLU PENNE ia aN AE a E 74 S051 EMET EMO AE porasi ann NN 74 5011 2 PE ovar Ethernet aeria a b M SL 74 MEN ipio NR EE E T T 75 S1 4 REO T4 aiina o ea 75 mE muu csqcE 75 2 1 2 1 VESDasod Multiplexing aousussemerdii boten aal reer casacicaaaateriavemadonancme 75 5 1 2 2 LLC basod Mulliplexibg 1e i pet titt saii tla nia carina Saudi 75 5 1 3 Encapsulation and Multiplexing Scenarios esssseesssssss 75 5 1 3 1 Scenario 1 One VC Multiple Protocols c ccccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 76 5 1 3 2 Scenario 2 One VC One Protocol IP ssscisse enn 76 D Laa S rie VOS aaier anaana aa asa 76 DA YPI V Olann N 76 5 1 8 IF Address AsSIONITIBITL 1 isi err tn oh DER ninn 76 5 1 5 1 IP Assignment with PPPoA or PPPoE Encapsulation 76 5 1 5 2 IP Assignment with RFC 1483 Encapsulation T6 5 1 5 3 IP Assignment with ENET ENCAP Encapsulation TT 5 1 6 Nalled Unp Contecllom PPP 22 cecidere tnit kon iud ninni 77 DUE BST aana a 77 HE c S 77 SISSE Cri in enan E A 78 11 Table of Contents P 660HW D Series User s Guide SE I NI DIe E 79 5a 1 1 Constant Bit Rate LIBE siisii kata ik Erb staunis Y kat e eR kA dd 79 5 5 1 2 Vartable Bit Rated VBR iiusoueiseesetocio via SARI an tii dUr niner nidi 79
204. eekly Hourly When Log is Full None If you select Weekly or Daily specify a time of day when the E mail should be sent If you select Weekly then also specify which day of the week the E mail should be sent If you select When Log is Full an alert is sent when the log fills up If you select None no log messages are sent Day for Sending Log Use the drop down list box to select which day of the week to send the logs Time for Sending Log Enter the time of the day in 24 hour format for example 23 00 equals 11 00 pm to send the logs Clear log after sending mail Select the checkbox to delete all the logs after the ZyXEL device sends an E mail of the logs Syslog Logging The ZyXEL device sends a log to an external syslog server Active Click Active to enable syslog logging Syslog Server IP Address Enter the server name or IP address of the syslog server that will log the selected categories of logs Log Facility Select a location from the drop down list box The log facility allows you to log the messages to different files in the syslog server Refer to the syslog server manual for more information Active Log and Alert Log Select the categories of logs that you want to record Send Immediate Alert Select log categories for which you want the ZyXEL device to send E mail alerts immediately Apply Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit
205. efault port number is 1813 You need not change this value unless your network administrator instructs you to do so with additional information Shared Secret Enter a password up to 31 alphanumeric characters as the key to be shared between the external accounting server and the ZyXEL device The key must be the same on the external accounting server and your ZyXEL device The key is not sent over the network Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL device Cancel Click Cancel to reload the previous configuration for this screen Advanced Setup Click Advanced Setup to display the Wireless Advanced Setup screen and edit more details of your WLAN setup 7 4 5 Wireless LAN Advanced Setup To configure advanced wireless settings click the Advanced Setup button in the General screen The screen appears as shown Chapter 7 Wireless LAN 116 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Figure 61 Advanced Wireless Advan RTS CTS Thre Fragmentation Output Power Preamble 802 11 Mode Max Frame Bu Enable 802 ced Setup shold 2432 0 2432 4096 when G Enhanced Threshold 2432 256 2432 4096 when G Enhanced Mixed 1ig mode rst eso o 1800 soni Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 37 Wireless LAN Advanced LABEL DESCRIPTION Wireless Advance d Setup RTS CTS Enter a value be
206. egotiation request from the peer address specified Send Main or Aggressive Mode request to IP The router started negotiation with the peer Invalid IP Peer local Peer local The peer s Local IP Address is invalid Remot IP Remot IP Remote IP conflicts The security gateway is set to 0 0 0 0 and the router used the peer s Local Address as the router s Remote Address This information conflicted with static rule d thus the connection is not allowed Phase 1 ID type mismatch This router s Peer ID Type is different from the peer IPSec router s Local ID Type Phase 1 ID content mismatch This router s Peer ID Content is different from the peer IPSec router s Local ID Content o known phase 1 ID type found The router could not find a known phase 1 ID in the connection attempt ID type mismatch Local Peer Local ID type Peer ID type The phase 1 ID types do not match ID content mismatch The phase 1 ID contents do not match Configured Peer ID Content Configured Peer ID Content The phase 1 ID contents do not match and the configured Peer ID Content is displayed Incoming ID Content XIncoming Peer ID Content The phase 1 ID contents do not match and the incoming packet s ID content is displayed Unsupported local ID Type Sd The phase 1 ID type is not supported by the router
207. eiving Antenna 3 Registered 2 Registered Trademark 2 Regular Mail 7 reinitialize the ADSL line 241 Related Documentation 30 Relocate 3 Re manufactured 6 Remote Management and NAT 201 Remote Management Limitations 200 Removing 5 Reorient 3 Repair 5 6 Replace 6 Replacement 6 Reproduction 2 Reset button the 42 Resetting the ZyXEL device 42 Restore 6 237 Return Material Authorization RMA Number 6 Returned Products 6 Returns 6 RF Radio Frequency 35 RFC 1483 75 RFC 1631 130 RFC 1483 76 RFC 2364 76 RFC2516 34 Rights 2 Rights Legal 6 RIPSee Routing Information Protocol 95 Risk 5 Risks 5 RMA 6 Routing Information Protocol 95 Direction 95 Version 95 RTS Request To Send 313 RTS Threshold 312 313 Rules 157 Checklist 155 Key Fields 156 LAN to WAN 157 Logic 155 Predefined Services 168 S Safety Warnings 5 Saving the State 148 Scheduler 185 Security In General 151 Security Parameters 322 Security Ramifications 155 Separation Between Equipment and Receiver 3 Serial Number 7 Server 132 133 225 Service 5 6 156 Service Personnel 5 Service Set 110 Index 336 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Service Set IDentity See SSID Service Type 164 243 Services 135 Shipping 6 Shock Electric 5 SMTP 135 Smurf 146 147 SNMP 135 204 Manager 205 MIBs 205 Source Address 156 Spain Contact Information 8 Splitters 290 SSID 106 hide 107 Stateful Inspection 33
208. eless network even if they cannot use the wireless network Furthermore there are ways for unauthorized wireless users to get a valid user name and password Then they can use that user name and password to use the wireless network Local user databases also have an additional limitation that is explained in the next section 7 2 4 Encryption Wireless networks can use encryption to protect the information that 1s sent in the wireless network Encryption is like a secret code If you do not know the secret code you cannot understand the message The types of encryption you can choose depend on the type of user authentication See User Authentication on page 108 for information about this Table 31 Types of Encryption for Each Type of Authentication No Authentication RADIUS Server Weakest No Security Static WEP n WPA PSK WPA Strongest WPA2 PSK WPA2 For example if the wireless network has a RADIUS server you can choose WPA or WPA2 If users do not log in to the wireless network you can choose no encryption Static WEP WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK Chapter 7 Wireless LAN 108 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Usually you should set up the strongest encryption that every wireless client in the wireless network supports For example suppose the AP does not have a local user database and you do not have a RADIUS server Therefore there is no user authentication Suppose the wireless network has two wi
209. eleting half open sessions with the number of existing half open sessions drops below 80 TCP Maximum Incomplete This is the number of existing half open TCP sessions with the same destination host IP address that causes the firewall to start dropping half open sessions to that same destination host IP address Enter a number between 1 and 256 As a general rule you should choose a smaller number for a smaller network a slower system or limited bandwidth 30 existing half open TCP sessions Action taken when the TCP Maximum Incomplete threshold is reached Delete the oldest half open session when new connection request comes Select this radio button to clear the oldest half open session when a new connection request comes Deny new connection request for Select this radio button and specify for how long the ZyXEL device should block new connection requests when TCP Maximum Incomplete is reached Enter the length of blocking time in minutes between 1 and 256 Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh Chapter 10 Firewall Configuration 174 P 660HW D Series User s Guide 175 Chapter 10 Firewall Configuration P 660HW D Series User s Guide CHAPTER 11 Content Filtering This chapter covers how to configure content filtering 11 1 Content Filtering Overview Int
210. ender 10 3 3 2 Service Select the service from the Service scrolling list box If the service is not listed it is necessary to first define it See Section 10 8 on page 168 for more information on predefined services 10 3 3 3 Source Address What is the connection s source address is it on the LAN or WAN Is it a single IP a range of IPs or a subnet 10 3 3 4 Destination Address What is the connection s destination address is it on the LAN or WAN Is it a single IP a range of IPs or a subnet 10 4 Connection Direction This section describes examples for firewall rules for connections going from LAN to WAN and from WAN to LAN LAN to LAN Router and WAN to WAN Router rules apply to packets coming in on the associated interface LAN or WAN respectively LAN to LAN Router means policies for LAN to ZyXEL device the policies for managing the ZyXEL device through the LAN interface and policies for LAN to LAN the policies that control routing between two subnets on the LAN Similarly WAN to WAN Router polices apply in the same way to the WAN port Chapter 10 Firewall Configuration 156 P 660HW D Series User s Guide 10 4 1 LAN to WAN Rules The default rule for LAN to WAN traffic is that all users on the LAN are allowed non restricted access to the WAN When you configure a LAN to WAN rule you in essence want to limit some or all users from accessing certain services on the WAN WAN to LAN Rules The defau
211. equest To Send CTS Clear to Send handshake will never occur as data frames will be fragmented before they reach RTS CTS size Preamble Type Preamble is used to signal that data is coming to the receiver Short and Long refer to the length of the syncronization field in a packet Short preamble increases performance as less time sending preamble means more time for sending data All IEEE 802 11b g compliant wireless adapters support long preamble but not all support short preamble Select Long preamble if you are unsure what preamble mode the wireless adapters support and to provide more reliable communications in busy wireless networks Select Short preamble if you are sure the wireless adapters support it and to provide more efficient communications Select Dynamic to have the AP automatically use short preamble when wireless adapters support it otherwise the AP uses long preamble Note The AP and the wireless adapters MUST use the same preamble mode in order to communicate IEEE 802 11g Wireless LAN IEEE 802 11g is fully compatible with the IEEE 802 11b standard This means an IEEE 802 11b adapter can interface directly with an IEEE 802 11g access point and vice versa at 11 Mbps or lower depending on range IEEE 802 11g has several intermediate rate steps between the maximum and minimum data rates The IEEE 802 11g data rate and modulation are as follows Table 138 IEEE 802 11g DATA RATE MBPS MODULATION
212. er 3 Wizard Setup for Internet Access 56 P 660HW D Series User s Guide The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 10 Internet Connection with RFC 1483 LABEL DESCRIPTION IP Address This field is available if you select Routing in the Mode field Type your ISP assigned IP address in this field Back Click Back to go back to the previous wizard screen Next Click Next to continue to the next wizard screen Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving your changes Figure 22 Internet Connection with ENET ENCAP f Internet Configuration Obtain an IP Address Automatically Static IP Address IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway DEED EIER 172 2123 First DNS Server 158 95 1 1 Second DNS Server 0 0 0 0 The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 11 Internet Connection with ENET ENCAP LABEL DESCRIPTION Obtain an IP A static IP address is a fixed IP that your ISP gives you A dynamic IP address is not Address fixed the ISP assigns you a different one each time you connect to the Internet Automatically Select Obtain an IP Address Automatically if you have a dynamic IP address Static IP Select Static IP Address if your ISP gives you a fixed IP address Address IP Address Enter your ISP assigned IP address Subnet Mask Enter a subnet mask in dotted decimal notation Refer to the appendices to calculate a subnet mas
213. er s signature failed oo Rule d Sending IKE request IKE sent an IKE request for the listed rule Rule d request Receiving IKE IKE received an IKE request for the listed rule Swap rule to rule d The router changed to using the listed rule Rule d mismatch Phase 1 key length The listed rule s IKE phase 1 key length with the AES encryption algorithm did not match between the router and the peer Rule d phase 1 mismatch The listed rule s IKE phase 1 did not match between the router and the peer Appendix K Log Descriptions 302 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Table 130 IKE Logs continued LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Rule d phase 2 mismatch The listed rule s IKE phase 2 did not match between the router and the peer Rule bd Phase 2 key length The listed rule s IKE phase 2 key lengths with the AES mismatch encryption algorithm did not match between the router and the peer Table 131 PKI Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Enrollment successful The SCEP online certificate enrollment was successful The Destination field records the certification authority server IP address and port Enrollment failed The SCEP online certificate enrollment failed The Destination field records the certification authority server s IP address and port Failed to resolve lt SCEP CA server ur
214. ernet and are not aware of PPPoE thus saving you from having to manage PPPoE clients on individual computers The ZyXEL device also includes PPPoE idle time out the PPPoE connection terminates after a period of no traffic that you configure and PPPoE Dial on Demand the PPPoE connection is brought up only when an Internet access request is made Network Address Translation NAT Network Address Translation NAT allows the translation of an Internet protocol address used within one network for example a private IP address used in a local network to a different IP address known within another network for example a public IP address used on the Internet Dynamic DNS Support With Dynamic DNS support you can have a static hostname alias for a dynamic IP address allowing the host to be more easily accessible from various locations on the Internet You must register for this service with a Dynamic DNS service provider DHCP DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol allows the individual clients computers to obtain the TCP IP configuration at start up from a centralized DHCP server The ZyXEL device has built in DHCP server capability enabled by default It can assign IP addresses an IP default gateway and DNS servers to DHCP clients The ZyXEL device can now also act as a surrogate DHCP server DHCP Relay where it relays IP address assignment from the actual real DHCP server to the clients IP Alias IP Alias allows you to partitio
215. ernet content filtering allows you to create and enforce Internet access policies tailored to your needs Content filtering gives you the ability to block web sites that contain key words that you specify in the URL You can set a schedule for when the ZyXEL device performs content filtering You can also specify trusted IP addresses on the LAN for which the ZyXEL device will not perform content filtering 11 2 Configuring Keyword Blocking Use this screen to block sites containing certain keywords in the URL For example if you enable the keyword bad the ZyXEL device blocks all sites containing this keyword including the URL http www website com bad html even if it is not included in the Filter List To have your ZyXEL device block Web sites containing keywords in their URLs click Security gt Content Filter The screen appears as shown Figure 97 Content Filter Keyword Keyword IM Active Keyword Blocking Block Websites that contain these keywords in the URL bad Delete Clear All Keyword Add Keyword Apply Cancel Chapter 11 Content Filtering 176 P 660HW D Series User s Guide The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 64 Content Filter Keyword LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Keyword Blocking Select this check box to enable this feature Block Websites that contain This box contains the list of all the keywords that you have
216. erse the ZyXEL device s firewall mechanism before reaching this anti probing mechanism Therefore if the firewall mechanism blocks a probing packet the ZyXEL device reacts based on the corresponding firewall policy to send a TCP reset packet for a blocked TCP packet or an ICMP port unreachable packet for a blocked UDP packets or just drop the packets without sending a response packet Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 10 10 DoS Thresholds For DoS attacks the ZyXEL device uses thresholds to determine when to drop sessions that do not become fully established These thresholds apply globally to all sessions You can use the default threshold values or you can change them to values more suitable to your security requirements Refer to Section 10 10 3 on page 173 to configure thresholds 10 10 1 Threshold Values Tune these parameters when something is not working and after you have checked the firewall counters These default values should work fine for most small offices Factors influencing choices for threshold values are The maximum number of opened sessions The minimum capacity of server backlog in your LAN network The CPU power of servers in your LAN network Network bandwidth Type of traffic for certain servers 171 Chapter 10 Firewall Configuration P 660HW D Series User s Guide
217. ess 52 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Figure 15 Wizard Welcome Welcome to the ZyXEL Wizard Setup INTERNET WIRELESS SETUP ou through the mc figuration n broken down into te which may 3 The wizard attempts to detect which WAN connection type you are using If the wizard detects your connection type and your ISP uses PPPoE or PPPoA go to Section 3 2 1 on page 54 The screen varies depending on the connection type you use If the wizard does not detect a connection type and the following screen appears see Figure 16 on page 53 check your hardware connections and click Restart the Internet Wireless Setup Wizard to have the ZyXEL device detect your connection again Figure 16 Auto Detection No DSL Connection STEP STEP 2 fa Internet configuration SL light on the Restart the Internet Wireless Setup Wizard Continue to Wireless Setup wizard Yes If the wizard still cannot detect a connection type and the following screen appears see Figure 17 on page 54 click Next and refer to Section 3 2 2 on page 54 on how to configure the ZyXEL device for Internet access manually 53 Chapter 3 Wizard Setup for Internet Access P 660HW D Series User s Guide Figure 17 Auto Detection Failed ffi Internet Configuration Connection Type Note This wizard can only automatically detect PPP over Ethernet PPPoE PPP over ATM PPPoA or dynamically assigned Ethernet Internet connections Your Internet connect
218. ess LAN General usus asuask esta aebin geh k deua aora dodge ab A Ub Era deua e LEER dud aed d 110 Figure 57 Wireless No Security iiic cssc etos ndo b ridic rb e dli pae Ll dra abl iudi aab idea id 111 Figure 59 Wireless Static WEP ENO ON 1r or oa Ebr S om A da ed LR Od 112 Figure 59 Wireless WPA PSK WPA2 PSK utspeniebke rni tha br n ERR PPPPY GU irnn LESER YA RUE inisa 113 Figure 60 Wireless VI IU v 115 FOU Eh Tl e ON OO MN sara EANES EEA dealin dsaiambenles sind 117 Fore oe TIS giani pre eet et RM M ERN EN MANI HMM NM 119 Figure 63 Example Wireless Client OTIST Screen cccceeecccccseeseccceceeeseeceeeeeeseeceeentessaes 120 Foue G4 UE KOy ee cm 120 Figure 65 OTIST In Progress AP iiic ses escocue eerte ese eere v Io eese pL auar AE ER PI cv ce S 120 Figure 66 OTIST in Progress Ceni 21isisosiiiss e yRE LAISSER P REL DRE RRERE AXES SERE LE ERR PR AA A SR RA 120 Figure 57 No AP wh OTST FOM sce tir EE PH EPERI iar PC PERENNE ER kinsman 121 Figure Gs Stat OTIST ev rU 121 Figure 69 MAC Address Filter euo satvedh sisal dens innra nn NEENA oli AANA REANA NNN EEA E REA 122 Figure 70 Wireless LAN OUS esci ei tni tere emis utu di olo dab wieeelai nena 127 Figure 71 Applicaton Priority Configuration 2st oret an err rr SR KE LE RP p LER EE pE KS 128 Fous 2 HON NAT Seg Tn cr 131 Figure 73 NAT Application With IP ANS uui erred la Ur Resa eU RU E Fo tua APRI E tbt eUNC EP Ptr eniti 132 Figure TA NAT CONTA asa paye arta a errr re tere vere etter RO R
219. estart Click Restart to have the ZyXEL device reboot This does not affect the ZyXEL device s configuration Figure 145 Restart Screen System Reboot Click Restart to have the device perform a software restart The SYS or PWR LED blinks as the device restarts and then stays steady on if the restart is successful Wait a minute before logging into the device again Restart Chapter 19 Tools 238 P 660HW D Series User s Guide 239 Chapter 19 Tools P 660HW D Series User s Guide CHAPTER 20 Diagnostic These read only screens display information to help you identify problems with the ZyXEL device 20 1 General Diagnostic Click Maintenance gt Diagnostic to open the screen shown next Figure 146 Diagnostic General General TCP IP Address Ping Resolving 192 168 1 34 192 168 1 34 Reply from 192 168 1 34 Reply from 192 168 1 34 Reply from 192 166 1 34 Ping Host Successful The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 94 Diagnostic General LABEL DESCRIPTION TCP IP Address Type the IP address of a computer that you want to ping in order to test a connection Ping Click this button to ping the IP address that you entered Chapter 20 Diagnostic 240 P 660HW D Series User s Guide 20 2 DSL Line Diagnostic Click Maintenance gt Diagnostic gt DSL Line to open the scree
220. et Other services on the Internet include Internet Relay Chat and Newsgroups The Web is accessed through use of a browser e User Defined User defined services are user specific services configured using known ports and applications Dest Port This displays the port the selected service uses Type a port number in the field provided if you want to use a different port to the default port See table Table 41 on page 124 for information on port numbers Priority Select a priority from the drop down list box Chapter 7 Wireless LAN 128 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Table 43 Application Priority Configuration LABEL DESCRIPTION Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL device Cancel Click Cancel to return to the previous screen without saving your changes 129 Chapter 7 Wireless LAN P 660HW D Series User s Guide CHAPTER 8 Network Address Translation NAT Screens This chapter discusses how to configure NAT on the ZyXEL device 8 1 NAT Overview NAT Network Address Translation NAT RFC 1631 is the translation of the IP address of a host in a packet for example the source address of an outgoing packet used within one network to a different IP address known within another network 8 1 1 NAT Definitions Inside outside denotes where a host is located relative to the ZyXEL device for example the computers of your subscribers are the inside hosts whil
221. et Access P 660HW D Series User s Guide 2 The next wizard screen varies depending on what mode and encapsulation type you use All screens shown are with routing mode Configure the fields and click Next to continue See Section 3 3 on page 59 for wireless connection wizard setup Figure 20 Internet Connection with PPPoE 3STEP 1 STEP 2 f Internet Configuration rd given to you by your Internet Service Provider here If r it in the third field User Name Password Service Name foptional Note Device is automatically configured to obtain an IP address automatically The ISP will assigns you a different one each time you connect to the Internet The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 9 Internet Connection with PPPoE LABEL DESCRIPTION User Name Enter the user name exactly as your ISP assigned If assigned a name in the form user domain where domain identifies a service name then enter both components exactly as given Password Enter the password associated with the user name above Service Name Type the name of your PPPoE service here Back Click Back to go back to the previous wizard screen Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL device Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving your changes Figure 21 Internet Connection with RFC 1483 sSTEP 1 TEP 2 f Internet Configuration IP Address gr Chapt
222. ewall The ZyXEL device performs access control and protects against Denial of Service DoS attacks when the firewall is activated Bypass Triangle Route Select this check box to have the ZyXEL device firewall permit the use of triangle route topology on the network See the appendix for more on triangle route topology Note Allowing asymmetrical routes may let traffic from the WAN go directly to a LAN computer without passing through the router See Appendix on page 722 for more on triangle route topology and how to deal with this problem Packet Direction This is the direction of travel of packets LAN to LAN Router LAN to WAN WAN to WAN Router WAN to LAN Firewall rules are grouped based on the direction of travel of packets to which they apply For example LAN to LAN Router means packets traveling from a computer subnet on the LAN to either another computer subnet on the LAN interface of the ZyXEL device or the ZyXEL device itself Default Action Use the drop down list boxes to select the default action that the firewall is take on packets that are traveling in the selected direction and do not match any of the firewall rules Select Drop to silently discard the packets without sending a TCP reset packet or an ICMP destination unreachable message to the sender Select Reject to deny the packets and send a TCP reset packet for a TCP packet or an ICMP destination unreachable message for
223. eways Gateway Automatic metric Subnet mask Metric 7 In the Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties window the General tab in Windows XP Click Obtain DNS server address automatically if you do not know your DNS server IP address es If you know your DNS server IP address es click Use the following DNS server addresses and type them in the Preferred DNS server and Alternate DNS server fields If you have previously configured DNS servers click Advanced and then the DNS tab to order them 261 Appendix D Setting up Your Computer s IP Address P 660HW D Series User s Guide Figure 158 Windows XP Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties General Alternate Configuration You can get IP settings assigned automatically if your network supports this capability Otherwise you need to ask your network administrator for the appropriate IP settings Obtain an IP address automatically Use the following IP address Obtain DNS server address automatically Use the following DNS server addresses 8 Click OK to close the Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties window 9 Click Close OK in Windows 2000 NT to close the Local Area Connection Properties window 10 Close the Network Connections window Network and Dial up Connections in Windows 2000 NT 11Turn on your ZyXEL device and restart your computer if prompted Verifying Settings 1 Click Start
224. f 0 the system will assign a maximum value that correlates to your upstream line rate The following figure illustrates the relationship between PCR SCR and MBS Figure 38 Example of Traffic Shaping lt gt lt gt Time MBS MBS Chapter 5 WAN Setup 78 P 660HW D Series User s Guide 5 3 1 ATM Traffic Classes These are the basic ATM traffic classes defined by the ATM Forum Traffic Management 4 0 Specification 5 3 1 1 Constant Bit Rate CBR Constant Bit Rate CBR provides fixed bandwidth that is always available even if no data is being sent CBR traffic is generally time sensitive doesn t tolerate delay CBR is used for connections that continuously require a specific amount of bandwidth A PCR is specified and if traffic exceeds this rate cells may be dropped Examples of connections that need CBR would be high resolution video and voice 5 3 1 2 Variable Bit Rate VBR The Variable Bit Rate VBR ATM traffic class is used with bursty connections Connections that use the Variable Bit Rate VBR traffic class can be grouped into real time VBR RT or non real time VBR nRT connections The VBR RT real time Variable Bit Rate type is used with bursty connections that require closely controlled delay and delay variation It also provides a fixed amount of bandwidth a PCR is specified but is only available when data is being sent An example of an VBR RT connection would be video conferencing Video conferen
225. fferent types of remote management sessions are as follows 1 Telnet 2 HTTP 15 1 1 Remote Management Limitations Remote management over LAN or WAN will not work when You have disabled that service in one of the remote management screens Chapter 15 Remote Management Configuration 200 P 660HW D Series User s Guide The IP address in the Secured Client IP field does not match the client IP address If it does not match the ZyXEL device will disconnect the session immediately There is already another remote management session with an equal or higher priority running You may only have one remote management session running at one time There is a firewall rule that blocks it 15 1 2 Remote Management and NAT When NAT is enabled Usethe ZyXEL device s WAN IP address when configuring from the WAN Usethe ZyXEL device s LAN IP address when configuring from the LAN 15 1 3 System Timeout There is a default system management idle timeout of five minutes three hundred seconds The ZyXEL device automatically logs you out if the management session remains idle for longer than this timeout period The management session does not time out when a statistics screen is polling 15 2 WWW To change your ZyXEL device s World Wide Web settings click Advanced gt Remote MGMT to display the WWW screen Figure 109 Remote Management WWW www Port 80 Access Status WAN m Secured Client IP C Al Selected 0
226. filter settings error readNetBIOSFilter calloc The router failed to allocate memory for the NetBIOS filter settings error WAN connection is down A WAN connection is down You cannot access the network through this interface Table 120 Access Control Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Firewall default policy TCP Attempted TCP UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF access UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF matched the default policy and was blocked or forwarded Packet Direction according to the default policy s setting Firewall rule NOT match TCP Attempted TCP UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF access UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF matched or did not match a configured firewall rule Packet Direction lt rule d gt denoted by its number and was blocked or forwarded according to the rule Triangle route packet forwarded The firewall allowed a triangle route session to pass TCP UDP IGMP ESP GRE through OSPF Packet without a NAT table entry The router blocked a packet that didn t have a blocked TCP UDP IGMP ESP corresponding NAT table entry GRE OSPF Router sent blocked web site TCP message The router sent a message to notify a user that the router blocked access to a web site that the user requested 295 Appendix K Log Descriptions P 660HW D Series User s Guide Table 121 TCP Reset Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION
227. fying headers are needed The PPP protocol already contains this information 5 1 3 2 Scenario 2 One VC One Protocol IP Selecting RFC 1483 encapsulation with VC based multiplexing requires the least amount of overhead 0 octets However if there is a potential need for multiple protocol support in the future it may be safer to select PPPoA encapsulation instead of RFC 1483 so you do not need to reconfigure either computer later 5 1 3 3 Scenario 3 Multiple VCs If you have an equal number or more of VCs than the number of protocols then select RFC 1483 encapsulation and VC based multiplexing 5 1 4 VPI and VCI Be sure to use the correct Virtual Path Identifier VPI and Virtual Channel Identifier VCI numbers assigned to you The valid range for the VPI is 0 to 255 and for the VCI is 32 to 65535 0 to 31 1s reserved for local management of ATM traffic Please see the appendix for more information 5 1 5 IP Address Assignment A static IP is a fixed IP that your ISP gives you A dynamic IP is not fixed the ISP assigns you a different one each time The Single User Account feature can be enabled or disabled if you have either a dynamic or static IP However the encapsulation method assigned influences your choices for IP address and ENET ENCAP gateway 5 1 5 1 IP Assignment with PPPoA or PPPoE Encapsulation If you have a dynamic IP then the IP Address and ENET ENCAP Gateway fields are not applicable N A If you have a sta
228. g a temporary network disconnect In some operating systems you may see the following icon on your desktop Figure 143 Temporarily Disconnected E Local Area Connection Network cable unplugged If you uploaded the default configuration file you may need to change the IP address of your computer to be in the same subnet as that of the default ZyXEL device IP address 192 168 1 1 See the appendix for details on how to set up your computer s IP address If the upload was not successful the following screen will appear Click Return to go back to the Configuration screen 237 Chapter 19 Tools P 660HW D Series User s Guide Figure 144 Configuration Restore Error System Restore Restore configuration error The configuration file was not accepted by the device Please return to the previous page and select a valid configuration file Click Help for more information Return 19 2 3 Back to Factory Defaults Pressing the RESET button in this section clears all user entered configuration information and returns the ZyXEL device to its factory defaults You can also press the RESET button on the rear panel to reset the factory defaults of your ZyXEL device Refer to the chapter about introducing the web configurator for more information on the RESET button 19 3 Restart System restart allows you to reboot the ZyXEL device without turning the power off Click Maintenance gt Tools gt R
229. g delete firewall set set gt This command removes the specified set from the firewall configuration Appendix G Firewall Commands 284 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Table 116 Firewall Commands continued FUNCTION COMMAND DESCRIPTION config delete firewall set This command removes the specified rule in a set gt rule rule gt firewall configuration set 285 Appendix G Firewall Commands P 660HW D Series User s Guide APPENDIX H NetBIOS Filter Commands The following describes the NetBIOS packet filter commands Introduction NetBIOS Network Basic Input Output System are TCP or UDP broadcast packets that enable a computer to connect to and communicate with a LAN For some dial up services such as PPPoE or PPTP NetBIOS packets cause unwanted calls You can configure NetBIOS filters to do the following Allow or disallow the sending of NetBIOS packets from the LAN to the WAN and from the WAN to the LAN Allow or disallow the sending of NetBIOS packets through VPN connections Allow or disallow NetBIOS packets to initiate calls Display NetBIOS Filter Settings Syntax sys filter netbios disp This command gives a read only list of the current NetBIOS filter modes for The ZyXEL device NetBIOS Display Filter Settings Command Example NetBIOS Filter Status Between LAN and WAN Block IPSec Packets Forward Trigger Dial
230. ge 5 Antenna gain 117 Any IP 33 96 How it works 97 note 97 Any IP Setup 99 AP 106 AP access point 312 AP See also access point Application level Firewalls 143 applications Internet access 36 ATM Adaptation Layer 5 AAL5 75 Attack Alert 173 Attack Types 147 AWG 5 B Backup 236 Backup Type 90 Bandwidth Management 184 Index Bandwidth Manager Class Configuration 190 Bandwidth Manager Monitor 194 Bandwidth Manager Summary 189 Basement 5 Basic wireless security 65 Blocking Time 172 Brute force Attack 146 BSS 310 BW Budget 191 C CA 317 Cables Connecting 5 CBR Continuous Bit Rate 83 87 Certificate Authority 317 Certifications 4 change password at login 41 Channel 312 Interference 312 channel 106 Channel ID 110 Charge 6 Circuit 3 Class B 3 Communications 3 compact 35 compact guide 40 Compliance FCC 3 Components 6 Condition 6 Configuration 93 Connecting Cables 5 Consequential Damages 6 Contact Information 7 Contacting Customer Support 7 Content Filtering 176 Categories 176 Schedule 177 Trusted computers 178 URL keyword blocking 176 Content filtering 176 content filtering 33 Index 332 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Copyright 2 Correcting Interference 3 Corrosive Liquids 5 Covers 5 CTS Clear to Send 313 Custom Ports Creating Editing 164 Customer Support 7 Customized Services 163 Customized services 163 D Damage 5 Dampness 5 Danger
231. gement logs 13 1 Bandwidth Management Overview ZyXEL s Bandwidth Management allows you to specify bandwidth management rules based on an application and or subnet You can allocate specific amounts of bandwidth capacity bandwidth budgets to different bandwidth rules The ZyXEL device applies bandwidth management to traffic that it forwards out through an interface The ZyXEL device does not control the bandwidth of traffic that comes into an interface Bandwidth management applies to all traffic flowing out of the router regardless of the traffic s source Traffic redirect or IP alias may cause LAN to LAN traffic to pass through the ZyXEL device and be managed by bandwidth management The sum of the bandwidth allotments that apply to the WAN interface LAN to WAN WLAN to WAN must be less than or equal to the WAN Speed that you configure in the Bandwidth Management gt Summary screen The sum of the bandwidth allotments that apply to the LAN port WAN to LAN WLAN to LAN must be less than or equal to the LAN Speed that you configure in the Bandwidth Management gt Summary screen The sum of the bandwidth allotments that apply to the WLAN port LAN to WLAN WAN to WLAN must be less than or equal to the WLAN Speed that you configure in the Bandwidth Management gt Summary screen 13 2 Application based Bandwidth Management You can create bandwidth classes based on individual applications like VoIP Web FTP E mail
232. ger a bandwidth class s priority number is the higher the priority Assign real time applications like those using audio or video a higher priority number to provide smoother operation 13 5 2 Fairness based Scheduler The ZyXEL device divides bandwidth equally among bandwidth classes when using the fairness based scheduler thus preventing one bandwidth class from using all of the interface s bandwidth 13 6 Maximize Bandwidth Usage The maximize bandwidth usage option see Figure 104 on page 189 allows the ZyXEL device to divide up any available bandwidth on the interface including unallocated bandwidth and any allocated bandwidth that a class is not using among the bandwidth classes that require more bandwidth When you enable maximize bandwidth usage the ZyXEL device first makes sure that each bandwidth class gets up to its bandwidth allotment Next the ZyXEL device divides up an interface s available bandwidth bandwidth that is unbudgeted or unused by the classes depending on how many bandwidth classes require more bandwidth and on their priority levels When only one class requires more bandwidth the ZyXEL device gives extra bandwidth to that class When multiple classes require more bandwidth the ZyXEL device gives the highest priority classes the available bandwidth first as much as they require if there is enough available bandwidth and then to lower priority classes if there is still bandwidth available The ZyXEL devic
233. gh Mid or Low Bandwidtht kbps Specify the maximum bandwidth allowed for the rule in kbps The recommendation is a setting between 20 kbps and 20000 kbps for an individual rule Add Click this button to add a rule to the following table This is the number of an individual bandwidth management rule Active This displays whether the rule is enabled Select this check box to have the ZyXEL device apply this bandwidth management rule Enable a bandwidth management rule to give traffic that matches the rule priority over traffic that does not match the rule Enabling a bandwidth management rule also allows you to control the maximum amounts of bandwidth that can be used by traffic that matches the rule Rule Name This is the name of the rule Destination Port This is the port number of the destination 0 means any destination port Priority This is the priority of this rule Bandwidtht kbps This is the maximum bandwidth allowed for the rule in kbps Modify Click the Edit icon to go to the screen where you can edit the rule Click the Remove icon to delete an existing rule 191 Chapter 13 Bandwidth Management P 660HW D Series User s Guide Table 76 Bandwidth Management Rule Setup continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 13 9 1 Rule Configuration Click the Edit icon or select User Def
234. gure 22 Internet Connection with ENET ENGAP cicssssccccivsssenccives tta aeri abt eder taa de bah paa 59 Figure 23 Internet Connection with PPPOA eeesesesese eese tanen ninth anke 60 Figure 24 Connection Test Faldi 4uouxtesviep obo der te po vA Po bE SEP QUERER IN QU Eo Eo HORE ERE EN LO ibl 61 Figure 25 Connectibpn Tesi IF MIIBE E 2eicssiiereitei rtt Re PEOR B RERL AIRE RUK ERN ER AEEAR RR RA AKA VERA 61 Figure 26 Connection Test Successful uses cera bx cem etc kb rn tnc R IL Ka RI PR a Ed 62 Figure 27 Wireless LAN Setup Wizard T 2 eei tta tbt pha ada erensia 62 Figure 28 Wireless LAN Setup Wizard 2 25 rec pese ra exe ao de aie a das Ee pde 63 Figure 29 Manually assign d WPA Key iuuieiecaum beluis be PIRE babe RE UEEE RH nn Vu Ep brE OMNE Ro buds 65 Figure 30 Manually assign a WEP KEY 22a eret eere trt ee eerte pep intera eure tee pra pep Rep E iEUV 65 Figure 31 Wireless LAN Slup m 66 Figure 32 Internet Access and WLAN Wizard Setup Complete eseceeeeeeeeeeees 67 Figure 35 Selecta MOGE sss asd Sse cada snaps aen Fab ast Fra Fa dli EAR aoo 69 Figure 34 Wizard o sr ig P 70 Figure 35 Bandwidth Management Wizard General Information sssssss 70 Figure 36 Bandwidth Management Wizard Configuration eeeeene 71 Figure 37 Bandwidth Management Wizard Complete cc sseccccceseeeeceeeeeeeesceeenteeeeee 72 Figure 38 Example of Traffi
235. guring Servers Behind Port Forwarding Example 135 5 5 Coniigunng Port Forwarding ioiissucc erret ottenuta tane ctr E aae PE cete a nae pe tt tque pereo 136 8 5 1 Port Forwarding Role Edil uissocns sen rtc e ER DE a CRI d erattu dE REP n EE died 137 B Address BISDDIPIE aiaia E da thua ii kEaMd 138 28 5 1 Address Mapping Rule Edit 15 bor RE rnt o bcc dad bt orbes 140 13 Table of Contents P 660HW D Series User s Guide Chapter 9 E E A TE E A E I E T 142 S1 Freva WEEN ariii T 142 0 2 Types gud e M 142 9 2 1 Packet Filtering Firewalls 1uiesccdeu inane grape aat tar ka ath KR ck t nai 142 98 2 2 Application level Firewalls orit ato arent nE S Mein iun 143 9 2 3 Stateful Inspection Firewalls 1 x etia oto ri e o Fed ar ibt o eis 143 9 5 Introduction te ZyXEL s Firewall 24 2 oet cer titer pair Pani ih eh radiata 143 9 3 1 Denial af Service ASOKS iios tactsaberte phas En ER pE TL IPACERE EE EE E cU T Ra 144 ga Denial SONICS M 144 DAT BASICS nt TT 144 94 2 Types of DGS AlfackS 6 scccnicisersesneiius besser ie tbe ea prp d ras pi rr E p tb prp 145 9 4 2 1 ICMP Vulnerability 1n ctr rre stad sich epe EE ertt eoe x pA Erb nin 147 9 4 2 2 Illegal Commands NetBIOS and SMTP eese 147 942 3 c1 M 148 9 o Statens peco ETT 148 9 5 1 Statef l Inspection PFOCBSS iunii sedet imr Peri eere enr Rer eb FPE LIVE i 149 9 5 2 S
236. happens in the background automatically The Message Integrity Check MIC is designed to prevent an attacker from capturing data packets altering them and resending them The MIC provides a strong mathematical function in which the receiver and the transmitter each compute and then compare the MIC If they do not match it is assumed that the data has been tampered with and the packet 1s dropped 319 Appendix L Wireless LANs P 660HW D Series User s Guide By generating unique data encryption keys for every data packet and by creating an integrity checking mechanism MIC with TKIP and AES it is more difficult to decrypt data on a Wi Fi network than WEP and difficult for an intruder to break into the network The encryption mechanisms used for WPA 2 and WPA 2 PSK are the same The only difference between the two is that WPA 2 PSK uses a simple common password instead of user specific credentials The common password approach makes WPA 2 PSK susceptible to brute force password guessing attacks but it s still an improvement over WEP as it employs a consistent single alphanumeric password to derive a PMK which is used to generate unique temporal encryption keys This prevent all wireless devices sharing the same encryption keys a weakness of WEP User Authentication WPA and WPA2 apply IEEE 802 1x and Extensible Authentication Protocol EAP to authenticate wireless clients using an external RADIUS database WPA2 reduces the
237. he Custom Level button 3 Scroll down to Scripting 4 Under Active scripting make sure that Enable is selected the default 5 Under Scripting of Java applets make sure that Enable is selected the default 6 Click OK to close the window Appendix M Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions 328 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Figure 191 Security Settings Java Scripting Settings 125 Scripting E Active scripting O Disable Q Prompt 3 Allow paste operations via script Q Disable 9 Enable Q Prompt amp Scripting of Java applets Disable a Prompt Y Llenas Aukhantiostian Reset custom settings Reset to Medium Reset ced Java Permissions 1 From Internet Explorer click Tools Internet Options and then the Security tab 2 Click the Custom Level button 3 Scroll down to Microsoft VM 4 Under Java permissions make sure that a safety level is selected 5 Click OK to close the window 329 Appendix M Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions P 660HW D Series User s Guide Figure 192 Security Settings Java Security Settings E 3 xl Settings Q Disable 9 Enable es Font download Q Disable 9 Enable p Prompt 3 Microsoft vM Java permissions Q Custom ae High safety Low safety Reset custom settings Reset to Medium 7 Reset cm JAVA Sun 1 From Internet Explorer
238. he LAN is blocked unless it is initiated from the LAN The ZyXEL device firewall supports TCP UDP inspection DoS detection and prevention real time alerts reports and logs Content Filtering Content filtering allows you to block access to forbidden Internet web sites schedule when the ZyXEL device should perform the filtering and give trusted LAN IP addresses unfiltered Internet access Traffic Redirect Traffic redirect forwards WAN traffic to a backup gateway when the ZyXEL device cannot connect to the Internet thus acting as an auxiliary if your regular WAN connection fails Media Bandwidth Management ZyXEU s Media Bandwidth Management allows you to specify bandwidth classes based on an application and or subnet You can allocate specific amounts of bandwidth capacity bandwidth budgets to different bandwidth classes 33 Chapter 1 Getting To Know Your P 660HW D P 660HW D Series User s Guide Universal Plug and Play UPnP Using the standard TCP IP protocol the ZyXEL device and other UPnP enabled devices can dynamically join a network obtain an IP address and convey its capabilities to other devices on the network PPPoE RFC2516 PPPoE Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet emulates a dial up connection It allows your ISP to use their existing network configuration with newer broadband technologies such as ADSL The PPPoE driver on the ZyXEL device is transparent to the computers on the LAN which see only Eth
239. her being configured for DES causes the connection to fail Local remote IPs of incoming request conflict with rule lt d gt The security gateway is set to 0 0 0 0 and the router used the peer s Local Address as the router s Remote Address This information conflicted with static rule d thus the connection is not allowed Appendix K Log Descriptions 300 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Table 130 IKE Logs continued LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Cannot resolve Secure Gateway Addr for rule lt d gt The router couldn t resolve the IP address from the domain name that was used for the secure gateway address Peer ID lt peer id gt lt My remote type gt lt My local type gt The displayed ID information did not match between the two ends of the connection vs My Remote My remote My remote The displayed ID information did not match between the two ends of the connection vs My Local My local gt lt My local The displayed ID information did not match between the two ends of the connection Send packet A packet was sent Recv packet IKE uses ISAKMP to transmit data Each ISAKMP packet contains many different types of payloads All of them show in the LOG Refer to RFC2408 ISAKMP for a list of all ISAKMP payload types Recv Main or Aggressive Mode request from IP The router received an IKE n
240. iae rade rt Cere x aiaia 203 Figure 112 Remote Management FIP eeeeeeseseseeesesee nasa eua n ith aa paa n ta aA 44a nota aAA 204 Figure 113 SNMP Management Model 12usod aspecto bob itn err v D RE be PF UII ER ri aa 205 Figure 114 Remote Management SNMP 12 torret prr ttn kiniss aa a Pre a 206 Figure 115 Remote Management DNS aiii uu eser rta bra be EP ode k aana Kn 208 Figure 116 Remote Management ICMP iuusiccieee iere r orbe Ecrit EE c rir te pru vci 209 Figure T1 CoHnBOgunio UPIP 2st hartecpaent cs da Foto orn ass ad BS OR enn 211 Figure 118 Add Remove Programs Windows Setup Communication 213 Figure 119 Add Remove Programs Windows Setup Communication Components 213 Figure 120 Network C onneclonS iuiicena abe ciis cea bx xia sande E Ka Ex abire nnd io ECL I ERR RU ERR 214 Figure 121 Windows Optional Networking Components Wizard seeeese 214 Figure 122 Networking Services ieissdieiterosmiden oit diede dun s ER UE Me eR RUNG 215 Figure 123 Network Connections 22i oeste renr pu Dedi Prata Qn due ced DA instante EE RP LED REA a A anaes 216 Figure 124 Internet Connection Properties 2uincceseeececeeee reete eee br tetas a eth Xp Pr a 216 List of Figures 22 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Figure 125 Internet Connection Properties Advanced Settings sssssssss 217 Figure 126 Internet Connection Properties Advanced Settings Add
241. ice can leave a network smoothly and automatically when it is no longer in use See Section 16 2 1 on page 211 for configuration instructions 16 1 1 How do I know if I m using UPnP UPnP hardware is identified as an icon in the Network Connections folder Windows XP Each UPnP compatible device installed on your network will appear as a separate icon Selecting the icon of a UPnP device will allow you to access the information and properties of that device 16 1 2 NAT Traversal UPnP NAT traversal automates the process of allowing an application to operate through NAT UPnP network devices can automatically configure network addressing announce their presence in the network to other UPnP devices and enable exchange of simple product and service descriptions NAT traversal allows the following Dynamic port mapping Learning public IP addresses Assigning lease times to mappings Windows Messenger is an example of an application that supports NAT traversal and UPnP See the NAT chapter for more information on NAT Chapter 16 Universal Plug and Play UPnP 210 P 660HW D Series User s Guide 16 1 3 Cautions with UPnP The automated nature of NAT traversal applications in establishing their own services and opening firewall ports may present network security issues Network information and configuration may also be obtained and modified by users in some network environments All UPnP enabled devices may communicate free
242. id Typically used for excellent effort or better than best effort and would include important business traffic that can tolerate some delay Low This is typically used for non critical background traffic such as bulk transfers that are allowed but that should not affect other applications and users Chapter 13 Bandwidth Management 188 P 660HW D Series User s Guide 13 7 Over Allotment of Bandwidth You can set the bandwidth management speed for an interface higher than the interface s actual transmission speed Higher priority traffic gets to use up to its allocated bandwidth even if it takes up all of the interface s available bandwidth This could stop lower priority traffic from being sent The following is an example Table 74 Over Allotment of Bandwidth Example BANDWIDTH CLASSES ALLOTMENTS PRIORITIES Actual outgoing bandwidth available on the interface 1000 kbps Root Class 1500 kbps same VoIP traffic Service SIP 500 Kbps High ae speed setting NetMeeting traffic Service H 323 500 kbps High FTP Service FTP 500 Kbps Medium If you use VoIP and NetMeeting at the same time the device allocates up to 500 Kbps of bandwidth to each of them before it allocates any bandwidth to FTP As a result FTP can only use bandwidth when VoIP and NetMeeting do not use all of their allocated bandwidth Suppose you try to browse the web too In this case VoIP NetMeeti
243. ie ipea aaa HO Ga doo dul Paw ed ERR N ONE 7 Table OTC ONEN S nacii nid n he e rex Vapux ao Rap FU Ne Ac ED HDI UA RR Gu TU UR GANG DO IUE 10 List of FIGHEGS uoo ri ope exiis CORE named aka TUA MF I MS TRF SURE 20 Listo TADIS aon oko Ua ERA RECEN EROR AK O XR CEU QOEQARVEPATVERANTUR CTUM MT 26 dbi TT T T um SLT T 30 Chapter 1 Getting To Know Your P 660HWf D eese ente 32 1T introducing th POD eiri Dri ta beet eL peaeturl b a Led aei 32 Dee Fe MISS STETIT TIT QT TD LT TT UU TETUER HERREN 33 QUEUE T ELUCET TNT m 39 1 3 Applications Tor th ZYXEL deviger 5 iicassespr ceat rbnte vegan uRsd EI n E Ee PINTAR n ade A ba RU DESEE 36 T3 Protected Inlet AGCESS uii c Rr cd a eR o b eda 36 13 2 LAN To LAN AGAIN siosioina Vesna d edet rri e e Ee pria Korn Ek Eph a ada 36 T EIOBEPBAOL BEDS iuroieodc Gcuven tx etr irre ve uma T CHEER E M SA Y ONE ER Eb LOU ar 1 3 Hardware Cong HON seacara Idae L EIE PEPOH FRED E ae HER a a GR 38 Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator cscccecceeeceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeseeseeeeseeeneeenes 40 2 1 Web C ORDQUESIOF UII rsrsrsr e AR REEF er Robe pi porc epi a e UDIN 40 2 2 Accessing the Web Configurator 22 55 1p HIER Ft EH ES RP 3S Fr HE rr ERES ptr 40 2 9 Resetting the ZyXEL OVID cies esedaubuxkuabaqiva taba qU SI FRU bad aunn Eua pad PUR E La EA qU RU iasadavin 42 2 9 1 Using Ihe Reset BUD serisidir cedet ee donis 42 24 Navigating the Web CoOniguralOr 32 anco
244. ific functions An extension number called the TCP port or UDP port identifies these protocols such as HTTP Web FTP File Transfer Protocol POP3 E mail etc For example Web traffic by default uses TCP port 80 When computers communicate on the Internet they are using the client server model where the server listens on a specific TCP UDP port for information requests from remote client computers on the network For example a Web server typically listens on port 80 Please note that while a computer may be intended for use over a single port such as Web on port 80 other ports are also active If the person configuring or managing the computer is not careful a hacker could attack it over an unprotected port Chapter 9 Firewalls 144 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Some of the most common IP ports are Table 52 Common IP Ports 21 FTP 53 DNS 23 Telnet 80 HTTP 25 SMTP 110 POP3 9 4 2 Types of DoS Attacks There are four types of DoS attacks 1 Those that exploit bugs in a TCP IP implementation 2 Those that exploit weaknesses in the TCP IP specification 3 Brute force attacks that flood a network with useless data 4 5 IP Spoofing Ping of Death and Teardrop attacks exploit bugs in the TCP IP implementations of various computer and host systems Ping of Death uses a ping utility to create an IP packet that exceeds the maximum 65 536 bytes of data allowed by the IP
245. iguration eseeee 71 Table 20 neret CORBBEUBEL asserta aer RE Ee EET RI ED PRI ERE HORE E ERE EEE M Rad 80 Table 21 Advanced Internet Connection Setup sss 82 Table 22 More COnneCUONS t 84 Table 23 More Conneotlons Edit 1 epe rr rnnt aaa aadi niaaa aa aadi e pd 85 Table 24 More Connections Advanced Setup c cceceeeeeeeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesenaaeeaeeeeeeeees 87 Table 25 WAN Backup SOIP osassa opt WATER eX 1S FE TREE ERRARE E ER e ERR Edad 90 IE 141 qr S 98 Table 27 Advanced LAN SON uuceuircxtivnri correire isai ErR va dive EVER Rc vnb E E add oas 99 Table 29 DACP SE UP den ed tnt t ee et d a ce br e ee Rd 100 Tabs 29 LAN Cont Lot isuestonasi rp HERO RE FH PERDRE IRURE REO RR A IPUC Ue PARERE LDRU XAR AHEQUE 102 Table 20 LAN BMS aM 103 Table 31 Types of Encryption for Each Type of Authentication cceceeeeeseeceeeeeeeeeeees 108 Table 32 Wweless LAN GOIN iussit pieteia ie eco ERI EPPN P Metri aca E RDUM 110 Table 33 Wireless OE np ment T Table 34 Wireless Static WEP Encryption uie erra eterna Lea an eaae d ka d 112 Table 35 Wireless WPA PSK WPA2 PSK aaeuascceteesiereeeecs s tree e EpL tie tUe Pep E PE EE Pe rU FREE CUV 114 N UOCE Xi 02 dll lig C er 115 Table 37 Wweless LAN Advancad corrien A AR EREA 117 tu Ek SORET epa S
246. ilobytes The bar displays what percent of the ZyXEL device s heap memory is in use The bar turns from green to red when the maximum is being approached Interface Status Interface This displays the ZyXEL device port types The port types are DSL LAN and WLAN Status This field displays Down line is down Up line is up or connected if you re using Ethernet encapsulation and Down line is down Up line is up or connected Idle line ppp idle Dial starting to trigger a call and Drop dropping a call if you re using PPPoE encapsulation For the WLAN port it displays Active when WLAN is enabled or Inactive when WLAN is disabled Rate For the LAN ports this displays the port speed and duplex setting For the WAN port it displays the downstream and upstream transmission rate For the WLAN port it displays the transmission rate when WLAN is enabled or N A when WLAN is disabled Summary Any IP Table Use this screen to view a list of IP addresses and MAC addresses of computers which are not in the same subnet as the ZyXEL device WLAN Status This screen displays the MAC address es of the wireless stations that are currently associating with the ZyXEL device Bandwidth Status Use this screen to view the ZyXEL device s bandwidth usage and allotments Packet Statistics Use this screen to view port status and packet specific statistics 47 Chapter 2
247. in Name System is for mapping a domain name to its corresponding IP address and vice versa The DNS server is extremely important because without it you must know the IP address of a machine before you can access it The DNS server addresses that you enter in the DHCP setup are passed to the client machines along with the assigned IP address and subnet mask There are two ways that an ISP disseminates the DNS server addresses The first is for an ISP to tell a customer the DNS server addresses usually in the form of an information sheet when s he signs up If your ISP gives you the DNS server addresses enter them in the DNS Server fields in DHCP Setup otherwise leave them blank Some ISP s choose to pass the DNS servers using the DNS server extensions of PPP IPCP IP Control Protocol after the connection is up If your ISP did not give you explicit DNS servers chances are the DNS servers are conveyed through IPCP negotiation The ZyXEL device supports the IPCP DNS server extensions through the DNS proxy feature If the Primary and Secondary DNS Server fields in the DHCP Setup screen are not specified for instance left as 0 0 0 0 the ZyXEL device tells the DHCP clients that it itself is the DNS server When a computer sends a DNS query to the ZyXEL device the ZyXEL device forwards the query to the real DNS server learned through IPCP and relays the response back to the computer Please note that DNS proxy works only when the ISP uses th
248. in the wireless network The devices in the wireless network have to support OTIST and they have to be in range of the ZyXEL device when you activate it See OTIST on page 118 for more details 7 3 Wireless Performance Overview The following sections introduce different ways to improve the performance of the wireless network 7 3 1 Quality of Service QoS You can turn on Wi Fi MultiMedia WMM QoS to improve the performance of voice and video applications in the wireless network QoS gives high priority to voice and video which makes them run more smoothly Similarly it gives low priority to many large file downloads so that they do not reduce the quality of other applications 109 Chapter 7 Wireless LAN P 660HW D Series User s Guide 7 4 General Wireless LAN Screen Note If you are configuring the ZyXEL device from a computer connected to the wireless LAN and you change the ZyXEL device s SSID or WEP settings you will lose your wireless connection when you press Apply to confirm You must then change the wireless settings of your computer to match the ZyXEL device s new settings Click Network gt Wireless LAN to open the General screen Figure 56 Wireless LAN General Wireless Setup T Hide SSID Security Security Mode M Active Wireless LAN Network Name SSID Channel Selection ZyXEL Channel 06 2437MHz No Security Cancel Advanced Setup Apply Th
249. in this screen Table 90 View Log LABEL DESCRIPTION Display The categories that you select in the Log Settings screen display in the drop down list box Select a category of logs to view select All Logs to view logs from all of the log categories that you selected in the Log Settings page Time This field displays the time the log was recorded Message This field states the reason for the log Source This field lists the source IP address and the port number of the incoming packet Destination This field lists the destination IP address and the port number of the incoming packet Notes This field displays additional information about the log entry Email Log Now Click Email Log Now to send the log screen to the e mail address specified in the Log Settings page make sure that you have first filled in the E mail Log Settings fields in Log Settings Refresh Click Refresh to renew the log screen Clear Log Click Clear Log to delete all the logs 18 3 Configuring Log Settings Use the Log Settings screen to configure to where the ZyXEL device is to send logs the schedule for when the ZyXEL device is to send the logs and which logs and or immediate alerts the ZyXEL device is to record See Section 18 1 on page 228 for more information To change your ZyXEL device s log settings click Maintenance gt Logs gt Log Settings The screen appears as shown 229 Chapter 18 Logs
250. ined from the Service drop down list in the Rule Setup screen to configure a bandwidth management rule Use bandwidth rules to allocate specific amounts of bandwidth capacity bandwidth budgets to specific applications and or subnets Figure 106 Bandwidth Management Rule Configuration Rule Configuration IV Active Rule Name Vw BW Budget to kbps Priority High gt Iv Use All Managed Bandwidth Filter Configuration Service User defined Destination Address ooo0 Destination Subnet Netmask 0 0 0 0 Destination Port feo Source Address onooo Source Subnet Netmask noo Source Port o Protocol ce 7 fe Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 77 Bandwidth Management Rule Configuration LABEL DESCRIPTION Rule Configuration Active Select this check box to have the ZyXEL device apply this bandwidth management rule Enable a bandwidth management rule to give traffic that matches the rule priority over traffic that does not match the rule Enabling a bandwidth management rule also allows you to control the maximum amounts of bandwidth that can be used by traffic that matches the rule Chapter 13 Bandwidth Management 192 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Table 77 Bandwidth Management Rule Configuration continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Rule Name Use the auto generated name or enter a descriptive name of u
251. ing uses this protocol HTTP TCP 80 Hyper Text Transfer Protocol a client server protocol for the world wide web HTTPS HTTPS is a secured http session often used in e commerce ICQ UDP 4000 This is a popular Internet chat program IPSEC_TRANSPORT TUNNEL AH 0 The IPSEC AH Authentication Header tunneling protocol uses this service IPSEC_TUNNEL ESP 0 The IPSEC ESP Encapsulation Security Protocol tunneling protocol uses this service IRC TCP UDP 6667 This is another popular Internet chat program MSN Messenger TCP 1863 Microsoft Networks messenger service uses this protocol MULTICAST IGMP 0 Internet Group Multicast Protocol is used when sending packets to a specific group of hosts NEWS TCP 144 A protocol for news groups NFS UDP 2049 Network File System NFS is a client server distributed file service that provides transparent file sharing for network environments NNTP TCP 119 Network News Transport Protocol is the delivery mechanism for the USENET newsgroup service PING ICMP 0 Packet INternet Groper is a protocol that sends out ICMP echo requests to test whether or not a remote host is reachable POP3 TCP 110 Post Office Protocol version 3 lets a client computer get e mail from a POP3 server through a temporary connection TCP IP or other PPTP TCP 1723 Point to Point Tunneling Protocol enables secure transfer of da
252. ion RIP Routing Information Protocol RFC 1058 and RFC 1389 allows a router to exchange routing information with other routers The RIP Direction field controls the sending and receiving of RIP packets Select the RIP direction from Both In Only Out Only None When set to Both or Out Only the ZyXEL device will broadcast its routing table periodically When set to Both or In Only it will incorporate the RIP information that it receives when set to None it will not send any RIP packets and will ignore any RIP packets received RIP Version The RIP Version field controls the format and the broadcasting method of the RIP packets that the ZyXEL device sends it recognizes both formats when receiving RIP 1 is universally supported but RIP 2 carries more information RIP 1 is probably adequate for most networks unless you have an unusual network topology Both RIP 2B and RIP 2M sends the routing data in RIP 2 format the difference being that RIP 2B uses subnet broadcasting while RIP 2M uses multicasting Multicasting can reduce the load on non router machines since they generally do not listen to the RIP multicast address and so will not receive the RIP packets However if one router uses multicasting then all routers on your network must use multicasting also By default RIP direction is set to Both and the Version set to RIP 1 Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL device Cancel Click Cancel to
253. ion may use a Static IP address which cannot be detected automatically 3 2 1 Automatic Detection 1 If you have a PPPoE or PPPoA connection a screen displays prompting you to enter your Internet account information Enter the username password and or service name exactly as provided 2 Click Next and see Section 3 3 on page 59 for wireless connection wizard setup Figure 18 Auto Detection PPPoE STEP 1 STEP 2 8 Internet Configuration Connection Type PP over Ethernet PPPoE d given to you by your Internet Service Provider here If rit in the third field User Name Password Service Name optional 3 2 2 Manual Configuration 1 Ifthe ZyXEL device fails to detect your DSL connection type enter the Internet access information given to you by your ISP exactly in the wizard screen If not given leave the fields set to the default Chapter 3 Wizard Setup for Internet Access 54 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Figure 19 Internet Access Wizard Setup ISP Parameters fii Internet Configuration your Internet Service Pro er ISP Your ISP may have etup letter incluc uting default if your ISP allows multiple computers to share an Internet account select Bridge mode Encapsulation ncapsulation method used by your ISP Your ISP may list ENET ENCAP as Static IP c IP Multiplexing c Select the multiplexing type used by your ISP Virtual Circuit ID PI
254. ions 9 7 1 Packet Filtering e The router filters packets as they pass through the router s interface according to the filter rules you designed Packet filtering is a powerful tool yet can be complex to configure and maintain especially if you need a chain of rules to filter a service Packet filtering only checks the header portion of an IP packet Chapter 9 Firewalls 152 P 660HW D Series User s Guide 9 7 1 1 When To Use Filtering e To block allow LAN packets by their MAC addresses To block allow special IP packets which are neither TCP nor UDP nor ICMP packets To block allow both inbound WAN to LAN and outbound LAN to WAN traffic between the specific inside host network A and outside host network B If the filter blocks the traffic from A to B it also blocks the traffic from B to A Filters can not distinguish traffic originating from an inside host or an outside host by IP address To block allow IP trace route 9 7 2 Firewall e The firewall inspects packet contents as well as their source and destination addresses Firewalls of this type employ an inspection module applicable to all protocols that understands data in the packet is intended for other layers from the network layer IP headers up to the application layer The firewall performs stateful inspection It takes into account the state of connections it handles so that for example a legitimate incoming packet can be matched wi
255. is receiving power and functioning properly Blinking The ZyXEL device is rebooting or performing diagnostics Red On Power to the ZyXEL device is too low Off The system is not ready or has malfunctioned ETHERNET Green On The ZyXEL device has a successful 10Mb Ethernet connection Blinking The ZyXEL device is sending receiving data Amber On The ZyXEL device has a successful 100Mb Ethernet connection Blinking The ZyXEL device is sending receiving data Off The LAN is not connected WLAN Green On The ZyXEL device is ready but is not sending receiving data through the wireless LAN Blinking The ZyXEL device is sending receiving data through the wireless LAN Off The wireless LAN is not ready or has failed 37 Chapter 1 Getting To Know Your P 660HW D P 660HW D Series User s Guide Table 2 Front Panel LEDs continued LED COLOR STATUS DESCRIPTION DSL Green On The DSL line is up Blinking The ZyXEL device is initializing the DSL line Off The DSL line is down INTERNET Green On The Internet connection is up Blinking The ZyXEL device is sending receiving data Off The Internet connection is down 1 5 Hardware Connection Refer to the Quick Start Guide for information on hardware connection Chapter 1 Getting To Know Your P 660HW D 38 P 660HW D Series User s Guide 39 Chapter 1 Getting To Know Your P 660HW D P
256. is the ideal high speed Internet access solution It is compatible with all major ADSL DSLAM Digital Subscriber Line Access Multiplexer providers and supports the ADSL standards as shown in Table 1 on page 32 In addition the ZyXEL device allows wireless clients access to your network resources The ZyXEL device provides protection from attacks by Internet hackers By default the firewall blocks all incoming traffic from the WAN The firewall supports TCP UDP inspection and DoS Denial of Services detection and prevention as well as real time alerts reports and logs Figure 1 Protected Internet Access Applications WLAN aA S i UN aw ES RU LA 1 3 2 LAN to LAN Application You can use the ZyXEL device to connect two geographically dispersed networks over the ADSL line A typical LAN to LAN application example is shown as follows Chapter 1 Getting To Know Your P 660HW D 36 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Figure 2 LAN to LAN Application Example m m m EON LAN mg V Ss 4 ys m S ECC FOA 7 Nu eme AM SN a m J 1 4 Front Panel LEDs The following figure shows the front panel LEDs Figure3 Front Panel ZyXEL P 600 series See F WLAN DSL INTERNET The following table describes the LEDs Table 2 Front Panel LEDs LED COLOR STATUS DESCRIPTION POWER Green On The ZyXEL device
257. istics tables Network WAN Internet This screen allows you to configure ISP parameters WAN IP Connection address assignment DNS servers and other advanced properties More Connections Use this screen to view and configure other connections for placing calls to another remote gateway WAN Backup Setup Use this screen to configure your traffic redirect properties and WAN backup settings 43 Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator P 660HW D Series User s Guide Table 3 Web Configurator Screens Summary continued LINK ICON SUB LINK FUNCTION LAN IP Use this screen to configure LAN TCP IP settings enable Any IP and other advanced properties DHCP Setup Use this screen to configure LAN DHCP settings Client List Use this screen to view current DHCP client information and to always assign an IP address to a MAC address and host name IP Alias Use this screen to partition your LAN interface into subnets Wireless LAN General Use this screen to configure the wireless LAN settings and WLAN authentication security settings OTIST This screen allows you to assign wireless clients the ZyXEL device s wireless security settings MAC Filter Use this screen to configure the ZyXEL device to block access to devices or block the devices from accessing the ZyXEL device Qos WMM QoS allows you to prioritize wire
258. ized by NTP server The router got the time and date from the NTP server Connect to Daytime server fail The router was not able to connect to the Daytime server Connect to Time server fail The router was not able to connect to the Time server Connect to NTP server fail The router was not able to connect to the NTP server Too large ICMP packet has been dropped The router dropped an ICMP packet that was too large Configuration Change PC Ox x Task ID Ox x The router is saving configuration changes Successful SSH login Someone has logged on to the router s SSH server SSH login failed Someone has failed to log on to the router s SSH server Appendix K Log Descriptions 294 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Table 118 System Maintenance Logs continued LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Successful HTTPS login Someone has logged on to the router s web configurator interface using HTTPS protocol HTTPS login failed interface using HTTPS protocol Someone has failed to log on to the router s web configurator Table 119 System Error Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION s exceeds the max number of session per This attempt to create a NAT session exceeds the maximum number of NAT session table entries allowed to be created per host host setNetBIOSFilter calloc The router failed to allocate memory for the NetBIOS
259. k If you are implementing subnetting Gateway IP You must specify a gateway IP address supplied by your ISP when you use ENET address ENCAP in the Encapsulation field in the previous screen First DNS Enter the IP addresses of the DNS servers The DNS servers are passed to the DHCP Server clients along with the IP address and the subnet mask 57 Chapter 3 Wizard Setup for Internet Access P 660HW D Series User s Guide Table 11 Internet Connection with ENET ENCAP continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Second DNS As above Server Back Click Back to go back to the previous wizard screen Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL device Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving your changes Figure 23 Internet Connection with PPPoA ffi Internet Configuration Please enter the User Name and Password given to you by your Internet S rovider here User Name Password Note Device is automatically configured to obtain an IP address automatically The ISP will assigns you a different one each time you connect to the Internet The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 12 Internet Connection with PPPoA LABEL DESCRIPTION User Name Enter the login name that your ISP gives you Password Enter the password associated with the user name above Back Click Back to go back to the previous wizard screen Apply
260. k number Where you obtain your network number depends on your particular situation If the ISP or your network administrator assigns you a block of registered IP addresses follow their instructions in selecting the IP addresses and the subnet mask If the ISP did not explicitly give you an IP network number then most likely you have a single user account and the ISP will assign you a dynamic IP address when the connection is established If this is the case it is recommended that you select a network number from 192 168 0 0 to 192 168 255 0 and you must enable the Network Address Translation NAT feature of the ZyXEL device The Internet Assigned Number Authority IANA reserved this block of addresses specifically for private use please do not use any other number unless you are told otherwise Let s say you select 192 168 1 0 as the network number which covers 254 individual addresses from 192 168 1 1 to 192 168 1 254 zero and 255 are reserved In other words the first three numbers specify the network number while the last number identifies an individual computer on that network Once you have decided on the network number pick an IP address that is easy to remember for instance 192 168 1 1 for your ZyXEL device but make sure that no other device on your network is using that IP address The subnet mask specifies the network number portion of an IP address Your ZyXEL device will compute the subnet mask automatically based on the I
261. l gt The SCEP online certificate enrollment failed because the certification authority server s address cannot be resolved Enrollment successful The CMP online certificate enrollment was successful The Destination field records the certification authority server s IP address and port Enrollment failed The CMP online certificate enrollment failed The Destination field records the certification authority server s IP address and port Failed to resolve lt CMP CA server url gt The CMP online certificate enrollment failed because the certification authority server s IP address cannot be resolved Revd ca cert lt subject name gt The router received a certification authority certificate with subject name as recorded from the LDAP server whose IP address and port are recorded in the Source field Revd user cert lt subject name gt The router received a user certificate with subject name as recorded from the LDAP server whose IP address and port are recorded in the Source field Revd CRL lt size gt lt issuer name gt The router received a CRL Certificate Revocation List with size and issuer name as recorded from the LDAP server whose IP address and port are recorded in the Source field Revd ARL lt size gt lt issuer name gt The router received an ARL Authority Revocation List with size and issuer name as recorded from the LDAP server whose address and
262. lation of the IP address of a host in a packet for example the source address of an outgoing packet used within one network to a different IP address known within another network 5 2 Metric The metric represents the cost of transmission A router determines the best route for transmission by choosing a path with the lowest cost RIP routing uses hop count as the measurement of cost with a minimum of 1 for directly connected networks The number must be between 1 and 15 a number greater than 15 means the link is down The smaller the number the lower the cost The metric sets the priority for the ZyXEL device s routes to the Internet If any two of the default routes have the same metric the ZyXEL device uses the following pre defined priorities Normal route designated by the ISP see Section 5 5 on page 80 Traffic redirect route see Section 5 7 on page 88 WAN backup route also called dial backup see Section 5 8 on page 89 For example if the normal route has a metric of 1 and the traffic redirect route has a metric of 2 and dial backup route has a metric of 3 then the normal route acts as the primary default route If the normal route fails to connect to the Internet the ZyXEL device tries the traffic redirect route next In the same manner the ZyXEL device uses the dial backup route if the traffic redirect route also fails 7T Chapter 5 WAN Setup P 660HW D Series User s Guide If you
263. less traffic according to the delivery requirements of the individual and applications NAT General Use this screen to enable NAT Port Forwarding Use this screen to configure servers behind the ZyXEL device Address Mapping _ Use this screen to configure network address translation mapping rules Security Firewall General Use this screen to activate deactivate the firewall and the direction of network traffic to which to apply the rule Rules This screen shows a summary of the firewall rules and allows you to edit add a firewall rule Anti Probing Use this screen to change your anti probing settings Threshold Use this screen to configure the threshold for DoS attacks Content Filter Keyword Use this screen to block sites containing certain keywords in the URL Schedule Use this screen to set the days and times for the ZyXEL device to perform content filtering Trusted Use this screen to exclude a range of users on the LAN from content filtering on your ZyXEL device Advanced Static Route Use this screen to configure IP static routes Bandwidth Summary Use this screen to enable bandwidth management on an MGMT interface Rule Setup Use this screen to define a bandwidth rule Monitor Use this screen to view the ZyXEL device s bandwidth usage and allotments Dynamic DNS Use this screen to set up dynamic DNS Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator 44 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Table 3 Web Configurato
264. leting half open sessions as required to accommodate new connection requests The ZyXEL device continues to delete half open sessions as necessary until the rate of new connection attempts drops below another threshold one minute low The rate is the number of new attempts detected in the last one minute sample period 10 10 2 1 TCP Maximum Incomplete and Blocking Time An unusually high number of half open sessions with the same destination host address could indicate that a Denial of Service attack is being launched against the host Whenever the number of half open sessions with the same destination host address rises above a threshold TCP Maximum Incomplete the ZyXEL device starts deleting half open sessions according to one of the following methods Ifthe Blocking Time timeout is 0 the default then the ZyXEL device deletes the oldest existing half open session for the host for every new connection request to the host This ensures that the number of half open sessions to a given host will never exceed the threshold If the Blocking Time timeout is greater than 0 then the ZyXEL device blocks all new connection requests to the host giving the server time to handle the present connections The ZyXEL device continues to block all new connection requests until the Blocking Time expires e Chapter 10 Firewall Configuration 172 P 660HW D Series User s Guide 10 10 3 Configuring Firewall Thresholds The ZyXEL device al
265. lick Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 15 6 SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol SNMP is a protocol used for exchanging management information between network devices SNMP is a member of the TCP IP protocol suite Your ZyXEL device supports SNMP agent functionality which allows a manager station to manage and monitor the ZyXEL device through the network The ZyXEL device supports SNMP version one SNMPv1 and version two SNMPv2 The next figure illustrates an SNMP management operation Note SNMP is only available if TCP IP is configured Chapter 15 Remote Management Configuration 204 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Figure 113 SNMP Management Model Managed Device Managed Device Managed Device MANAGER An SNMP managed network consists of two main types of component agents and a manager An agent is a management software module that resides in a managed device the ZyXEL device An agent translates the local management information from the managed device into a form compatible with SNMP The manager is the console through which network administrators perform network management functions It executes applications that control and monitor managed devices The managed devices contain object variables managed objects that define each piece of information to be collected about a device Examples of variables inclu
266. lish membership in a Multicast group it is not used to carry user data IGMP version 2 RFC 2236 is an improvement over version 1 RFC 1112 but IGMP version 1 is still in wide use If you would like to read more detailed information about interoperability between IGMP version 2 and version 1 please see sections 4 and 5 of RFC 2236 The class D IP address is used to identify host groups and can be in the range 224 0 0 0 to 239 255 255 255 The address 224 0 0 0 is not assigned to any group and is used by IP multicast computers The address 224 0 0 1 is used for query messages and is assigned to the permanent group of all IP hosts including gateways All hosts must join the 224 0 0 1 group in order to participate in IGMP The address 224 0 0 2 is assigned to the multicast routers group The ZyXEL device supports both IGMP version 1 IGMP v1 and IGMP version 2 IGMP v2 At start up the ZyXEL device queries all directly connected networks to gather group membership After that the ZyXEL device periodically updates this information IP multicasting can be enabled disabled on the ZyXEL device LAN and or WAN interfaces in the web configurator LAN WAN Select None to disable IP multicasting on these interfaces 6 2 4 Any IP Traditionally you must set the IP addresses and the subnet masks of a computer and the ZyXEL device to be in the same subnet to allow the computer to access the Internet through the ZyXEL device In cases where your compu
267. ll not respond to port request s for unused ports thus leaving the unused ports and the ZyXEL device unseen By default this option is not selected and the ZyXEL device will reply with an ICMP Port Unreachable packet for a port probe on its unused UDP ports and a TCP Reset packet for a port probe on its unused TCP ports Note that the probing packets must first traverse the ZyXEL device s firewall mechanism before reaching this anti probing mechanism Therefore if the firewall mechanism blocks a probing packet the ZyXEL device reacts based on the corresponding firewall policy to send a TCP reset packet for a blocked TCP packet or an ICMP port unreachable packet for a blocked UDP packets or just drop the packets without sending a response packet Apply Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 209 Chapter 15 Remote Management Configuration P 660HW D Series User s Guide CHAPTER 16 Universal Plug and Play UPnP This chapter introduces the UPnP feature in the web configurator 16 1 Introducing Universal Plug and Play Universal Plug and Play UPnP is a distributed open networking standard that uses TCP IP for simple peer to peer network connectivity between devices A UPnP device can dynamically join a network obtain an IP address convey its capabilities and learn about other devices on the network In turn a dev
268. lly returned This allows the outside user to know the ZyXEL device exists Your ZyXEL device supports anti probing which prevents the ICMP response packet from being sent This keeps outsiders from discovering your ZyXEL device when unsupported ports are probed Chapter 15 Remote Management Configuration 208 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Figure 116 Remote Management ICMP ICMP ICMP Respond to Ping on LAN amp WAN 7 I Do not respond to requests for unauthorized services Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 86 Remote Management ICMP LABEL DESCRIPTION ICMP Internet Control Message Protocol is a message control and error reporting protocol between a host server and a gateway to the Internet ICMP uses Internet Protocol IP datagrams but the messages are processed by the TCP IP software and directly apparent to the application user Respond to Ping on The ZyXEL device will not respond to any incoming Ping requests when Disable is selected Select LAN to reply to incoming LAN Ping requests Select WAN to reply to incoming WAN Ping requests Otherwise select LAN amp WAN to reply to both incoming LAN and WAN Ping requests Do not respond to requests for unauthorized services Select this option to prevent hackers from finding the ZyXEL device by probing for unused ports If you select this option the ZyXEL device wi
269. lockers with Exceptions Alternatively if you only want to allow pop up windows from your device see the following steps 1 In Internet Explorer select Tools Internet Options and then the Privacy tab 2 Select Settings to open the Pop up Blocker Settings screen 325 Appendix M Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions P 660HW D Series User s Guide Figure 188 Internet Options Internet Options pann General Security Privacy Content Connections Programs Advanced Settings Move the slider to select a privacy setting for the Internet gt zone P Medium Blocks third party cookies that do not have a compact privacy policy Blocks third party cookies that use personally identifiable LA information without your implicit consent Restricts first party cookies that use personally identifiable information without implicit consent Pop up Blocker S Prevent most pop up windows from appearing Block pop ups Setting T 3 Type the IP address of your device the web page that you do not want to have blocked with the prefix http For example http 192 168 1 1 4 Click Add to move the IP address to the list of Allowed sites Appendix M Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions 326 327 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Figure 189 Pop up Blocker Settings Pop up Blocker Settings Exceptions Pop ups are currently blocked You can allow pop ups fr
270. lt rule for WAN to LAN traffic blocks all incoming connections WAN to LAN If you wish to allow certain WAN users to have access to your LAN you will need to create custom rules to allow it 10 4 2 Alerts Alerts are reports on events such as attacks that you may want to know about right away You can choose to generate an alert when a rule is matched in the Edit Rule screen see Figure 87 on page 161 When an event generates an alert a message can be immediately sent to an e mail account that you specify in the Log Settings screen Refer to the chapter on logs for details 10 5 General Firewall Policy Click Security gt Firewall to display the following screen Activate the firewall by selecting the Active Firewall check box as seen in the following screen Refer to Section 9 1 on page 142 for more information Figure 85 Firewall General General M Active Firewall Bypass Triangle Route A Caution When Bypass Triangle Route is checked all LAN to LAN and WAN to WAN packets will bypass the Firewall check WAN to LAN prep Vv LAN to WAN Permit 7 WAN to WAN Router pop Iv LAN to LAN Router Permit gt Basic Cancel 157 Chapter 10 Firewall Configuration P 660HW D Series User s Guide The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 56 Firewall General LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Firewall Select this check box to activate the fir
271. lter and whether to turn it on or off Command Usage A list of valid commands can be found by typing help or at the command prompt Always type the full command Type exit to log out of the CLI when finished Appendix F Command Interpreter 278 P 660HW D Series User s Guide 279 Appendix F Command Interpreter P 660HW D Series User s Guide APPENDIX G Firewall Commands The following describes the firewall commands Table 116 Firewall Commands FUNCTION COMMAND DESCRIPTION Firewall SetUp config edit firewall active lt yes no gt This command turns the firewall on or off config retrieve firewall This command returns the previously saved firewall settings config save firewall This command saves the current firewall settings Display config display firewall This command shows the of all the firewall settings including e mail attack and the sets rules config display firewall set This command shows the current lt set gt configuration of a set including timeout values name default permit and etc If you don t put use a number after set information about all of the sets rules appears config display firewall set This command shows the current entries of a set 4 rule rule 4 rule in a firewall rule set config display firewall attack This command shows all of the attack response settings c
272. ly with each other without additional configuration Disable UPnP if this is not your intention 16 2 UPnP and ZyXEL ZyXEL has achieved UPnP certification from the Universal Plug and Play Forum Creates UPnP Implementers Corp UIC ZyXEL s UPnP implementation supports IGD 1 0 Internet Gateway Device At the time of writing ZyXEL s UPnP implementation supports Windows Messenger 4 6 and 4 7 while Windows Messenger 5 0 and Xbox are still being tested UPnP broadcasts are only allowed on the LAN See later sections for examples of installing UPnP in Windows XP and Windows Me as well as an example of using UPnP in Windows 16 2 1 Configuring UPnP Click Advanced gt UPnP to display the screen shown next See Section 16 1 on page 210 for more information Figure 117 Configuring UPnP UPnP Setup Device Name ZyXEL P 660HW D1 Internet Sharing Gateway Active the Universal Plug and Play UPnP Feature Allow users to make configuration changes through UPnP Allow UPnP to pass through Firewall q Note For UPnP to function normally the HTTP service must be available for LAN computers using UPnP Apply Cancel 211 Chapter 16 Universal Plug and Play UPnP P 660HW D Series User s Guide The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 87 Configuring UPnP LABEL DESCRIPTION Active the Universal Plug and Select this check box to activate UPnP Be aware that a
273. may be dominant in environments where dynamic creation of large numbers of ATM VCs is fast and economical 5 1 2 2 LLC based Multiplexing In this case one VC carries multiple protocols with protocol identifying information being contained in each packet header Despite the extra bandwidth and processing overhead this method may be advantageous if it is not practical to have a separate VC for each carried protocol for example if charging heavily depends on the number of simultaneous VCs 5 1 3 Encapsulation and Multiplexing Scenarios For Internet access you should use the encapsulation and multiplexing methods used by your ISP Consult your telephone company for information on encapsulation and multiplexing methods for LAN to LAN applications for example between a branch office and corporate headquarters There must be prior agreement on encapsulation and multiplexing methods because they cannot be automatically determined What method s you use also depends on how many VCs you have and how many different network protocols you need The extra overhead that ENET ENCAP encapsulation entails makes it a poor choice in a LAN to LAN application Here are some examples of more suitable combinations in such an application 75 Chapter 5 WAN Setup P 660HW D Series User s Guide 5 1 3 1 Scenario 1 One VC Multiple Protocols PPPoA RFC 2364 encapsulation with VC based multiplexing is the best combination because no extra protocol identi
274. ment session never times out no matter how long it has been left idle not recommended Password User Password If you log in with the user password you can only view the ZyXEL device status The default user password is user New Password Type your new system password up to 30 characters Note that as you type a password the screen displays a for each character you type After you change the password use the new password to access the ZyXEL device Retype to Confirm Type the new password again for confirmation 223 Chapter 17 System P 660HW D Series User s Guide Table 88 System General Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION Admin Password If you log in with the admin password you can configure the advanced features as well as the wizard setup on the ZyXEL device Old Password Type the default admin password 1234 or the existing password you use to access the system for configuring advanced features New Password Type your new system password up to 30 characters Note that as you type a password the screen displays a for each character you type After you change the password use the new password to access the ZyXEL device Retype to Type the new password again for confirmation Confirm Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 17 2 Time Setting To chang
275. mic IP from their ISP or DHCP server that would still like to have a domain name The Dynamic DNS service provider will give you a password or key 14 1 1 DYNDNS Wildcard Enabling the wildcard feature for your host causes yourhost dyndns org to be aliased to the same IP address as yourhost dyndns org This feature is useful if you want to be able to use for example www yourhost dyndns org and still reach your hostname If you have a private WAN IP address then you cannot use Dynamic DNS See Section 14 2 on page 196 for configuration instruction 14 2 Configuring Dynamic DNS To change your ZyXEL device s DDNS click Advanced gt Dynamic DNS The screen appears as shown See Section 14 1 on page 196 for more information Chapter 14 Dynamic DNS Setup 196 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Figure 108 Dynamic DNS Dynamic DNS Host Name User Name Password Dynamic DNS Setup Active Dynamic DNS Service Provider Dynamic DNS Type Enable Wildcard Option Enable off line option Only applies to custom DNS IP Address Update Policy wi DynDNS ORG Dynamic DNS 7 Use WAN IP Address C Dynamic DNS server auto detect IP Address C Use specified IP Address 0 0 0 0 Apply Cancel The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 79 Dynamic DNS LABEL DESCRIPTION Dynamic DNS Setup Active Dynamic DNS Select this check box to use dyn
276. n a physical network into logical networks over the same Ethernet interface The ZyXEL device supports three logical LAN interfaces via its single physical Ethernet interface with the ZyXEL device itself as the gateway for each LAN network Chapter 1 Getting To Know Your P 660HW D 34 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Housing Your ZyXEL device s compact and ventilated housing minimizes space requirements making it easy to position anywhere in your busy office 4 port Switch A combination of switch and router makes your ZyXEL device a cost effective and viable network solution You can connect up to four computers to the ZyXEL device without the cost of a hub Use a hub to add more than four computers to your LAN 1 2 1 Wireless Features Wireless LAN The ZyXEL device supports the IEEE 802 11g standard which is fully compatible with the IEEE 802 11b standard meaning that you can have both IEEE 802 11b and IEEE 802 11g wireless clients in the same wireless network Note The ZyXEL device may be prone to RF Radio Frequency interference from other 2 4 GHz devices such as microwave ovens wireless phones Bluetooth enabled devices and other wireless LANs Wi Fi Protected Access Wi Fi Protected Access WPA is a subset of the IEEE 802 111 security specification standard Key differences between WPA and WEP are user authentication and improved data encryption WPA2 WPA 2 IEEE 802 111 is a wireless security standard that
277. n page 157 to configure default firewall settings Refer to Section 10 6 on page 158 to view firewall rules Refer to Section 10 6 1 on page 160 to configure firewall rules Refer to Section 10 6 2 on page 163 to configure a custom service Refer to Section 10 10 3 on page 173 to configure firewall thresholds 9 2 Types of Firewalls There are three main types of firewalls Packet Filtering Firewalls Application level Firewalls Stateful Inspection Firewalls 9 2 1 Packet Filtering Firewalls Packet filtering firewalls restrict access based on the source destination computer network address of a packet and the type of application Chapter 9 Firewalls 142 P 660HW D Series User s Guide 9 2 2 Application level Firewalls Application level firewalls restrict access by serving as proxies for external servers Since they use programs written for specific Internet services such as HTTP FTP and telnet they can evaluate network packets for valid application specific data Application level gateways have a number of general advantages over the default mode of permitting application traffic directly to internal hosts Information hiding prevents the names of internal systems from being made known via DNS to outside systems since the application gateway is the only host whose name must be made known to outside systems Robust authentication and logging pre authenticates application traffic before it reaches internal hosts an
278. n progress please waitfor 3 minutes Chapter 7 Wireless LAN 120 P 660HW D Series User s Guide 3 In the wireless client you see this screen if it can t find an OTIST enabled AP with the same Setup key Click OK to go back to the ZyXEL utility main screen Figure 67 No AP with OTIST Found Please make sure you have ZyXEL g APs or wireless routers with OTIST function enabled OK Ifthere is more than one OTIST enabled AP within range you see a screen asking you to select one AP to get settings from 7 5 3 Notes on OTIST 1 If you enabled OTIST in the wireless client you see this screen each time you start the utility Click Yes for it to search for an OTIST enabled AP Figure 68 Start OTIST Don t show me this window again 2 If an OTIST enabled wireless client loses its wireless connection for more than ten seconds it will search for an OTIST enabled AP for up to one minute If you manually have the wireless client search for an OTIST enabled AP there is no timeout click Cancel in the OTIST progress screen to stop the search 3 When the wireless client finds an OTIST enabled AP you must still click Start in the AP OTIST web configurator screen or hold in the RESET button for one to five seconds for the AP to transfer settings 4 If you change the SSID or the keys on the AP after using OTIST you need to run OTIST again or enter them manually in the wireless client s 5 If you co
279. n shown next Figure 147 Diagnostic DSL Line DSL Line o Ee Start to reset ADSL Loading ADSL modem F W Reset ADSL Line Successfully ATM Status ATM Loopback Test DSL Line Status Reset ADSL Line Capture All Logs The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 95 Diagnostic DSL Line LABEL DESCRIPTION ATM Status Click this button to view ATM status ATM Loopback Click this button to start the ATM loopback test Make sure you have configured at Test least one PVC with proper VPIs VCls before you begin this test The ZyXEL device sends an OAM F5 packet to the DSLAM ATM switch and then returns it loops it back to the ZyXEL device The ATM loopback test is useful for troubleshooting problems with the DSLAM and ATM network DSL Line Status Click this button to view the DSL port s line operating values and line bit allocation Reset ADSL Line Click this button to reinitialize the ADSL line The large text box above then displays the progress and results of this operation for example Start to reset ADSL Loading ADSL modem F W Reset ADSL Line Successfully Capture All Logs Click this button to display all logs generated with the DSL line 241 Chapter 20 Diagnostic P 660HW D Series User s Guide CHAPTER 21 Troubleshooting This chapter covers potential problems and the corresponding remedies 21 1 Problems St
280. nabled Content Filter Disable AnyIP Table WLAN Status Bandwidth Status Packet Statistics The following table describes the labels shown in the Status screen Table 4 Status Screen LABEL DESCRIPTION Refresh Interval Select a number of seconds or None from the drop down list box to refresh all screen statistics automatically at the end of every time interval or to not refresh the screen statistics Apply Click this button to refresh the status screen statistics Device Information Host Name This is the System Name you enter in the Maintenance gt System gt General screen It is for identification purposes Model Number This is your ZyXEL device s model name MAC Address This is the MAC Media Access Control or Ethernet address unique to your ZyXEL device ZyNOS Firmware This is the ZyNOS Firmware version and the date created ZyNOS is ZyXEL s Version proprietary Network Operating System design WAN Information DSL Mode This is the standard that your ZyXEL device is using IP Address This is the WAN port IP address IP Subnet Mask This is the WAN port IP subnet mask Default Gateway This is the IP address of the default gateway if applicable VPI VCI This is the Virtual Path Identifier and Virtual Channel Identifier that you entered in the wizard or WAN screen Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator 46 P 660HW D Series User s Guide
281. nd alert messages will not be sent via E mail Mail Subject Type a title that you want to be in the subject line of the log e mail message that the Chapter 18 Logs 230 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Table 91 Log Settings LABEL DESCRIPTION Send Log To The ZyXEL device sends logs to the e mail address specified in this field If this field is left blank the ZyXEL device does not send logs via e mail Send Alerts To Alerts are real time notifications that are sent as soon as an event such as a DoS attack system error or forbidden web access attempt occurs Enter the E mail address where the alert messages will be sent Alerts include system errors attacks and attempted access to blocked web sites If this field is left blank alert messages will not be sent via E mail Enable SMTP SMTP Simple Mail Transfer Protocol is the message exchange standard for the Authentication Internet SMTP enables you to move messages from one e mail server to another Select the check box to activate SMTP authentication If mail server authentication is needed but this feature is disabled you will not receive the e mail logs User Name Enter the user name up to 31 characters usually the user name of a mail account Password Enter the password associated with the user name above Log Schedule This drop down menu is used to configure the frequency of log messages being sent as E mail Daily e W
282. ndals on the Internet By default the ZyXEL device s stateful inspection allows all communications to the Internet that originate from the LAN and blocks all traffic to the LAN that originates from the Internet In summary stateful inspection Allows all sessions originating from the LAN local network to the WAN Internet Denies all sessions originating from the WAN to the LAN Figure 84 Stateful Inspection f Protected UserA initiates a Telnet session Pdl WAN LAN Retu rn traffic for reel a Teln session is permitted Chapter 9 Firewalls 148 P 660HW D Series User s Guide The previous figure shows the ZyXEL device s default firewall rules in action as well as demonstrates how stateful inspection works User A can initiate a Telnet session from within the LAN and responses to this request are allowed However other Telnet traffic initiated from the WAN is blocked 9 5 1 Stateful Inspection Process In this example the following sequence of events occurs when a TCP packet leaves the LAN network through the firewall s WAN interface The TCP packet is the first in a session and the packet s application layer protocol is configured for a firewall rule inspection 1 The packet travels from the firewall s LAN to the WAN 2 The packet is evaluated against the interface s existing outbound access list and the packet is permitted a denied packet would simply be dropped at this point 3 The packet is inspec
283. nection Setup screen and edit more details of your WAN setup 5 5 1 Configuring Advanced Internet Connection Setup To edit your ZyXEL device s advanced WAN settings click the Advanced Setup button in the Internet Connection screen The screen appears as shown Figure 40 Advanced Internet Connection Setup RIP amp Multicast Setup RIP Direction None 7 RIP Version jA z Multicast None ATM Qos ATM QoS Type CBR x Peak Cell Rate fo cell sec Sustain Cell Rate fo cell sec Maximum Burst Size fo cell Zero Configuration No PPPoE Passthrough No Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 21 Advanced Internet Connection Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION RIP amp Multicast Setup RIP Direction Select the RIP direction from None Both In Only and Out Only RIP Version Select the RIP version from RIP 1 RIP 2B and RIP 2M Multicast IGMP Internet Group Multicast Protocol is a network layer protocol used to establish membership in a multicast group The ZyXEL device supports both IGMP version 1 IGMP v1 and IGMP v2 Select None to disable it ATM QoS Chapter 5 WAN Setup 82 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Table 21 Advanced Internet Connection Setup continued LABEL DESCRIPTION ATM QoS Type Select CBR Continuous Bit Rate to specify fixed always on bandwidth for voice or data traffic Select UBR Unspecifi
284. net chat program IKE UDP 500 The Internet Key Exchange algorithm is used for key distribution and management IPSEC_TUNNEL AH 0 The IPSEC AH Authentication Header tunneling protocol uses this service IPSEC_TUNNEL ESP 0 The IPSEC ESP Encapsulation Security Protocol tunneling protocol uses this service IRC TCP UDP 6667 This is another popular Internet chat program MSN Messenger TCP 1863 Microsoft Networks messenger service uses this protocol MULTICAST IGMP 0 Internet Group Multicast Protocol is used when sending packets to a specific group of hosts NEW ICQ TCP 5190 An Internet chat program NEWS TCP 144 A protocol for news groups NFS UDP 2049 Network File System NFS is a client server distributed file service that provides transparent file sharing for network environments NNTP TCP 119 Network News Transport Protocol is the delivery mechanism for the USENET newsgroup service PING ICMP 0 Packet INternet Groper is a protocol that sends out ICMP echo requests to test whether or not a remote host is reachable POP3 TCP 110 Post Office Protocol version 3 lets a client computer get e mail from a POP3 server through a temporary connection TCP IP or other PPTP TCP 1723 Point to Point Tunneling Protocol enables secure transfer of data over public networks This is the control channel PPTP_TUNNEL GRE 0 Point to Point Tu
285. nfigure OTIST to generate a WPA PSK key this key changes each time you run OTIST Therefore if a new wireless client joins your wireless network you need to run OTIST on the AP and ALL wireless clients again 121 Chapter 7 Wireless LAN P 660HW D Series User s Guide 7 6 MAC Filter The MAC filter screen allows you to configure the ZyXEL device to give exclusive access to up to 32 devices Allow or exclude up to 32 devices from accessing the ZyXEL device Deny Every Ethernet device has a unique MAC Media Access Control address The MAC address is assigned at the factory and consists of six pairs of hexadecimal characters for example 00 A0 C5 00 00 02 You need to know the MAC address of the devices to configure this screen To change your ZyXEL device s MAC filter settings click Network gt Wireless LAN gt MAC Filter The screen appears as shown Figure 69 MAC Address Filter General OTIST MAC Filter MAC Filter Active MAC Filter Filter Action Allow C Deny a 0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Apply Cancel Chapter 7 Wireless LAN 122 P 660HW D Series User s Guide The following table describes the labels in this menu Table 39 MAC Address Filter LABEL DESCRIPTION Active MAC Select the check box to enable MAC address filtering Filter Filter Action Define the filter action for the list of MAC addresses in the MAC Address table Sel
286. nformation STEP 1 STEP2 ff General Information t the check box to apply bandwidth management to traffic going through the device Enter nount of bandwidth that you want to allocate M Active Services Setup lt Back Next gt exit The following fields describe the label in this screen Table 18 Bandwidth Management Wizard General Information LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Select the Active check box to have the ZyXEL device apply bandwidth MeL to traffic going out through the ZyXEL device s WAN LAN or WLAN Ja Services Setup to allocate bandwidth based on the service requirements Back Click Back to display the previous screen Next Click Next to proceed to the next screen Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving Chapter 4 Bandwidth Management Wizard 68 P 660HW D Series User s Guide 4 Use the second wizard screen to select the services that you want to apply bandwidth management and select the priorities that you want to apply to the services listed Figure 36 Bandwidth Management Wizard Configuration fl Service Configuration e bandwidth nthe appl use and ch kaj High C mid C Low C High mid C Low C High mid C Low Telnet C High C mid Low NetMeeting H 323 C High C Mid Low xl 71 VoIP SIP High C Mid C Low VoIP H 323 C High C Mid Low i a TFTP C High C Mid Low Use High Mid or Lo
287. nformation not available N U Database method failed due to timeout Appendix K Log Descriptions 304 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Table 132 Certificate Path Verification Failure Reason Codes continued CODE DESCRIPTION 26 Database method failed 27 Path was not verified 28 Maximum path length reached Table 133 802 1X Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Local User Database accepts user A user was authenticated by the local user database Local User Database reports user credential error A user was not authenticated by the local user database because of an incorrect user password Local User Database does not find user s credential A user was not authenticated by the local user database because the user is not listed in the local user database RADIUS accepts user A user was authenticated by the RADIUS Server RADIUS rejects user Pls check RADIUS Server A user was not authenticated by the RADIUS Server Please check the RADIUS Server Local User Database does not support authentication method The local user database only supports the EAP MD5 method A user tried to use another authentication method and was not authenticated User logout because of session timeout expired The router logged out a user whose session expired User logout because of user deassociation The router logged out a user who ended
288. ng FTP You can upload and download the ZyXEL device s firmware and configuration files using FTP please see the chapter on firmware and configuration file maintenance for details To use this feature your computer must have an FTP client To change your ZyXEL device s FTP settings click Advanced gt Remote MGMT gt FTP tab The screen appears as shown 203 Chapter 15 Remote Management Configuration P 660HW D Series User s Guide Figure 112 Remote Management FTP FTP FTP Port Access Status q Note Secured Client IP all C Selected 0 0 0 0 You may also need to create a Firewallrule E WAN N Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 82 Remote Management FTP LABEL DESCRIPTION Port You may change the server port number for a service if needed however you must use the same port number in order to use that service for remote management Access Status Select the interface s through which a computer may access the ZyXEL device using this service Secured Client IP A secured client is a trusted computer that is allowed to communicate with the ZyXEL device using this service Select All to allow any computer to access the ZyXEL device using this service Choose Selected to just allow the computer with the IP address that you specify to access the ZyXEL device using this service Apply C
289. ng and FTP all have higher priority so they get to use the bandwidth first You can only browse the web when VoIP NetMeeting and FTP do not use all 1000 Kbps of available bandwidth 13 8 Configuring Summary Click Advanced gt Bandwidth MGMT to open the screen as shown next Enable bandwidth management on an interface and set the maximum allowed bandwidth for that interface Figure 104 Bandwidth Management Summary Summary Summary BW Manager manages the bandwidth of traffic flowing out of router on the specific interface BW Manager can be switched on off independently for each interface Se eer LAN iv 100000 Priority Based M Yes WLAN iv 54000 Priority Based x Iv Yes WAN Iv 100000 Priority Based v Yes Apply Reset 189 Chapter 13 Bandwidth Management P 660HW D Series User s Guide The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 75 Media Bandwidth Management Summary LABEL DESCRIPTION Interface These read only labels represent the physical interfaces Select an interface s check box to enable bandwidth management on that interface Bandwidth management applies to all traffic flowing out of the router through the interface regardless of the traffic s source Traffic redirect or IP alias may cause LAN to LAN traffic to pass through the ZyXEL device and be managed by bandwidth management Active Select an interface s check box t
290. nneling Protocol enables secure transfer of data over public networks This is the data channel RCMD TCP 512 Remote Command Service REAL_AUDIO TCP 7070 A streaming audio service that enables real time sound over the web REXEC TCP 514 Remote Execution Daemon RLOGIN TCP 513 Remote Login RTELNET TCP 107 Remote Telnet RTSP TCP UDP 554 The Real Time Streaming media control Protocol RTSP is a remote control for multimedia on the Internet SFTP TCP 115 Simple File Transfer Protocol SMTP TCP 25 Simple Mail Transfer Protocol is the message exchange standard for the Internet SMTP enables you to move messages from one e mail server to another SNMP TCP UDP 161 Simple Network Management Program SNMP TRAPS TCP UDP 162 Traps for use with the SNMP RFC 1215 SQL NET TCP 1521 Structured Query Language is an interface to access data on many different types of database systems including mainframes midrange systems UNIX systems and network servers Chapter 7 Wireless LAN P 660HW D Series User s Guide Table 41 Commonly Used Services SERVICE DESCRIPTION SSH TCP UDP 22 Secure Shell Remote Login Program STRM WORKS UDP 1558 Stream Works Protocol SYSLOG UDP 514 Syslog allows you to send system logs to a UNIX server TACACS UDP 49 Login Host Protocol used for Terminal Access Controller Acces
291. not matter if it has the correct settings This type of security does not protect the information that is sent in the wireless network Furthermore there are ways for unauthorized devices to get the MAC address of an authorized wireless client Then they can use that MAC address to use the wireless network 1 Some wireless devices such as scanners can detect wireless networks but cannot use wireless networks These kinds of wireless devices might not have MAC addresses 2 Hexadecimal characters are 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E and F 107 Chapter 7 Wireless LAN P 660HW D Series User s Guide 7 2 3 User Authentication Authentication is the process of verifying whether a wireless device is allowed to use the wireless network You can make every user log in to the wireless network before they can use it This is called user authentication However every wireless client in the wireless network has to support IEEE 802 1x to do this For wireless networks there are two typical places to store the user names and passwords for each user n the AP this feature is called a local user database or a local database Ina RADIUS server this is a server used in businesses more than in homes If your AP does not provide a local user database and if you do not have a RADIUS server you cannot set up user names and passwords for your users Unauthorized devices can still see the information that 1s sent in the wir
292. ns not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate this equipment IMPORTANT NOTE FCC Radiation Exposure Statement This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance 20cm between the radiator amp your body 3 Federal Communications Commission FCC Interference Statement P 660HW D Series User s Guide This transmitter must not be co located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter ZyXEL Communications Corporation declared that ZyXEL device is limited in CH1 11 from 2400 to 2483 5 MHz by specified firmware controlled in USA Certifications 1 Go to www zyxel com 2 Select your product from the drop down list box on the ZyXEL home page to go to that product s page 3 Select the certification you wish to view from this page Federal Communications Commission FCC Interference Statement 4 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Safety Warnings For your safety be sure to read and follow all warning notices and instructions To reduce the risk of fire use only No 26 AWG American Wire Gauge or larger telecommunication line cord Do NOT open the device or unit Opening or removing covers can expose you to dangerous high voltage points or other risks ONLY qualified service personnel can service the device Plea
293. ny or the provider of the microfilter Figure 175 Connecting a Microfilter Wall Jack Microfilter Wall Side Phone Side You can also use a Y Connector with a microfilter in order to connect both your modem and a telephone to the same wall jack without using a POTS splitter 1 Connect a phone cable from the wall jack to the single jack end of the Y Connector 2 Connect a cable from the double jack end of the Y Connector to the wall side of the microfilter 3 Connect another cable from the double jack end of the Y Connector to the ZyXEL device 4 Connect the phone side of the microfilter to your telephone as shown in the following figure Figure 176 Connecting a Microfilter and Y Connector Y Connector Wall Jack Wall Side Phone Side 291 Appendix J Splitters and Microfilters P 660HW D Series User s Guide ZyXEL device With ISDN This section relates to people who use their ZyXEL device with ADSL over ISDN digital telephone service only The following is an example installation for the ZyXEL device with ISDN Figure 177 ZyXEL device with ISDN T Ethernet Splitter 10 100BaseT o ADSL Appendix J Splitters and Microfilters 292 P 660HW D Series User s Guide 293 Appendix J Splitters and Microfilters P 660HW D Series User s Guide APPENDIX K Log Descriptions This appendix provides descriptions of example log messages Table 118 System M
294. nyone could use Play UPnP Feature a UPnP application to open the web configurator s login screen without entering the ZyXEL device s IP address although you must still enter the password to access the web configurator Allow users to make Select this check box to allow UPnP enabled applications to configuration changes automatically configure the ZyXEL device so that they can communicate through UPnP through the ZyXEL device for example by using NAT traversal UPnP applications automatically reserve a NAT forwarding port in order to communicate with another UPnP enabled device this eliminates the need to manually configure port forwarding for the UPnP enabled application Allow UPnP to pass through Select this check box to allow traffic from UPnP enabled applications to Firewall bypass the firewall Clear this check box to have the firewall block all UPnP application packets for example MSN packets Apply Click Apply to save the setting to the ZyXEL device Cancel Click Cancel to return to the previously saved settings 16 3 Installing UPnP in Windows Example This section shows how to install UPnP in Windows Me and Windows XP 16 3 1 Installing UPnP in Windows Me Follow the steps below to install the UPnP in Windows Me 1 Click Start and Control Panel Double click Add Remove Programs 2 Click on the Windows Setup tab and select Communication in the Components selection box Click Details
295. o which this firewall rule applies Please note that a blank source or destination address is equivalent to Any Service This drop down list box displays the services to which this firewall rule applies See Section 10 8 on page 168 for more information 159 Chapter 10 Firewall Configuration P 660HW D Series User s Guide Table 57 Firewall Rules continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Action This field displays whether the firewall silently discards packets Drop discards packets and sends a TCP reset packet or an ICMP destination unreachable message to the sender Reject or allows the passage of packets Permit Schedule This field tells you whether a schedule is specified Yes or not No Log This field shows you whether a log is created when packets match this rule Yes or not No Modify Click the Edit icon to go to the screen where you can edit the rule Click the Remove icon to delete an existing firewall rule A window displays asking you to confirm that you want to delete the firewall rule Note that subsequent firewall rules move up by one when you take this action Order Click the Move icon to display the Move the rule to field Type a number in the Move the rule to field and click the Move button to move the rule to the number that you typed The ordering of your rules is important as they are applied in order of their numbering Apply Click Apply to
296. o enable bandwidth management on that interface Speed kbps Enter the amount of bandwidth for this interface that you want to allocate using bandwidth management The recommendation is to set this speed to match the interface s actual transmission speed For example set the WAN interface speed to 1000 kbps if your Internet connection has an upstream transmission speed of 1 Mbps You can set this number higher than the interface s actual transmission speed This may stop lower priority traffic from being sent if higher priority traffic uses all of the actual bandwidth You can also set this number lower than the interface s actual transmission speed If you do not enable Max Bandwidth Usage this will cause the ZyXEL device to not use some of the interface s available bandwidth Scheduler Select either Priority Based or Fairness Based from the drop down menu to control the traffic flow Select Priority Based to give preference to bandwidth classes with higher priorities Select Fairness Based to treat all bandwidth classes equally Max Select this check box to have the ZyXEL device divide up all of the interface s Bandwidth unallocated and or unused bandwidth among the bandwidth classes that require Usage bandwidth Do not select this if you want to reserve bandwidth for traffic that does not match a bandwidth class or you want to limit the speed of this interface see the Speed field description Apply Cli
297. o which you can apply media bandwidth management using the wizard screens Table 17 Media Bandwidth Management Setup Services SERVICE DESCRIPTION Xbox Live This is Microsoft s online gaming service that lets you play multiplayer Xbox games on the Internet via broadband technology Xbox Live uses port 3074 VoIP SIP Sending voice signals over the Internet is called Voice over IP or VoIP Session Initiated Protocol SIP is an internationally recognized standard for implementing VoIP SIP is an application layer control signaling protocol that handles the setting up altering and tearing down of voice and multimedia sessions over the Internet SIP is transported primarily over UDP but can also be transported over TCP using the default port number 5060 FTP File Transfer Program enables fast transfer of files including large files that may not be possible by e mail FTP uses port number 21 E Mail Electronic mail consists of messages sent through a computer network to specific groups or individuals Here are some default ports for e mail POP3 port 110 IMAP port 143 SMTP port 25 HTTP port 80 Chapter 4 Bandwidth Management Wizard 66 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Table 17 Media Bandwidth Management Setup Services continued SERVICE DESCRIPTION eMule These programs use advanced file sharing applications relying on central servers to search for files They use default port
298. odate new connection attempts 100 half open sessions per minute The above numbers cause the ZyXEL device to start deleting half open sessions when more than 100 session establishment attempts have been detected in the last minute and to stop deleting half open sessions when fewer than 80 session establishment attempts have been detected in the last minute 173 Chapter 10 Firewall Configuration P 660HW D Series User s Guide Table 63 Firewall Threshold continued LABEL DESCRIPTION DEFAULT VALUES Maximum Incomplete Low This is the number of existing half open sessions that causes the firewall to stop deleting half open sessions The ZyXEL device continues to delete half open requests as necessary until the number of existing half open sessions drops below this number 80 existing half open sessions Maximum Incomplete High This is the number of existing half open sessions that causes the firewall to start deleting half open sessions When the number of existing half open sessions rises above this number the ZyXEL device deletes half open sessions as required to accommodate new connection requests Do not set Maximum Incomplete High to lower than the current Maximum Incomplete Low number 100 existing half open sessions The above values causes the ZyXEL device to start deleting half open sessions when the number of existing half open sessions rises above 100 and to stop d
299. of the hour for minute 0 59 the firewall log to be sent via e mail if the ZyXEL device is set to send it on a hourly daily or weekly basis Attack config edit firewall attack This command enables or disables the send alert yes no immediate sending of DOS attack notification e mail messages config edit firewall attack Set this command to yes to block new traffic block yes no after the tcp max incomplete threshold is exceeded Set it to no to delete the oldest half open session when traffic exceeds the tcp max incomplete threshold config edit firewall attack This command sets the number of minutes for block minute 0 255 new sessions to be blocked when the tcp max incomplete threshold is reached This command is only valid when block is set to yes 281 Appendix G Firewall Commands P 660HW D Series User s Guide Table 116 Firewall Commands continued gt name lt desired name gt FUNCTION COMMAND DESCRIPTION config edit firewall attack This command sets the threshold rate of new minute high lt 0 255 gt half open sessions per minute where the ZyXEL device starts deleting old half opened sessions until it gets them down to the minute low threshold config edit firewall attack This command sets the threshold of half open minute low 0 255 sessions where the ZyXEL device stops deleting half opened sessions config edit firewall attack This command sets
300. om specific Web sites by adding the site to the list below Address of W eb site to allow http 4 192 168 1 1 Allowed sites Notifications and Filter Level Play a sound when a pop up is blocked Show Information Bar when a pop up is blocked Filter Level Medium Block most automatic pop ups Pop up Blocker FAQ 5 Click Close to return to the Privacy screen 6 Click Apply to save this setting JavaScripts If pages of the web configurator do not display properly in Internet Explorer check that JavaScripts are allowed 1 In Internet Explorer click Tools Internet Options and then the Security tab Appendix M Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions P 660HW D Series User s Guide Figure 190 Internet Options Internet options zx General Security Privacy Content Connections Programs Advanced Select a Web content zone to specify its security settings e amp oe Internet Local intranet Trusted sites Restricted sites Internet 4 This zone contains all Web sites you haven t placed in other zones r Security level for this zone Move the slider to set the security level for this zone E Medium Safe browsing and still functional E Prompts before downloading potentially unsafe content Unsigned ActiveX controls will not be downloaded Appropriate for most Internet sites 4 Custom Level D Default Level OK Cancel Apply 2 Click t
301. on and the date created Version File Path Type in the location of the file you want to upload in this field or click Browse to find it Chapter 19 Tools 234 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Table 92 Firmware Upgrade continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Browse Click Browse to find the bin file you want to upload Remember that you must decompress compressed zip files before you can upload them Upload Click Upload to begin the upload process This process may take up to two minutes Note Do NOT turn off the ZyXEL device while firmware upload is in progress After you see the Firmware Upload in Progress screen wait two minutes before logging into the ZyXEL device again Figure 138 Firmware Upload In Progress Firmware Upload In Progress Do not Turn Off the Device Please Wait Please wait for the device to finish restarting PWR LED is on steady This should take about two minutes The ZyXEL device automatically restarts in this time causing a temporary network disconnect In some operating systems you may see the following icon on your desktop Figure 139 Network Temporarily Disconnected D Local Area Connection Network cable unplugged After two minutes log in again and check your new firmware version in the Status screen If the upload was not successful the following screen will appear Click Return to go back to the Firmware screen
302. onfig display firewall e mail This command shows all of the e mail settings config display firewall This command shows all of the available firewall sub commands Edit Appendix G Firewall Commands 280 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Table 116 Firewall Commands continued FUNCTION COMMAND DESCRIPTION E mail config edit firewall e mail This command sets the IP address to which mail server lt ip address of the e mail messages are sent mail server gt config edit firewall e mail This command sets the source e mail address return addr e mail address gt of the firewall e mails config edit firewall e mail This command sets the e mail address to email to e mail address which the firewall e mails are sent config edit firewall e mail This command sets how frequently the firewall policy full hourly daily logis sent via e mail weekly config edit firewall e mail This command sets the day on which the day sunday monday tuesday current firewall log is sent through e mail if the wednesday thursday friday ZYXEL device is set to send it on a weekly saturday basis config edit firewall e mail This command sets the hour when the firewall hour 0 23 log is sent through e mail if the ZyXEL device is set to send it on an hourly daily or weekly basis config edit firewall e mail This command sets the minute
303. or allows you to choose which categories of events and or alerts to have the ZyXEL device log and then display the logs or have the ZyXEL device send them to an administrator as e mail or to a syslog server 18 1 1 Alerts and Logs An alert is a type of log that warrants more serious attention They include system errors attacks access control and attempted access to blocked web sites Some categories such as System Errors consist of both logs and alerts You may differentiate them by their color in the View Log screen Alerts display in red and logs display in black 18 2 Viewing the Logs Click Maintenance gt Logs to open the View Log screen Use the View Log screen to see the logs for the categories that you selected in the Log Settings screen see Section 18 3 on page 229 Log entries in red indicate alerts The log wraps around and deletes the old entries after it fills Click a column heading to sort the entries A triangle indicates ascending or descending sort order Chapter 18 Logs 228 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Figure 134 View Log View Logs Display At Logs 7 Email Log Now Refresh Clear Log p ee WEB Login Successfully User admin 2 piod none UDP 192 168 1 1 53 192 168 1 34 1197 ac EL 3 spre none UDP 192 168 1 1 53 192 168 1 34 1196 Pare 4 EA none UDP 192 168 1 1 53 192 168 1 34 1195 NA UN e WEB Login Successfully User user The following table describes the fields
304. or transmitting bulk information Consider the FTP protocol A user on the LAN opens a control connection to a server on the Internet and requests a file At this point the remote server will open a data connection from the Internet For FTP to work properly this connection must be allowed to pass through even though a connection from the Internet would normally be rejected In order to achieve this the ZyXEL device inspects the application level FTP data Specifically it searches for outgoing PORT commands and when it sees these it adds a cache entry for the anticipated data connection This can be done safely since the PORT command contains address and port information which can be used to uniquely identify the connection Any protocol that operates in this way must be supported on a case by case basis You can use the web configurator s Custom Ports feature to do this 9 6 Guidelines for Enhancing Security with Your Firewall Change the default password via CLI Command Line Interpreter or web configurator Limit who can telnet into your router Don t enable any local service such as SNMP or NTP that you don t use Any enabled service could present a potential security risk A determined hacker might be able to find creative ways to misuse the enabled services to access the firewall or the network For local services that are enabled protect against misuse Protect by configuring the services to communicate only with
305. ore Connections Advanced Setup RIP amp Multicast Setup RIP Direction None z RIP Version WA z Multicast IGMP v2 ATM Qos ATM QoS Type CBR v Peak Cell Rate fo cell sec Sustain Cell Rate o cell sec Maximum Burst Size o cell Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 24 More Connections Advanced Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION RIP amp Multicast Setup RIP Direction Select the RIP direction from None Both In Only and Out Only RIP Version Select the RIP version from RIP 1 RIP 2B and RIP 2M Multicast IGMP Internet Group Multicast Protocol is a network layer protocol used to establish membership in a multicast group The ZyXEL device supports both IGMP version 1 IGMP v1 and IGMP v2 Select None to disable it ATM QoS ATM QoS Type Select CBR Continuous Bit Rate to specify fixed always on bandwidth for voice or data traffic Select UBR Unspecified Bit Rate for applications that are non time sensitive such as e mail Select VBR nRT Variable Bit Rate non Real Time or VBR RT Variable Bit Rate Real Time for bursty traffic and bandwidth sharing with other applications 87 Chapter 5 WAN Setup P 660HW D Series User s Guide Table 24 More Connections Advanced Setup continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Peak Cell Rate Divide the DSL line rate bps by 424 the size of an ATM cell to find the Peak Cell Rate PCR
306. ote that subsequent rules move up by one when you take this action Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL device Cancel Click Cancel to return to the previous configuration 8 5 1 Port Forwarding Rule Edit To edit a port forwarding rule click the rule s edit icon in the Port Forwarding screen to display the screen shown next Figure 77 Port Forwarding Rule Setup Rule Setup M Active Service Name Start Port End Port Server IP Address WW Wy feo eo 10 10 1 2 Back Apply Cancel Chapter 8 Network Address Translation NAT Screens P 660HW D Series User s Guide The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 49 Port Forwarding Rule Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Click this check box to enable the rule Service Name Enter a name to identify this port forwarding rule Start Port Enter a port number in this field To forward only one port enter the port number again in the End Port field To forward a series of ports enter the start port number here and the end port number in the End Port field End Port Enter a port number in this field To forward only one port enter the port number again in the Start Port field above and then enter it again in this field To forward a series of ports enter the last port number in a series that begins with the port number in the Start Port field above
307. oth notations Table 105 Alternative Subnet Mask Notation SUBNET MASK SUBNET MASK 1 BITS LAST OCTET BIT VALUE 255 255 255 0 124 0000 0000 255 255 255 128 125 1000 0000 255 255 255 192 126 1100 0000 255 255 255 224 127 1110 0000 255 255 255 240 28 1111 0000 255 255 255 248 129 1111 1000 255 255 255 252 30 1111 1100 The first mask shown is the class C natural mask Normally if no mask is specified it is understood that the natural mask is being used Example Two Subnets As an example you have a class C address 192 168 1 0 with subnet mask of 255 255 255 0 Table 106 Two Subnets Example IP SUBNET MASK NETWORK NUMBER HOST ID IP Address 192 168 1 0 IP Address Binary 11000000 10101000 00000001 00000000 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Subnet Mask Binary 11111111 11111111 11111111 00000000 The first three octets of the address make up the network number class C You want to have two separate networks Divide the network 192 168 1 0 into two separate subnets by converting one of the host ID bits of the IP address to a network number bit The borrowed host ID bit can be either 0 or 1 thus giving two subnets 192 168 1 0 with mask 255 255 255 128 and 192 168 1 128 with mask 255 255 255 128 Note In the following charts shaded bolded last octet bit values indicate host ID bits borrowed to form network ID bits The number of bo
308. oup The listed rule s IKE phase 1 key group did not match mismatch between the router and the peer Rule d Phase 2 protocol The listed rule s IKE phase 2 protocol did not match between mismatch the router and the peer Rule d Phase 2 encryption The listed rule s IKE phase 2 encryption algorithm did not algorithm mismatch match between the router and the peer Rule d Phase 2 The listed rule s IKE phase 2 authentication algorithm did not authentication algorithm match between the router and the peer mismatch Rule d Phase 2 The listed rule s IKE phase 2 encapsulation did not match encapsulation mismatch between the router and the peer Rule d Phase 2 pfs The listed rule s IKE phase 2 perfect forward secret pfs mismatch setting did not match between the router and the peer Rule d Phase 1 ID mismatch The listed rule s IKE phase 1 ID did not match between the router and the peer Rule d Phase 1 hash The listed rule s IKE phase 1 hash did not match between the mismatch router and the peer Rule d Phase 1 preshared The listed rule s IKE phase 1 pre shared key did not match between the router and the peer not found Rule d Tunnel built The listed rule s IPSec tunnel has been built successfully successfully Rule d Peer s public key The listed rule s IKE phase 1 peer s public key was not found Rule d signature Verify peer s failed The listed rule s IKE phase verification of the pe
309. p to 20 alphanumeric characters including spaces BW Budget Specify the maximum bandwidth allowed for the rule in kbps The recommendation is a setting between 20 kbps and 20000 kbps for an individual rule Priority Select a priority from the drop down list box Choose High Mid or Low Use All Managed Select this option to allow a rule to borrow unused bandwidth on the interface Bandwidth Bandwidth borrowing is governed by the priority of the rules That is a rule with the highest priority is the first to borrow bandwidth Do not select this if you want to leave bandwidth available for other traffic types or if you want to restrict the amount of bandwidth that can be used for the traffic that matches this rule Filter Configuration Service This field simplifies bandwidth class configuration by allowing you to select a predefined application When you select a predefined application you do not configure the rest of the bandwidth filter fields other than enabling or disabling the filter SIP Session Initiation Protocol is a signaling protocol used in Internet telephony instant messaging and other VoIP Voice over IP applications Select SIP from the drop down list box to configure this bandwidth filter for traffic that uses SIP File Transfer Protocol FTP is an Internet file transfer service that operates on the Internet and over TCP IP networks A system running the FTP server accepts commands from a system running an FTP
310. packets from initiating dial backup calls This command blocks LAN to WAN and WAN to LAN NetBIOS packets This command blocks IPSec NetBIOS packets This command stops NetBIOS commands from initiating calls 287 Appendix H NetBIOS Filter Commands P 660HW D Series User s Guide APPENDIX PPPoE PPPoE in Action An ADSL modem bridges a PPP session over Ethernet PPP over Ethernet RFC 2516 from your computer to an ATM PVC Permanent Virtual Circuit which connects to a DSL Access Concentrator where the PPP session terminates see Figure 172 on page 289 One PVC can support any number of PPP sessions from your LAN PPPoE provides access control and billing functionality in a manner similar to dial up services using PPP Benefits of PPPoE PPPoE offers the following benefits It provides you with a familiar dial up networking DUN user interface It lessens the burden on the carriers of provisioning virtual circuits all the way to the ISP on multiple switches for thousands of users For GSTN PSTN and ISDN the switching fabric is already in place It allows the ISP to use the existing dial up model to authenticate and optionally to provide differentiated services Traditional Dial up Scenario The following diagram depicts a typical hardware configuration where the computers use traditional dial up networking Appendix PPPoE 288 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Figure 172 Single Computer per
311. plays the computer host name IP Address This field displays the IP address relative to the field listed above MAC Address The MAC Media Access Control or Ethernet address on a LAN Local Area Network is unique to your computer six pairs of hexadecimal notation A network interface card such as an Ethernet adapter has a hardwired address that is assigned at the factory This address follows an industry standard that ensures no other adapter has a similar address Reserve Select the check box es in each entry to have the ZyXEL device always assign the selected entry ies s IP address es to the corresponding MAC address es and host name s You can select up to 32 entries in this table Modify Click the modify icon to have the IP address field editable and change it Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh Refresh Click Refresh to reload the DHCP table 6 6 LAN IP Alias IP alias allows you to partition a physical network into different logical networks over the same Ethernet interface The ZyXEL device supports three logical LAN interfaces via its single physical Ethernet interface with the ZyXEL device itself as the gateway for each LAN network When you use IP alias you can also configure firewall rules to control access between the LAN s logical networks subnets Note Make sure that the subnets of the logical networks do not overl
312. r Screens Summary continued LINK ICON SUB LINK FUNCTION Remote MGMT WWW Use this screen to configure through which interface s and from which IP address es users can use HTTPS or HTTP to manage the ZyXEL device Telnet Use this screen to configure through which interface s and from which IP address es users can use Telnet to manage the ZyXEL device FTP Use this screen to configure through which interface s and from which IP address es users can use FTP to access the ZyXEL device SNMP Use this screen to configure your ZyXEL device s settings for Simple Network Management Protocol management DNS Use this screen to configure through which interface s and from which IP address es users can send DNS queries to the ZyXEL device ICMP Use this screen to change your anti probing settings UPnP Use this screen to enable UPnP on the ZyXEL device Maintenance System General This screen contains administrative and system related information and also allows you to change your password Time Setting Use this screen to change your ZyXEL device s time and date Logs View Log Use this screen to view the logs for the categories that you selected Log Settings Use this screen to change your ZyXEL device s log settings Tools Firmware Use this screen to upload firmware to your ZyXEL device Configuration Use this screen to backup and restore the configuration or reset the factory defa
313. rd Setup for Internet Access P 660HW D Series User s Guide The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 16 Manually assign a WEP key LABEL DESCRIPTION Key The WEP keys are used to encrypt data Both the ZyXEL device and the wireless stations must use the same WEP key for data transmission Enter any 5 13 or 29 ASCII characters or 10 26 or 58 hexadecimal characters 0 9 A F for a 64 bit 128 bit or 256 bit WEP key respectively Back Click Back to display the previous screen Next Click Next to proceed to the next screen Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving 5 Click Apply to save your wireless LAN settings Figure 31 Wireless LAN Setup 3 fi Wireless LAN Please Click the Apply Button to Save the Wireless LAN settings Note If you are currently using a Wireless PC card to access this router AND you made changes to the SSID then you will need to make the same changes to your Wireless PC card AFTER you click the Apply Button Once the changes have been made to the Wireless PC card you will be able to connect back to the router and continue the configuration process Le aee ex 6 Use the read only summary table to check whether what you have configured is correct Click Finish to complete and save the wizard setup Chapter 3 Wizard Setup for Internet Access 64 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Figure 32 Internet Access and WLA
314. reen Table 65 Content Filter Schedule LABEL DESCRIPTION Schedule Select Active Everyday to Block to make the content filtering active everyday Otherwise select Edit Daily to Block and configure which days of the week or everyday and which time of the day you want the content filtering to be active Active Select the check box to have the content filtering to be active on the selected day Start Time Enter the start time when you want the content filtering to take effect in hour minute format End Time Enter the end time when you want the content filtering to stop in hour minute format Apply Click Apply to save your changes Cancel Click Cancel to return to the previously saved settings 11 4 Configuring Trusted Computers To exclude a range of users on the LAN from content filtering on your ZyXEL device click Security gt Content Filter gt Trusted The screen appears as shown Figure 99 Content Filter Trusted From To Trusted User IP Range IP address IP address Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 66 Content Filter Trusted LABEL DESCRIPTION Trusted User IP Range From Type the IP address of a computer or the beginning IP address of a specific range of computers on the LAN that you want to exclude from content filtering To Type the ending IP address of a specific range
315. reless clients Device A only supports WEP and device B supports WEP and WPA Therefore you should set up Static WEP in the wireless network Note It is recommended that wireless networks use WPA PSK WPA or stronger encryption IEEE 802 1x and WEP encryption are better than none at all but it is still possible for unauthorized devices to figure out the original information pretty quickly It is not possible to use WPA PSK WPA or stronger encryption with a local user database In this case it is better to set up stronger encryption with no authentication than to set up weaker encryption with the local user database When you select WPA2 or WPA2 PSK in your ZyXEL device you can also select an option WPA compatible to support WPA as well In this case if some wireless clients support WPA and some support WPA2 you should set up WPA2 PSK or WPA2 depending on the type of wireless network login and select the WPA compatible option in the ZyXEL device Many types of encryption use a key to protect the information in the wireless network The longer the key the stronger the encryption Every wireless client in the wireless network must have the same key 7 2 5 One Touch Intelligent Security Technology OTIST With ZyXEL s OTIST you set up the SSID and WPA PSK on the ZyXEL device Then the ZyXEL device transfers them to the devices in the wireless networks As a result you do not have to set up the SSID and encryption on every device
316. ress 0 0 0 0 Add FE E T E STE 1 Iv 80 WWW 80 172 23 15 23 g Apply Cancel Chapter 8 Network Address Translation NAT Screens 136 P 660HW D Series User s Guide The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 48 NAT Port Forwarding LABEL DESCRIPTION Default Server Setup Default Server In addition to the servers for specified services NAT supports a default server A default server receives packets from ports that are not specified in this screen If you do not assign a Default Server IP address the ZyXEL device discards all packets received for ports that are not specified here or in the remote management setup Port Forwarding Service Name Select a service from the drop down list box Server IP Address Enter the IP address of the server for the specified service Add Click this button to add a rule to the table below This is the rule index number read only Active Click this check box to enable the rule Service Name This is a service s name Start Port This is the first port number that identifies a service End Port This is the last port number that identifies a service Server IP Address This is the server s IP address Modify Click the edit icon to go to the screen where you can edit the port forwarding rule Click the delete icon to delete an existing port forwarding rule N
317. ries User s Guide The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 58 Firewall Edit Rule LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Select this option to enable this firewall rule Action for Matched Packet Use the drop down list box to select what the firewall is to do with packets that match this rule Select Drop to silently discard the packets without sending a TCP reset packet or an ICMP destination unreachable message to the sender Select Reject to deny the packets and send a TCP reset packet for a TCP packet or an ICMP destination unreachable message for a UDP packet to the sender Select Permit to allow the passage of the packets Source Destination Address Address Type Do you want your rule to apply to packets with a particular single IP a range of IP addresses e g 192 168 1 10 to 192 169 1 50 a subnet or any IP address Select an option from the drop down list box that includes Single Address Range Address Subnet Address and Any Address Start IP Address Enter the single IP address or the starting IP address in a range here End IP Address Enter the ending IP address in a range here Subnet Mask Enter the subnet mask here if applicable Add Click Add gt gt to add a new address to the Source or Destination Address box You can add multiple addresses ranges of addresses and or subnets Edit To edit an existing source or destination addre
318. rmediary network but will also congest the network of the spoofed source IP address known as the victim network This flood of broadcast traffic consumes all available bandwidth making communications impossible Chapter 9 Firewalls 146 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Figure 83 Smurf Attack Ping Responses Attacker broadcasts ping Every host on the packets with a spoofed source intermediary network address to every host on responds by sending the intermediary network responses to every host on the victim network 9 4 2 1 ICMP Vulnerability ICMP is an error reporting protocol that works in concert with IP The following ICMP types trigger an alert Table 53 ICMP Commands That Trigger Alerts 5 REDIRECT 13 TIMESTAMP_REQUEST 14 TIMESTAMP_REPLY 17 ADDRESS_MASK_REQUEST 18 ADDRESS_MASK_REPLY 9 4 2 2 Illegal Commands NetBIOS and SMTP The only legal NetBIOS commands are the following all others are illegal Table 54 Legal NetBIOS Commands MESSAGE REQUEST POSITIVE VE RETARGET KEEPALIVE All SMTP commands are illegal except for those displayed in the following tables Table 55 Legal SMTP Commands AUTH DATA EHLO ETRN EXPN HELO HELP MAIL NOOP QUIT RCPT RSET SAML SEND SOML TURN VRFY 147 Chapter 9 Firewalls P 660HW D Series User s Guide 9 4 2 3 Traceroute Traceroute is a utility u
319. rotocol stage is starting ppp IPCP Opening The PPP connection s Internet Protocol Control Protocol stage is opening 297 Appendix K Log Descriptions P 660HW D Series User s Guide Table 125 PPP Logs continued LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION ppp LCP Closing The PPP connection s Link Control Protocol stage is closing ppp IPCP Closing The PPP connection s Internet Protocol Control Protocol stage is closing Table 126 UPnP Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION UPnP pass through Firewall UPnP packets can pass through the firewall Table 127 Content Filtering Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION s Keyword blocking The content of a requested web page matched a user defined keyword 9 s Not in trusted web list The web site is not in a trusted domain and the router blocks all traffic except trusted domain sites s Forbidden Web site The web site is in the forbidden web site list s Contains ActiveX The web site contains ActiveX s Contains Java The web site contains a Java applet applet s Contains cookie The web site contains a cookie s Proxy mode The router detected proxy mode in the packet detected s The content filter server responded that the web site is in the blocked category list but it did not return the category type s s The content filter server responded that the web site is in the blocked
320. router to exchange routing information with other routers The RIP Direction field controls the sending and receiving of RIP packets When set to Both the ZyXEL device will broadcast its routing table periodically and incorporate the RIP information that it receives In Only the ZyXEL device will not send any RIP packets but will accept all RIP packets received Out Only the ZyXEL device will send out RIP packets but will not accept any RIP packets received None the ZyXEL device will not send any RIP packets and will ignore any RIP packets received The Version field controls the format and the broadcasting method of the RIP packets that the ZyXEL device sends it recognizes both formats when receiving RIP 1 is universally supported but RIP 2 carries more information RIP 1 is probably adequate for most networks unless you have an unusual network topology Both RIP 2B and RIP 2M sends the routing data in RIP 2 format the difference being that RIP 2B uses subnet broadcasting while RIP 2M uses multicasting 95 Chapter 6 LAN Setup P 660HW D Series User s Guide 6 2 3 Multicast Traditionally IP packets are transmitted in one of either two ways Unicast 1 sender 1 recipient or Broadcast 1 sender everybody on the network Multicast delivers IP packets to a group of hosts on the network not everybody and not just 1 IGMP Internet Group Multicast Protocol is a network layer protocol used to estab
321. rrowed host ID bits determines the number of subnets you can have The remaining number of host ID bits after borrowing determines the number of hosts you can have on each subnet Appendix E IP Subnetting 272 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Table 107 Subnet 1 IP SUBNET MASK NETWORK NUMBER eine EIL IP Address 192 168 1 0 IP Address Binary 11000000 10101000 00000001 00000000 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 128 Subnet Mask Binary 11111111 11111111 11111111 10000000 Subnet Address 192 168 1 0 Lowest Host ID 192 168 1 1 Broadcast Address Highest Host ID 192 168 1 126 192 168 1 127 Table 108 Subnet 2 IP SUBNET MASK NETWORK NUMBER LAST OCTET BIT VALUE IP Address 192 168 1 128 IP Address Binary 11000000 10101000 00000001 10000000 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 128 Subnet Mask Binary 11111111 11111111 11111111 10000000 Subnet Address Lowest Host ID 192 168 1 129 192 168 1 128 Broadcast Address Highest Host ID 192 168 1 254 192 168 1 255 The remaining 7 bits determine the number of hosts each subnet can have Host IDs of all Zeros represent the subnet itself and host IDs of all ones are the broadcast address for that subnet so the actual number of hosts available on each subnet in the example above is 27 2 or 126 hosts for each subnet 192 168 1 0 with mask 255 255 255 128 is the subnet itself and 192 168 1 127 with mask 255 255 255 128 i
322. s Control System TELNET TCP 23 Telnet is the login and terminal emulation protocol common on the Internet and in UNIX environments It operates over TCP IP networks Its primary function is to allow users to log into remote host systems TFTP UDP 69 Trivial File Transfer Protocol is an Internet file transfer protocol similar to FTP but uses the UDP User Datagram Protocol rather than TCP Transmission Control Protocol VDOLIVE TCP 7000 Another videoconferencing solution 7 8 QoS Screen The QoS screen by default allows you to automatically give a service a priority level according to the ToS value in the IP header of the packets it sends 7 8 1 ToS Type of Service and WMM QoS ToS defines the DS Differentiated Service field in the IP packet header The ToS value of outgoing packets is between 0 and 255 0 is the lowest priority WMM QoS checks the ToS in the header of transmitted data packets It gives the application a priority according to this number If the ToS is not specified then transmitted data is treated as normal or best effort traffic Click Network gt Wireless LAN gt QoS The following screen displays Chapter 7 Wireless LAN 126 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Figure 70 Wireless LAN QoS Qos Qos V Enable WMM QoS WMM QoS Policy OO Ww OU RON p Name Service Dest Port Priority Modify Application Priority
323. s Security Levels L1ssse ue rae ntaa anke tran ak enhn nk na pad ERA Rd 315 Table 140 Comparison of EAP Authentication Types eeseeeeeeeeennee nnns 318 Table 141 Wireless Security Relational Matrix eene nnne 322 29 List of Tables P 660HW D Series User s Guide Preface Congratulations on your purchase of the P 660HW D series 802 11g Wireless ADSL 2 4 port Gateway P 660HW comes with built in IEEE 802 11g wireless capability allowing wireless connectivity P 660HW D has a 4 port switch that allows you to connect up to 4 computers to the P 660HW D without purchasing a switch hub Note Register your product online to receive e mail notices of firmware upgrades and information at www zyxel com for global products or at www us zyxel com for North American products About This User s Guide This manual is designed to guide you through the configuration of your P 660HW D for its various applications The web configurator parts of this guide contain background information on features configurable by web configurator Note Use the web configurator or command interpreter interface to configure your P 660HW D Not all features can be configured through all interfaces Syntax Conventions Enter means for you to type one or more characters Select or Choose means for you to use one predefined choice Mouse action sequences are denoted using a right angle bracket gt For ex
324. s User s Guide The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 6 Status WLAN Status LABEL DESCRIPTION This is the index number of an associated wireless station MAC Address _ This field displays the MAC Media Access Control address of an associated wireless station eos This field displays the time a wireless station first associated with the ZyXEL device me Refresh Click Refresh to reload this screen 2 4 5 Status Bandwidth Status Click the Bandwidth Status hyperlink in the Status screen Select an interface from the drop down list box to view the bandwidth usage of its bandwidth rules The gray section of the bar represents the percentage of unused bandwidth and the blue color represents the percentage of bandwidth in use Figure 11 Status Bandwidth Status Monitor LAN To LAN Interface s I NetMeeting H 323 D 0 kbps VoIP H 323 0 kbps 2 4 6 Status Packet Statistics Click the Packet Statistics hyperlink in the Status screen Read only information here includes port status and packet specific statistics Also provided are system up time and poll interval s The Poll Interval s field is configurable 49 Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator P 660HW D Series User s Guide Figure 12 Status Packet Statistics System Monitor System up Time 1 06 57 Current Date Time 01 01 2000 01 15 30 CPU Usage 0 29
325. s in a network Both the wireless clients and the access points must use the same WEP key Your ZyXEL device allows you to configure up to four 64 bit 128 bit or 256 bit WEP keys but only one key can be enabled at any one time In order to configure and enable WEP encryption click Network gt Wireless LAN to display the General screen Select Static WEP from the Security Mode list Figure 58 Wireless Static WEP Encryption Wireless Setup IV Active Wireless LAN Network Name SSID ZyXEL Hide SSID Channel Selection Channel 06 2437MHz 7 Security Security Mode Static WEP Passphrase fvoluyvclc Generate WEP Key 292325f9e4 q Note The different WEP key lengths configure different strength security 40 64 bit 128 bit or 256 bit respectively Your wireless client must match the security strength set on the router Please type exactly 5 13 or 29 characters or Please type exactly 10 26 or 58 characters using only the numbers 0 9 and the letters a f or A F Apply Cancel Advanced Setup The following table describes the wireless LAN security labels in this screen Table 34 Wireless Static WEP Encryption LABEL DESCRIPTION Security Mode Choose Static WEP from the drop down list box Passphrase Enter a Passphrase up to 32 printable characters and clicking Generate The ZyXEL device automatically generates a WEP key Chapter 7 Wireless LAN 112 P 660
326. s more bandwidth but only gets its budgeted 2048 kbps because all of the unbudgeted and unused bandwidth goes to the higher priority sales and marketing classes 13 6 2 2 Fairness based Allotment of Unused and Unbudgeted Bandwidth The following table shows the amount of bandwidth that each class gets Table 72 Fairness based Allotment of Unused and Unbudgeted Bandwidth Example BANDWIDTH CLASSES AND ALLOTMENTS Root Class 10240 kbps Administration 1024 kbps Sales 3072 kbps Marketing 3072 kbps Research 3072 kbps Suppose that all of the classes except for the administration class need more bandwidth Each class gets up to its budgeted bandwidth The administration class only uses 1024 kbps of its budgeted 2048 kbps The ZyXEL device divides the total 3072 kbps total of unbudgeted and unused bandwidth equally among the other classes 1024 kbps extra goes to each so the other classes each get a total of 3072 kbps 13 6 3 Bandwidth Management Priorities The following table describes the priorities that you can apply to traffic that the ZyXEL device forwards out through an interface Table 73 Bandwidth Management Priorities PRIORITY LEVELS TRAFFIC WITH A HIGHER PRIORITY GETS THROUGH FASTER WHILE TRAFFIC WITH A LOWER PRIORITY IS DROPPED IF THE NETWORK IS CONGESTED High Typically used for voice traffic or video that is especially sensitive to jitter jitter is the variations in delay M
327. s the directed broadcast address for the first subnet Therefore the lowest IP address that can be assigned to an actual host for the first subnet is 192 168 1 1 and the highest is 192 168 1 126 Similarly the host ID range for the second subnet is 192 168 1 129 to 192 168 1 254 273 Appendix E IP Subnetting P 660HW D Series User s Guide Example Four Subnets The above example illustrated using a 25 bit subnet mask to divide a class C address space into two subnets Similarly to divide a class C address into four subnets you need to borrow two host ID bits to give four possible combinations of 00 01 10 and 11 The subnet mask is 26 bits 11111111 11111111 11111111 11000000 or 255 255 255 192 Each subnet contains 6 host ID bits giving 2 2 or 62 hosts for each subnet all 0 s is the subnet itself all 1 s is the broadcast address on the subnet Table 109 Subnet 1 IP SUBNET MASK NETWORK NUMBER EAS DOGSET BIT VALUE IP Address 192 168 1 0 IP Address Binary 11000000 10101000 00000001 00000000 Subnet Mask Binary 11111111 11111111 11111111 11000000 Subnet Address 192 168 1 0 Lowest Host ID 192 168 1 1 Broadcast Address Highest Host ID 192 168 1 62 192 168 1 63 Table 110 Subnet 2 IP SUBNET MASK NETWORK NUMBER AA BIE IP Address 192 168 1 64 IP Address Binary 11000000 10101000 00000001 01000000 Subnet Mask Binary 1111
328. s to complete 119 Chapter 7 Wireless LAN P 660HW D Series User s Guide 7 5 1 2 Wireless Client Start the ZyXEL utility and click the Adapter tab Select the OTIST check box enter the same Setup Key as your AP s and click Save Figure 63 Example Wireless Client OTIST Screen Site Survey Profile Adapter Adapter Setting Transfer Rate Fully Auto bi Power Saving Mode Disabled Ea v OTIST One Touch Intelligent Security Technology Setup Key 01234567 Start m 7 5 2 Starting OTIST Note You must click Start in the AP OTIST web configurator screen and in the wireless client s Adapter screen all within three minutes at the time of writing You can start OTIST in the wireless clients and AP in any order but they must all be within range and have OTIST enabled 1 In the AP a web configurator screen pops up showing you the security settings to transfer You can use the key in this screen to set up WPA PSK encryption manually for non OTIST devices in the wireless network After reviewing the settings click OK Figure 64 Security Key Microsoft Internet Explorer 2 This screen appears while OTIST settings are being transferred It closes when the transfer is complete Figure 65 OTIST in Progress AP gt OTIST Figure 66 OTIST in Progress Client Aute Security in Process Please wait a moment about 149 Seconds OTIST i
329. scriptions Figure 13 System General System Setup System Name Domain Name Password User Password New Password Retype to confirm Admin Password Old Password New Password Retype to confirm A Caution Administrator Inactivity Timer 60 minutes 0 means no timeout m m Please record your new password whenever you change it The system will lock you out if you have forgotten your password Apply Cancel 51 Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator P 660HW D Series User s Guide CHAPTER 3 Wizard Setup for Internet Access This chapter provides information on the Wizard Setup screens for Internet access in the web configurator 3 1 Introduction Use the wizard setup screens to configure your system for Internet access with the information given to you by your ISP Note See the advanced menu chapters for background information on these fields 3 2 Internet Access Wizard Setup 1 After you enter the admin password to access the web configurator select Go to Wizard setup and click Apply Otherwise click the wizard icon f in the top right corner of the web configurator to display the wizard main screen Figure 14 Select a Mode Please select Wizard or Advanced mode 2 Click INTERNET WIRELESS SETUP to configure the system for Internet access and wireless connection Chapter 3 Wizard Setup for Internet Acc
330. se TCP IP on your computer Windows 3 1 requires the purchase of a third party TCP IP application package TCP IP should already be installed on computers using Windows NT 2000 XP Macintosh OS 7 and later operating systems After the appropriate TCP IP components are installed configure the TCP IP settings in order to communicate with your network If you manually assign IP information instead of using dynamic assignment make sure that your computers have IP addresses that place them in the same subnet as the ZyXEL device s LAN port Windows 95 98 Me Click Start Settings Control Panel and double click the Network icon to open the Network window Appendix D Setting up Your Computer s IP Address 254 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Figure 149 WIndows 95 98 Me Network Configuration Network LPR for TCP IP Printing 3Com EtherLink 10 100 PCI TX NIC 3C905B TX Dial Up Adapter USB Fast Ethernet Adapter Y TCP IP gt 3Com EtherLink 10 100 PCI TX NIC 3 Client for Microsoft Networks Installing Components The Network window Configuration tab displays a list of installed components You need a network adapter the TCP IP protocol and Client for Microsoft Networks If you need the adapter 1 In the Network window click Add 2 Select Adapter and then click Add 3 Select the manufacturer and model of your network adapter and then click OK If you need TCP IP 1 In the Network window click Add
331. se contact your vendor for further information Use ONLY the dedicated power supply for your device Connect the power cord or power adaptor to the right supply voltage 110V AC in North America or 230V AC in Europe Do NOT use the device if the power supply is damaged as it might cause electrocution f the power supply is damaged remove it from the power outlet Do NOT attempt to repair the power supply Contact your local vendor to order a new power supply Place connecting cables carefully so that no one will step on them or stumble over them Do NOT allow anything to rest on the power cord and do NOT locate the product where anyone can walk on the power cord Ifyou wall mount your device make sure that no electrical gas or water pipes will be damaged Do NOT install nor use your device during a thunderstorm There may be a remote risk of electric shock from lightning Do NOT expose your device to dampness dust or corrosive liquids Do NOT use this product near water for example in a wet basement or near a swimming pool Make sure to connect the cables to the correct ports Do NOT obstruct the device ventilation slots as insufficient airflow may harm your device Do NOT store things on the device Connect ONLY suitable accessories to the device 5 Safety Warnings P 660HW D Series User s Guide ZyXEL Limited Warranty ZyXEL warrants to the original end user purchaser that this
332. se or those with an out dated warranty will be repaired or replaced at the discretion of ZyXEL and the customer will be billed for parts and labor All repaired or replaced products will be shipped by ZyXEL to the corresponding return address Postage Paid This warranty gives you specific legal rights and you may also have other rights that vary from country to country ZyXEL Limited Warranty 6 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Customer Support Please have the following information ready when you contact customer support Product model and serial number Warranty Information Date that you received your device Brief description of the problem and the steps you took to solve it METHOD SUPPORT E MAIL TELEPHONE WEB SITE REGULAR MAIL LOCATION SALES E MAIL FAX FTP SITE support zyxel com tw 886 3 578 3942 www zyxel com ZyXEL Communications Corp CORPORATE www europe zyxel com 6 Innovation Road II HEADQUARTERS Science Park WORLDWIDE sales zyxel com tw 886 3 578 2439 ftp zyxel com Hsinchu 300 ftp europe zyxel com Taiwan CZECH REPUBLIC info cz zyxel com 420 241 091 350 info cz zyxel com 420 241 091 359 www zyxel cz ZyXEL Communications Czech s r o Modranska 621 143 01 Praha 4 Modrany Ceska Republika support zyxel dk 45 39 55 07 00 www zyxel dk ZyXEL Communications A S Columbusvej DE
333. sed to determine the path a packet takes between two endpoints Sometimes when a packet filter firewall is configured incorrectly an attacker can traceroute the firewall gaining knowledge of the network topology inside the firewall Often many DoS attacks also employ a technique known as IP Spoofing as part of their attack IP Spoofing may be used to break into systems to hide the hacker s identity or to magnify the effect of the DoS attack IP Spoofing is a technique used to gain unauthorized access to computers by tricking a router or firewall into thinking that the communications are coming from within the trusted network To engage in IP spoofing a hacker must modify the packet headers so that it appears that the packets originate from a trusted host and should be allowed through the router or firewall The ZyXEL device blocks all IP Spoofing attempts 9 5 Stateful Inspection With stateful inspection fields of the packets are compared to packets that are already known to be trusted For example if you access some outside service the proxy server remembers things about your original request like the port number and source and destination addresses This remembering is called saving the state When the outside system responds to your request the firewall compares the received packets with the saved state to determine if they are allowed in The ZyXEL device uses stateful packet inspection to protect the private LAN from hackers and va
334. select Bridge in the Mode field select either PPPoA or RFC 1483 If you select Routing in the Mode field select PPPoA RFC 1483 ENET ENCAP or PPPoE User Name PPPoA and PPPoE encapsulation only Enter the user name exactly as your ISP assigned If assigned a name in the form user domain where domain identifies a service name then enter both components exactly as given Password PPPoA and PPPoE encapsulation only Enter the password associated with the user name above Service Name PPPoE only Type the name of your PPPoE service here Multiplexing Select the method of multiplexing used by your ISP from the drop down list Choices are VC or LLC Virtual Circuit ID VPI Virtual Path Identifier and VCI Virtual Channel Identifier define a virtual circuit Refer to the appendix for more information VPI The valid range for the VPI is 0 to 255 Enter the VPI assigned to you VCI The valid range for the VCI is 32 to 65535 0 to 31 is reserved for local management of ATM traffic Enter the VCI assigned to you IP Address This option is available if you select Routing in the Mode field A static IP address is a fixed IP that your ISP gives you A dynamic IP address is not fixed the ISP assigns you a different one each time you connect to the Internet If you use the encapsulation type except RFC 1483 select Obtain an IP Address Automatically when you have a dynamic IP address otherwise select Stati
335. server address Note If you activate either traffic redirect or dial backup you must configure at least one IP address here When using a WAN backup connection the ZyXEL device periodically pings the addresses configured here and uses the other WAN backup connection if configured if there is no response Fail Tolerance Type the number of times 2 recommended that your ZyXEL device may ping the IP addresses configured in the Check WAN IP Address field without getting a response before switching to a WAN backup connection or a different WAN backup connection Recovery Interval When the ZyXEL device is using a lower priority connection usually a WAN backup connection it periodically checks to whether or not it can use a higher priority connection Type the number of seconds 30 recommended for the ZyXEL device to wait between checks Allow more time if your destination IP address handles lots of traffic Timeout Type the number of seconds 3 recommended for your ZyXEL device to wait for a ping response from one of the IP addresses in the Check WAN IP Address field before timing out the request The WAN connection is considered down after the ZyXEL device times out the number of times specified in the Fail Tolerance field Use a higher value in this field if your network is busy or congested Traffic Redirect Traffic redirect forwards traffic to a backup gateway when the ZyXEL device cannot connect to
336. set from which IP address the ZyXEL device will accept DNS queries and on which interface it can send them your ZyXEL device s DNS settings 207 Chapter 15 Remote Management Configuration P 660HW D Series User s Guide Figure 115 Remote Management DNS DNS DNS Port ss Access Status LAN v Secured Client IP Gal Selected 0 0 0 0 Note You may also need to create a Firewallrule Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 85 Remote Management DNS LABEL DESCRIPTION Port The DNS service port number is 53 Access Status Select the interface s through which a computer may send DNS queries to the ZyXEL device Secured Client IP A secured client is a trusted computer that is allowed to send DNS queries to the ZyXEL device Select All to allow any computer to send DNS queries to the ZyXEL device Choose Selected to just allow the computer with the IP address that you specify to send DNS queries to the ZyXEL device Apply Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 15 8 Configuring ICMP To change your ZyXEL device s security settings click Advanced gt Remote MGMT gt ICMP The screen appears as shown If an outside user attempts to probe an unsupported port on your ZyXEL device an ICMP response packet is automatica
337. so sends alerts whenever TCP Maximum Incomplete is exceeded The global values specified for the threshold and timeout apply to all TCP connections Click Firewall and Threshold to bring up the next screen Figure 96 Firewall Threshold Threshold One Minute Low One Minute High Maximum Incomplete Low Maximum Incomplete High TCP Maximum Incomplete Denial of Service Thresholds so Sessions per Minute foo Sessions per Minute so Sessions Roo Sessions Ro Sessions Action taken when TCP Maximum Incomplete reached threshold Delete the Oldest Half Open Session when New Connection Request Comes Deny New Connection Request for fi 0 Minutes 1 255 Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 63 Firewall Threshold LABEL DESCRIPTION DEFAULT VALUES Denial of Service Thresholds One Minute Low This is the rate of new half open sessions that causes the firewall to stop deleting half open sessions The ZyXEL device continues to delete half open sessions as necessary until the rate of new connection attempts drops below this number 80 existing half open sessions One Minute High This is the rate of new half open sessions that causes the firewall to start deleting half open sessions When the rate of new connection attempts rises above this number the ZyXEL device deletes half open sessions as required to accomm
338. specific peers and protect by configuring rules to block packets for the services at specific interfaces Protect against IP spoofing by making sure the firewall is active Keep the firewall in a secured locked room 9 6 1 Security In General You can never be too careful Factors outside your firewall filtering or NAT can cause security breaches Below are some generalizations about what you can do to minimize them 151 Chapter 9 Firewalls P 660HW D Series User s Guide Encourage your company or organization to develop a comprehensive security plan Good network administration takes into account what hackers can do and prepares against attacks The best defense against hackers and crackers is information Educate all employees about the importance of security and how to minimize risk Produce lists like this one DSL or cable modem connections are always on connections and are particularly vulnerable because they provide more opportunities for hackers to crack your system Turn your computer off when not in use Never give out a password or any sensitive information to an unsolicited telephone call or e mail Never e mail sensitive information such as passwords credit card information etc without encrypting the information first Never submit sensitive information via a web page unless the web site uses secure connections You can identify a secure connection by looking for a small key icon on the bottom
339. specification The oversize packet is then sent to an unsuspecting system Systems may crash hang or reboot Teardrop attack exploits weaknesses in the re assembly of IP packet fragments As data is transmitted through a network IP packets are often broken up into smaller chunks Each fragment looks like the original IP packet except that it contains an offset field that says for instance This fragment is carrying bytes 200 through 400 of the original non fragmented IP packet The Teardrop program creates a series of IP fragments with overlapping offset fields When these fragments are reassembled at the destination some systems will crash hang or reboot 6 Weaknesses in the TCP IP specification leave it open to SYN Flood and LAND attacks These attacks are executed during the handshake that initiates a communication session between two applications Figure 81 Three Way Handshake Client Server SYN ACK aa aaa 145 Chapter 9 Firewalls P 660HW D Series User s Guide Under normal circumstances the application that initiates a session sends a SYN synchronize packet to the receiving server The receiver sends back an ACK acknowledgment packet and its own SYN and then the initiator responds with an ACK acknowledgment After this handshake a connection is established SYN Attack floods a targeted system with a series of SYN packets Each packet causes the targeted system to issue a SYN ACK response
340. ss select it from the box and click Edit Delete Highlight an existing source or destination address from the Source or Destination Address box above and click Delete to remove it Services Available Selected Services Please see Section 10 8 on page 168 for more information on services available Highlight a service from the Available Services box on the left then click Add gt gt to add it to the Selected Services box on the right To remove a service highlight it in the Selected Services box on the right then click Remove Edit Customized Service Click the Edit Customized Services link to bring up the screen that you use to configure a new custom service that is not in the predefined list of services Schedule Day to Apply Select everyday or the day s of the week to apply the rule Time of Day to Apply 24 Hour Format Select All Day or enter the start and end times in the hour minute format to apply the rule Log Log Packet Detail Information This field determines if a log for packets that match the rule is created or not Go to the Log Settings page and select the Access Control logs category to have the ZyXEL device record these logs Alert Send Alert Message to Administrator When Matched Select the check box to have the ZyXEL device generate an alert when the rule is matched Chapter 10 Firewall Configuration 162 P 660HW D Series User s Gui
341. ss Advanced Setup screen and edit Setup more details of your WLAN setup See the rest of this chapter for information on the other labels in this screen 7 4 1 No Security Select No Security to allow wireless clients to communicate with the access points without any data encryption Note If you do not enable any wireless security on your ZyXEL device your network is accessible to any wireless networking device that is within range Figure 57 Wireless No Security Wireless Setup M Active Wireless LAN Network Name SSID Hide SSID Channel Selection Security Security Mode Apply ZyXEL Channel 06 2437MHz No Security x Cancel Advanced Setup The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 33 Wireless No Security LABEL DESCRIPTION Security Mode Choose No Security from the drop down list box Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL device Cancel Click Cancel to reload the previous configuration for this screen Advanced Click Advanced Setup to display the Wireless Advanced Setup screen and edit Setup more details of your WLAN setup 111 Chapter 7 Wireless LAN P 660HW D Series User s Guide 7 4 2 WEP Encryption WEP encryption scrambles the data transmitted between the wireless clients and the access points to keep network communications private It encrypts unicast and multicast communication
342. storveiqubirureibbkbnsd eo RE pEEVEEDRRERN EIE EN MH dum EE ERR RER HS RARE RNEA 120 70 8 WOVE on O TEST reoinp e aide e bin e ie UNE E ERR ERE 121 TOMAC RIO ss eee ed ese re diis Leo ee ated Vado lada op te cuu 122 Hall is m AE 123 Pr Ph GOS ES rc 123 Fa NMM or OMNES iiine tag is da bar FAS Rad RM aespes at GEEK ERE MPH Saad 124 File V inion in iets anne ar En 124 TOOT CIE Lune pubs cenis iita bid E mer ee ever ere 126 7 8 1 Tos Type of Service and WMM QOS erc rprri ttn eer anunn 126 7 8 2 Application Prority Configurator ucisecicteioss ortis buch sumestesisaassccoinauseceentce 128 Chapter 8 Network Address Translation NAT Screens seeeessss 130 EINAT SS oco RERO Ter ed ovata 130 SR UHR r e a 130 B LZ What NAT DOOS 1 ui ie uet RPERE PER PAPELES ELLO EN FR FREE INS Se EE HA PALEIS aS 131 B 1 3 How BST WOKS i osismiebue qui cis d FER REMO bs AN Iu E eae 131 SERA IN ver sisscdscicscericondstscmigentssos siouiadetindndsiactgiodsGenideuiiamantiadgeniats 132 8 1 5 NAT Mapping TYPES eoo ane iaaa a Naa bin Lexus ER prx EUR piae ada 132 8 2 SUA Single User Account Versus NAT 1 rerit ker RR RER FEES 133 CENSET 01 Rd 133 na POT POPE eee tances aa Feo pa e Le nbu LOU PM URU CR ARRA QUEE OB PAL E 134 8 4 1 Default Server IP Addiess 25 tores bebe ipai EU rro ca aos Rue ia 135 8 4 2 Port Forwarding Services and Port Numbers eee 135 8 4 3 Confi
343. subject name cert not trusted has not passed the path verification The recorded reason codes are subject name only approximate reasons for not trusting the certificate Please see Table 132 on page 304 for the corresponding descriptions of the codes Table 132 Certificate Path Verification Failure Reason Codes CODE DESCRIPTION Algorithm mismatch between the certificate and the search constraints Key usage mismatch between the certificate and the search constraints Certificate was not valid in the time interval Not used Certificate is not valid Certificate signature was not verified correctly Certificate was revoked by a CRL Certificate was not added to the cache OIl iajn elwir Certificate decoding failed Certificate was not found anywhere Certificate chain looped did not find trusted root Certificate contains critical extension that was not handled Certificate issuer was not valid CA specific information missing Not used CRL is too old CRL is not valid CRL signature was not verified correctly Ols solje Co h5o nm J o CRL was not found anywhere O CRL was not added to the cache N O CRL decoding failed N an CRL is not currently valid but in the future N N CRL contains duplicate serial numbers N Co Time interval is not continuous N A Time i
344. t Apply Cancel Advanced Setup The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 23 More Con nections Edit LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Select the check box to activate or clear the check box to deactivate this connection Name Enter a unique descriptive name of up to 13 ASCII characters for this connection Mode Select Routing from the drop down list box if your ISP allows multiple computers to share an Internet account If you select Bridge the ZyXEL device will forward any packet that it does not route to this remote node otherwise the packets are discarded Encapsulation Select the method of encapsulation used by your ISP from the drop down list box Choices are PPPoA RFC 1483 ENET ENCAP or PPPoE 85 Chapter 5 WAN Setup P 660HW D Series User s Guide Table 23 More Connections Edit continued LABEL DESCRIPTION User Name PPPoA and PPPoE encapsulation only Enter the user name exactly as your ISP assigned If assigned a name in the form user domain where domain identifies a service name then enter both components exactly as given Password PPPoA and PPPoE encapsulation only Enter the password associated with the user name above Service Name PPPoE only Type the name of your PPPoE service here Multiplexing Select the method of multiplexing used by your ISP from the drop down list Choices are VC or LLC By prior agreement
345. t seconds This command sets how long the ZyXEL device leaves a TCP session open after the firewall detects a FIN exchange indicating the end of the TCP session Appendix G Firewall Commands 282 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Table 116 Firewall Commands continued FUNCTION COMMAND DESCRIPTION Config edit firewall set set This command sets how long ZyXEL device gt tcp idle timeout seconds lets an inactive TCP connection remain open before considering it closed Config edit firewall set set This command sets whether or not the ZyXEL gt log yes no device creates logs for packets that match the firewall s default rule set Rules Config edit firewall set set This command sets whether packets that gt rule rule 4 permit match this rule are dropped or allowed forward block through Config edit firewall set set This command sets whether a rule is enabled gt rule rule gt active yes ornot no Config edit firewall set set This command sets the protocol specification 1 rule rule gt protocol number made in this rule for ICMP lt integer protocol value gt Config edit firewall set set This command sets the ZyXEL device to log gt rule rule 4 log none traffic that matches the rule doesn t match match not match both both or neither Config edit fire
346. t your ADSL line to reinitialize your link to the DSLAM For details refer to the Table 95 on page 241 cannot get a WAN IP address from the ISP The ISP provides the WAN IP address after authenticating you Authentication may be through the user name and password the MAC address or the host name The username and password apply to PPPoE and PPPoA encapsulation only Make sure that you have entered the correct Service Type User Name and Password be sure to use the correct casing Refer to the WAN Setup chapter cannot access the Internet Make sure the ZyXEL device is turned on and connected to the network Verify your WAN settings Refer to the chapter on WAN setup Make sure you entered the correct user name and password If you use PPPoE pass through make sure that bridge mode is turned on The Internet connection disconnects Check the schedule rules If you use PPPoA or PPPoE encapsulation check the idle time out setting Refer to the Chapter 5 on page 74 Contact your ISP 243 Chapter 21 Troubleshooting P 660HW D Series User s Guide 21 4 Problems Accessing the ZyXEL device Table 99 Troubleshooting Accessing the ZyXEL device PROBLEM CORRECTIVE ACTION cannot The default user password is user and admin password is 1234 The Password access the field is case sensitive Make sure that you enter the correct password using the proper ZyXEL device c
347. ta over public networks This is the control channel PPTP TUNNEL GRE 0 Point to Point Tunneling Protocol enables secure transfer of data over public networks This is the data channel RCMD TCP 512 Remote Command Service REAL AUDIO TCP 7070 A streaming audio service that enables real time sound over the web REXEC TCP 514 Remote Execution Daemon RLOGIN TCP 513 Remote Login RTELNET TCP 107 Remote Telnet RTSP TCP UDP 554 The Real Time Streaming media control Protocol RTSP is a remote control for multimedia on the Internet SFTP TCP 115 Simple File Transfer Protocol SMTP TCP 25 Simple Mail Transfer Protocol is the message exchange standard for the Internet SMTP enables you to move messages from one e mail server to another SNMP TCP UDP 161 Simple Network Management Program SNMP TRAPS TCP UDP 162 Traps for use with the SNMP RFC 1215 SQL NET TCP 1521 Structured Query Language is an interface to access data on many different types of database systems including mainframes midrange systems UNIX systems and network servers 169 Chapter 10 Firewall Configuration P 660HW D Series User s Guide Table 61 Predefined Services continued SERVICE DESCRIPTION SSDP UDP 1900 Simole Service Discovery Protocol SSDP is a discovery service searching for Universal Plug and Play devices on your home network
348. tateful Inspection and the ZyXEL device eeeeeses 149 CESARE Leni ET EE REL 150 9 54 UDPACMP SECUI me 150 cREORZ dat Macro eter S t 151 9 6 Guidelines for Enhancing Security with Your Firewall eeen 151 GRONE cO nvaDIt r r eR 151 9 7 Packet Filtering Vs Firewall iii sab nada ath neni brinda Lh a nl tn d uai aad 152 cWAMEIT can 152 CRANE MCI 153 Baeddi EU 153 9 7 2 1 When To Use The Firewall 435 rtis tto co EPE reer Ie Ra oer E eovaade 153 Chapter 10 Firewall Configuration jicsicicsecciscsiicssdacsenenssoasshiassonesnansansekaine KRdxR FRARES Kit ga FERA RU AME RO 154 TOT AC WES USS eda dksess cef ERU RA IRE R FEX USE ERE ESTREMA HU EE DOR AONNE EATER ANDREEN 154 70 2 Firewall Policies CWVelVieW isusdnsie secet ssebk bri Give bes tad era pb Dd ael short 154 103 ule Logie Overview suriin e and xr pos a ga Gl Ren REB assis 155 TOES R COCKS I toos Eod vp re ol re e v D ru reist sias iuh 155 10 3 2 Secun ROmificetiDlg ccce osse assins tomm cc eh dui secet dona acri E 155 10 3 3 Key Fields For Configuring Rules 1 cenar a kh nk ta khoai 156 OS 2 AON ste its cci dia FP CERES FRED E ed nao D RM NE PA RFID Nr HERE 156 TR i Roc ur Mie 156 10333 SOUE JOOFGSS 1i Ley rnadedk a aaa ERR x DRE guae 156 10 3 3 4 Destination A dOlese eese specto evo ats epa ER Usa nba carr antn enaner 156 10A Connachon Direction TT o o oU 156 10 4
349. ted by a firewall rule to determine and record information about the state of the packet s connection This information is recorded in a new state table entry created for the new connection If there is not a firewall rule for this packet and it is not an attack then the settings in the Firewall General screen determine the action for this packet 4 Based on the obtained state information a firewall rule creates a temporary access list entry that is inserted at the beginning of the WAN interface s inbound extended access list This temporary access list entry is designed to permit inbound packets of the same connection as the outbound packet just inspected 5 The outbound packet is forwarded out through the interface 6 Later an inbound packet reaches the interface This packet is part of the connection previously established with the outbound packet The inbound packet is evaluated against the inbound access list and is permitted because of the temporary access list entry previously created 7 The packet is inspected by a firewall rule and the connection s state table entry is updated as necessary Based on the updated state information the inbound extended access list temporary entries might be modified in order to permit only packets that are valid for the current state of the connection 8 Any additional inbound or outbound packets that belong to the connection are inspected to update the state table entry and to modify the temporary in
350. ter 17 System 222 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Figure 132 System General Setup System Setup System Name Domain Name Administrator Inactivity Timer Password User Password New Password Retype to confirm Admin Password Old Password New Password Retype to confirm A Caution m m 60 minutes 0 means no timeout m m Please record your new password whenever you change it The system will lock you out if you have forgotten your password Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 88 System General Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION General Setup System Name Choose a descriptive name for identification purposes It is recommended you enter your computer s Computer name in this field This name can be up to 30 alphanumeric characters long Spaces are not allowed but dashes and underscores are accepted Domain Name Enter the domain name if you know it here If you leave this field blank the ISP may assign a domain name via DHCP The domain name entered by you is given priority over the ISP assigned domain name Administrator Inactivity Timer Type how many minutes a management session can be left idle before the session times out The default is 5 minutes After it times out you have to log in with your password again Very long idle timeouts may have security risks A value of 0 means a manage
351. ter is required to use a static IP address in another network you may need to manually configure the network settings of the computer every time you want to access the Internet via the ZyXEL device With the Any IP feature and NAT enabled the ZyXEL device allows a computer to access the Internet without changing the network settings such as IP address and subnet mask of the computer when the IP addresses of the computer and the ZyXEL device are not in the same subnet Whether a computer is set to use a dynamic or static fixed IP address you can simply connect the computer to the ZyXEL device and access the Internet The following figure depicts a scenario where a computer is set to use a static private IP address in the corporate environment In a residential house where a ZyXEL device is installed you can still use the computer to access the Internet without changing the network settings even when the IP addresses of the computer and the ZyXEL device are not in the same subnet Chapter 6 LAN Setup 96 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Figure 48 Any IP Example E S E Id e n Internet 192 168 10 1 ces NI x 1 N erro Internet 192 168 10 1 192 168 1 1 TH The Any IP feature does not apply to a computer using either a dynamic IP address or a static IP address that 1s in the same subnet as the ZyXEL device s IP address Note You must enable NAT SUA to use the Any IP feature on the ZyXEL device
352. th the outbound request for that packet and allowed in Conversely an incoming packet masquerading as a response to a nonexistent outbound request can be blocked The firewall uses session filtering i e smart rules that enhance the filtering process and control the network session rather than control individual packets in a session The firewall provides e mail service to notify you of routine reports and when alerts occur 9 7 2 1 When To Use The Firewall e e To prevent DoS attacks and prevent hackers cracking your network A range of source and destination IP addresses as well as port numbers can be specified within one firewall rule making the firewall a better choice when complex rules are required To selectively block allow inbound or outbound traffic between inside host networks and outside host networks Remember that filters can not distinguish traffic originating from an inside host or an outside host by IP address The firewall performs better than filtering if you need to check many rules Use the firewall if you need routine e mail reports about your system or need to be alerted when attacks occur The firewall can block specific URL traffic that might occur in the future The URL can be saved in an Access Control List ACL database 153 Chapter 9 Firewalls P 660HW D Series User s Guide CHAPTER 10 Firewall Configuration This chapter shows you how to enable and configure the ZyXEL device firewall
353. the Internet Active Traffic Select this check box to have the ZyXEL device use traffic redirect if the normal Redirect WAN connection goes down Note If you activate traffic redirect you must configure at least one Check WAN IP Address Metric This field sets this route s priority among the routes the ZyXEL device uses The metric represents the cost of transmission A router determines the best route for transmission by choosing a path with the lowest cost RIP routing uses hop count as the measurement of cost with a minimum of 1 for directly connected networks The number must be between 1 and 15 a number greater than 15 means the link is down The smaller the number the lower the cost Backup Gateway Type the IP address of your backup gateway in dotted decimal notation The ZyXEL device automatically forwards traffic to this IP address if the ZyXEL device s Internet connection terminates Apply Click Apply to save the changes Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh Chapter 5 WAN Setup 90 P 660HW D Series User s Guide 91 Chapter 5 WAN Setup P 660HW D Series User s Guide CHAPTER 6 LAN Setup This chapter describes how to configure LAN settings 6 1 LAN Overview A Local Area Network LAN is a shared communication system to which many computers are attached A LAN is a computer network limited to the immediate area usually the sam
354. the ZyXEL device s memory for recording firewall rules it is currently using When you are using 80 or less of the storage space the bar is green When the amount of space used is over 80 the bar is red Packet Direction Use the drop down list box to select a direction of travel of packets for which you want to configure firewall rules Create a new rule after rule number Select an index number and click Add to add a new firewall rule after the selected index number For example if you select 6 your new rule becomes number 7 and the previous rule 7 if there is one becomes rule 8 The following read only fields summarize the rules you have created that apply to traffic traveling in the selected packet direction The firewall rules that you configure summarized below take priority over the general firewall action settings in the General screen This is your firewall rule number The ordering of your rules is important as rules are applied in turn Active This field displays whether a firewall is turned on or not Select the check box to enable the rule Clear the check box to disable the rule Source IP This drop down list box displays the source addresses or ranges of addresses to which this firewall rule applies Please note that a blank source or destination address is equivalent to Any Destination IP This drop down list box displays the destination addresses or ranges of addresses t
355. the distribution system 1 The AP passes the wireless client s authentication request to the RADIUS server 2 The RADIUS server then checks the user s identification against its database and grants or denies network access accordingly Appendix L Wireless LANs 320 P 660HW D Series User s Guide 3 The RADIUS server distributes a Pairwise Master Key PMK key to the AP that then sets up a key hierarchy and management system using the pair wise key to dynamically generate unique data encryption keys to encrypt every data packet that is wirelessly communicated between the AP and the wireless clients Figure 184 WPA 2 with RADIUS Application Example WX Internet _ 21 4 2 WPA 2 PSK Application Example A WPA 2 PSK application looks as follows 1 First enter identical passwords into the AP and all wireless clients The Pre Shared Key including spaces and symbols PSK must consist of between 8 and 63 ASCII characters or 64 hexadecimal characters the password matches 2 The AP checks each wireless client s password and only allows it to join the network if Master Key 3 The AP and wireless clients use the pre shared key to generate a common PMK Pairwise exchanged between them 4 The AP and wireless clients use the TKIP or AES encryption process to encrypt data 321 Appendix L Wireless LANs P 660HW D Series User s Guide Figure 185 WPA 2 PSK Authentication PSK gt D Internet
356. the threshold of half open max incomplete high 0 255 sessions where the ZyXEL device starts deleting old half opened sessions until it gets them down to the max incomplete low config edit firewall attack This command sets the threshold where the max incomplete low 0 255 ZyXEL device stops deleting half opened sessions config edit firewall attack This command sets the threshold of half open tcp max incomplete 0 255 TCP sessions with the same destination where the ZyXEL device starts dropping half open sessions to that destination Sets config edit firewall set set This command sets a name to identify a specified set Config edit firewall set set f default permit forward block This command sets whether a packet is dropped or allowed through when it does not meet a rule within the set Config edit firewall set set gt icmp timeout seconds This command sets the time period to allow an ICMP session to wait for the ICMP response Config edit firewall set set gt udp idle timeout seconds This command sets how long a UDP connection is allowed to remain inactive before the ZyXEL device considers the connection closed Config edit firewall set set f connection timeout seconds This command sets how long ZyXEL device waits for a TCP session to be established before dropping the session Config edit firewall set set gt fin wait timeou
357. tic IP then you only need to fill in the IP Address field and not the ENET ENCAP Gateway field 5 1 5 2 IP Assignment with RFC 1483 Encapsulation In this case the IP Address Assignment must be static with the same requirements for the IP Address and ENET ENCAP Gateway fields as stated above Chapter 5 WAN Setup 76 P 660HW D Series User s Guide 5 1 5 3 IP Assignment with ENET ENCAP Encapsulation In this case you can have either a static or dynamic IP For a static IP you must fill in all the IP Address and ENET ENCAP Gateway fields as supplied by your ISP However for a dynamic IP the ZyXEL device acts as a DHCP client on the WAN port and so the IP Address and ENET ENCAP Gateway fields are not applicable N A as the DHCP server assigns them to the ZyXEL device 5 1 6 Nailed Up Connection PPP A nailed up connection is a dial up line where the connection is always up regardless of traffic demand The ZyXEL device does two things when you specify a nailed up connection The first is that idle timeout is disabled The second is that the ZyXEL device will try to bring up the connection when turned on and whenever the connection is down A nailed up connection can be very expensive for obvious reasons Do not specify a nailed up connection unless your telephone company offers flat rate service or you need a constant connection and the cost is of no concern 5 1 7 NAT NAT Network Address Translation NAT RFC 1631 is the trans
358. tings quus opti sax Da ert ax op a sra xa A apa ds 287 Table 110 System Maintenance Loge ec UR 294 I O WEDEE cdupgmo A 295 Table 120 Actess Control LOIS isses so pertir khe IM cd prt x itr ci dix xu E Ri bcd REA Kp 295 Tables T2 T TIGE BSSELLOgS oiussnsdivesaieuddb pi MEER MIB EH UNT AN NEMPE 296 Table T22 Face FIF LOSS uo pesce bbb et at adit RR Cc d tet aca od eo de 296 Tabl 12 S IOMP Bs Lee ere emer reer a a tery HE LUNA da 297 Table 124 COR LOOS e 297 List of Tables 28 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Tale 123 FPF LOSS aisssccxeospeieesidnpece olent ROO PODES RU ESSA Ax ORC LEERA H ERN EPLR RA A 297 IE CE dy ie M N A EE EEE E T 298 Table 127 Content Filtenng LOgS e 298 EN CP c R LOE mm 299 Ir wd bo eer 300 Table t0 IKE LOGS e HR 300 qeble 190 Pe EE A TEE E A ET E NETET 303 Table 132 Certificate Path Verification Failure Reason Codes esses 304 TE 123 BOLT EUR inis tie oe bet edema m cv DLE Cote UE 305 Table 134 ACL Setting Notes We 306 Table 135 ICMP NOIES qe 306 Toe 795 Syslou LOOS sisina a PRA ENEVEEPUL E MER COE SUM AAA RR SA M 307 Table 137 RFC 2408 ISAKMP Payload Types iuuusssemeasexkertuisa e EHE thun ER SkRe pre PPKERU ERR ER AER a RR nda 307 Table 139 IEEE 802 TIU e ceamedieveceie barman aibei E 314 Table 139 Wireles
359. tion changes Note The management session automatically times out when the time period set in the Administrator Inactivity Timer field expires default five minutes Simply log back into the ZyXEL device if this happens to you 2 3 Resetting the ZyXEL device If you forget your password or cannot access the web configurator you will need to use the RESET button at the back of the ZyXEL device to reload the factory default configuration file This means that you will lose all configurations that you had previously and the password will be reset to 1234 2 3 1 Using the Reset Button 1 Make sure the POWER LED is on not blinking 2 Press the RESET button for ten seconds or until the POWER LED begins to blink and then release it When the POWER LED begins to blink the defaults have been restored and the ZyXEL device restarts 2 4 Navigating the Web Configurator We use the P 660HW D1 web screens in this guide as an example Screens vary slightly for different ZyXEL device models 2 4 1 Navigation Panel After you enter the admin password use the sub menus on the navigation panel to configure ZyXEL device features The following table describes the sub menus Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator 42 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Figure 7 Web Configurator Main Screen ZyXEL gt Status Refresh Interval None Status f
360. tions in data transmission for applications that are sensitive 123 Chapter 7 Wireless LAN P 660HW D Series User s Guide 7 7 2 WMM QoS Priorities The following table describes the priorities that you can apply to traffic that the ZyXEL device sends to the wireless network Table 40 WMM QoS Priorities PRIORITY LEVELS Highest Typically used for voice traffic or video that is especially sensitive to jitter variations in delay Use the highest priority to reduce latency for improved voice quality High Typically used for video traffic which has some tolerance for jitter but needs to be prioritized over other data traffic Mid Typically used for traffic from applications or devices that lack QoS capabilities Use mid priority for traffic that is less sensitive to latency but is affected by long delays such as Internet surfing Low This is typically used for non critical background traffic such as bulk transfers and print jobs that are allowed but that should not affect other applications and users Use low priority for applications that do not have strict latency and throughput requirements 7 7 3 Services The commonly used services and port numbers are shown in the following table Please refer to RFC 1700 for further information about port numbers Next to the name of the service two fields appear in brackets The first field indicates the IP protocol type TCP UDP or ICMP
361. to run any server processes such as a Web or FTP server from your location Your ISP may periodically check for servers and may suspend your account if it discovers any active services at your location If you are unsure refer to your ISP Chapter 8 Network Address Translation NAT Screens 134 P 660HW D Series User s Guide 8 4 1 Default Server IP Address In addition to the servers for specified services NAT supports a default server IP address A default server receives packets from ports that are not specified in this screen Note If you do not assign a Default Server IP address the ZyXEL device discards all packets received for ports that are not specified here or in the remote management setup 8 4 2 Port Forwarding Services and Port Numbers Use the Port Forwarding screen to forward incoming service requests to the server s on your local network The most often used port numbers are shown in the following table Please refer to RFC 1700 for further information about port numbers Please also refer to the Supporting CD for more examples and details on port forwarding and NAT Table 47 Services and Port Numbers SERVICES PORT NUMBER ECHO 7 FTP File Transfer Protocol 21 SMTP Simple Mail Transfer Protocol 25 DNS Domain Name System 53 Finger 79 HTTP Hyper Text Transfer protocol or WWW Web 80 POP3 Post Office Protocol 110 NNTP Network News Transport Protocol 119
362. tor Using the K Desktop Environment KDE Follow the steps below to configure your computer IP address using the KDE 1 Click the Red Hat button located on the bottom left corner select System Setting and click Network Figure 163 Red Hat 9 0 KDE Network Configuration Devices d Network Configuration 5x File Profile Help fB 4 x New Edit Copy Delete Activate Deactivate Devices Hardware DNS Hosts et You may configure network devices associated with a LES physical hardware here Multiple logical devices can be associated with a single piece of hardware Profile Status a Device Nickname Type X Inactive f ethO etho Ethernet Edit Device 2 Double click on the profile of the network card you wish to configure The Ethernet Device General screen displays as shown Figure 164 Red Hat 9 0 KDE Ethernet Device General Ethernet Device mx General Route Hardware Device Nickname eth0 4 Activate device when computer starts Allow all users to enable and disable the device amp Automatically obtain IP address settings with DHCP Settings dhcp Hostname optional y Automatically obtain DNS information from provider Statically set IP addresses Manual IP Address Settings Address Subnet Mask Default Gateway Address Appendix D Setting up Your Computer s IP
363. try blocked ICMP The router blocked a packet that didn t have a corresponding NAT table entry Unsupported out of order ICMP The firewall does not support this kind of ICMP packets or ICMP the ICMP packets are out of order Router reply ICMP packet ICMP The router sent an ICMP reply packet to the sender Table 124 CDR Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION board d line d channel d call d s C01 Outgoing Call dev x ch x s The router received the setup requirements for a call call is the reference count number of the call dev is the device type 3 is for dial up 6 is for PPPoE 10 is for PPTP channel or ch is the call channel ID For example board 0 line 0 channel 0 call 3 C01 Outgoing Call dev 6 ch 0 Means the router has dialed to the PPPoE server 3 times board d line d channel d call d s CO2 OutCall Connected d s The PPPoE PPTP or dial up call is connected board d line d channel d call d s C02 Call Terminated The PPPoE PPTP or dial up call was disconnected Table 125 PPP Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION ppp LCP Starting The PPP connection s Link Control Protocol stage has started Ppp LCP Opening The PPP connection s Link Control Protocol stage is opening ppp CHAP Opening The PPP connection s Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol stage is opening ppp IPCP Starting The PPP connection s Internet Protocol Control P
364. ts Wizard window displays Select Networking Service in the Components selection box and click Details Figure 121 Windows Optional Networking Components Wizard Windows Optional Networking Components Wizard Windows Components You can add or remove components of Windows XP To add or remove a component click the checkbox amp shaded box means that only part of the component will be installed To see what s included in a component click Details Components B 3 Management and Monitoring Tools Networking Services 0 3 MB 25 Other Network File and Print Services Description Contains a variety of specialized network related services and protocols Total disk space required 0 0 MB Space available on disk 250 3 MB 5 In the Networking Services window select the Universal Plug and Play check box Chapter 16 Universal Plug and Play UPnP 214 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Figure 122 Networking Services Networking Services To add or remove a component click the check box amp shaded box means that only part of the component will be installed To see what s included in a component click Details Subcomponents of Networking Services C BI RIP Listener 0 0 MB amp Simple TCP IP Services 0 0 MB g Universal Plug and Play Description Allows your computer to discover and control Universal Plug and Play devices Total disk space required 0 0 MB Space avail
365. ts and responses between the remote server and the clients Enter the IP address of the actual remote DHCP server in the Remote DHCP Server field in this case When DHCP is used the following items need to be set IP Pool Starting This field specifies the first of the contiguous addresses in the IP address pool Address Pool Size This field specifies the size or count of the IP address pool Remote DHCP If Relay is selected in the DHCP field above then enter the IP address of the Server actual remote DHCP server here DNS Server DNS Servers Assigned by DHCP Server The ZyXEL device passes a DNS Domain Name System server IP address to the DHCP clients Chapter 6 LAN Setup 100 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Table 28 DHCP Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION Primary DNS Server Secondary DNS This field is not available when you set DHCP to Relay Enter the IP addresses of the DNS servers The DNS servers are passed to the Server DHCP clients along with the IP address and the subnet mask If the fields are left as 0 0 0 0 the ZyXEL device acts as a DNS proxy and forwards the DHCP client s DNS query to the real DNS server learned through IPCP and relays the response back to the computer Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL device Reset Click Reset to begin configuring this screen afresh 6 5 LAN Client List This table allows you to assign I
366. ts determines the maximum upstream and downstream speeds attainable Actual speeds attained also depend on the distance from your ISP line quality etc Chapter 1 Getting To Know Your P 660HW D 32 P 660HW D Series User s Guide 1 2 Features High Speed Internet Access Your ZyXEL device can support downstream transmission rates of up to 24Mbps and upstream transmission rates of 3 5Mbps Actual speeds attained depend on the ADSL service you subscribed to distance from your ISP line quality etc Zero Configuration Internet Access Once you connect and turn on the ZyXEL device it automatically detects the Internet connection settings such as the VCI VPI numbers and the encapsulation method from the ISP and makes the necessary configuration changes In cases where additional account information such as an Internet account user name and password is required or the ZyXEL device cannot connect to the ISP you will be redirected to web screen s for information input or troubleshooting Any IP The Any IP feature allows a computer to access the Internet and the ZyXEL device without changing the network settings such as IP address and subnet mask of the computer when the IP addresses of the computer and the ZyXEL device are not in the same subnet Firewall The ZyXEL device is a stateful inspection firewall with DoS Denial of Service protection By default when the firewall is activated all incoming traffic from the WAN to t
367. tup P 660HW D Series User s Guide 6 3 Configuring LAN IP Click LAN to open the IP screen See Section 6 1 on page 92 for background information Figure 49 LAN IP LAN TCP IP IP Address 192 168 1 1 IP Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Apply Cancel Advanced Setup The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 26 LAN IP LABEL DESCRIPTION TCP IP IP Address Enter the IP address of your ZyXEL device in dotted decimal notation for example 192 168 1 1 factory default IP Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask assigned to you by your ISP if given Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh Advanced Setup Click this button to display the Advanced LAN Setup screen and edit more details of your LAN setup 6 3 1 Configuring Advanced LAN Setup To edit your ZyXEL device s advanced LAN settings click the Advanced Setup button in the LAN IP screen The screen appears as shown Chapter 6 LAN Setup 98 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Figure 50 Advanced LAN Setup RIP amp Multicast Setup RIP Direction Both RIP Version RP 1 Multicast IGMP v1 Any IP Setup IV Active Windows Networking NetBIOS over TCP IP IV Allow between LAN and WAN Back Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 27
368. tween 0 and 2432 If you select the Enable 802 11g mode Threshold checkbox this field is grayed out and the ZyXEL device uses 4096 automatically Fragmentation It is the maximum data fragment size that can be sent Enter a value between 256 Threshold and 2432 If you select the Enable 802 11g mode checkbox this field is grayed out and the ZyXEL device uses 4096 automatically Output Power Set the output power of the ZyXEL device in this field This control changes the strength of the ZyXEL device s antenna gain or transmission power Antenna gain is the increase in coverage Higher antenna gain improves the range of the signal for better communications If there is a high density of APs within an area decrease the output power of the ZyXEL device to reduce interference with other APs The options are Maximum Middle and Minimum Preamble Select Long preamble if you are unsure what preamble mode the wireless adapters support and to provide more reliable communications in busy wireless networks Select Short preamble if you are sure the wireless adapters support it and to provide more efficient communications Select Dynamic to have the ZyXEL device automatically use short preamble when wireless adapters support it otherwise the ZyXEL device uses long preamble 802 11 Mode Select 802 11b Only to allow only IEEE 802 11b compliant WLAN devices to associate with the ZyXEL device Select 802 11g Only to allow only IEEE 802 1
369. tySee IANA 95 Internet Control Message Protocol ICMP 146 170 IP Address 94 135 136 137 IP Address Assignment 76 ENET ENCAP 77 PPPoA or PPPoE 76 RFC 1483 76 IP Addressing 270 IP alias 34 IP Classes 270 IP Pool 100 IP Pool Setup 93 IP protocol type 168 IP Spoofing 145 148 ISDN Integrated Services Digital Network 32 K Key Fields For Configuring Rules 156 L Labor 6 LAN Setup 74 92 LAN TCP IP 94 LAN to WAN Rules 157 Index 334 P 660HW D Series User s Guide LAND 145 146 Legal Rights 6 Liability 2 License 2 Lightning 5 Liquids Corrosive 5 local user database 108 and encryption 109 Logs 228 MAC address 107 MAC address filter 107 MAC Address Filter Action 123 MAC Address Filtering 122 MAC Filter 122 Management Information Base MIB 205 Materials 6 Maximize Bandwidth Usage 186 Maximum Burst Size MBS 78 83 88 Max incomplete High 172 Max incomplete Low 172 Media Bandwidth Management 33 Merchantability 6 Message Integrity Check MIC 319 Metric 77 Multicast 96 Multiplexing 75 multiplexing 75 LLC based 75 VC based 75 Multiprotocol Encapsulation 75 N Nailed Up Connection 77 NAT 94 135 136 Address mapping rule 140 Application 132 Definitions 130 How it works 131 Mapping Types 132 What it does 131 What NAT does 131 NAT Network Address Translation 130 NAT mode 134 NAT Traversal 210 navigating the web configurator 42 NetBIOS commands 147
370. ubject to the following two conditions This device may not cause harmful interference This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operations This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna ncrease the separation between the equipment and the receiver Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected Consult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES 003 Cet appareil num rique de la classe B est conforme la norme NMB 003 du Canada FCC Caution Any changes or modificatio
371. ule screen 163 Chapter 10 Firewall Configuration P 660HW D Series User s Guide 10 6 3 Configuring A Customized Service Click a rule number in the Firewall Customized Services screen to create a new custom port or edit an existing one This action displays the following screen Refer to Section 9 1 on page 142 for more information Figure 89 Firewall Configure Customized Services Config Service Name Service Type Type Port Number Port Configuration Single Port Range From a To o Cancel Delete The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 60 Firewall Configure Customized Services LABEL DESCRIPTION Service Name Type a unique name for your custom port Service Type Choose the IP port TCP UDP or TCP UDP that defines your customized port from the drop down list box Port Configuration Type Click Single to specify one port only or Range to specify a span of ports that define your customized service Port Number Type a single port number or the range of port numbers that define your customized service Apply Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen Cancel Click Cancel to return to the previous screen Delete Click Delete to delete the current rule and return to the previous screen 10 7 Example Fi rewall Rule The following Internet firewall rule example allo
372. ults to your ZyXEL device Restart This screen allows you to reboot the ZyXEL device without turning the power off Diagnostic General These screens display information to help you identify problems with the ZyXEL device general connection DSL Line These screens display information to help you identify problems with the DSL line 2 4 2 Status Screen The following summarizes how to navigate the web configurator from the Status screen Some fields or links are not available if you entered the user password in the login password screen see Figure 4 on page 41 45 Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator P 660HW D Series User s Guide Figure 8 Status Screen Refresh Interval None z Apply Device Information System Status Host Name System Uptime 0 34 55 Model Number P 660HW D1 Current Date Time 01 01 2000 01 02 19 MAC Address 00 13 49 02 49 90 System Mode Routing Bridging ZyNOS Firmware Version V3 40 AGL 0 b2 01 06 2006 CPU Usage A o i WAN Information Memory Usage a 67 DSL Mode NORMAL IP Address 0 0 0 0 IP Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 Interface Status Default Gateway 0 0 0 0 LAN Information Interface TT NN IP Address 192 168 1 1 DSL Down 0 kbps 0 kbps IP Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 DHCP Server LAN Up Dip LAUS WLAN Information SSID ZyXEL WLAN 54M Channel 6 WEP Disable Security Summary Firewall E
373. uration for this screen 127 Chapter 7 Wireless LAN P 660HW D Series User s Guide 7 8 2 Application Priority Configuration To edit a WMM QoS application entry click the edit icon under Modify The following screen displays Figure 71 Application Priority Configuration Name Service Dest Port Priority Application Priority Configuration E Mail es 1965535 Highest Cancel The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 43 Application Priority Configuration LABEL DESCRIPTION Application Priority Configuration Name Type a description of the application priority Service The following is a description of the applications you can prioritize with WMM QoS Select a service from the drop down list box FTP File Transfer Program enables fast transfer of files including large files that may not be possible by e mail FTP uses port number 21 E Mail Electronic mail consists of messages sent through a computer network to specific groups or individuals Here are some default ports for e mail POP3 port 110 IMAP port 143 SMTP port 25 HTTP port 80 WWW The World Wide Web is an Internet system to distribute graphical hyper linked information based on Hyper Text Transfer Protocol HTTP a client server protocol for the World Wide Web The Web is not synonymous with the Internet rather it is just one service on the Intern
374. urity compatible with the AP Security stops unauthorized devices from using the wireless network It can also protect the information that is sent in the wireless network 7 2 Wireless Security Overview The following sections introduce different types of wireless security you can set up in the wireless network 7 2 1 SSID Normally the AP acts like a beacon and regularly broadcasts the SSID in the area You can hide the SSID instead in which case the AP does not broadcast the SSID In addition you should change the default SSID to something that is difficult to guess This type of security is fairly weak however because there are ways for unauthorized devices to get the SSID In addition unauthorized devices can still see the information that is sent in the wireless network 7 2 2 MAC Address Filter Every wireless client has a unique identification number called a MAC address A MAC address 1s usually written using twelve hexadecimal characters for example 00A40C5000002 or 00 A0 C5 00 00 02 To get the MAC address for each wireless client see the appropriate User s Guide or other documentation You can use the MAC address filter to tell the AP which wireless clients are allowed or not allowed to use the wireless network If a wireless client is allowed to use the wireless network it still has to have the correct settings SSID channel and security If a wireless client is not allowed to use the wireless network it does
375. ver IP Address foooo Port Number Rei Shared Secret 51 Accounting Server optional IP Address oooo Port Number i313 Shared Secret z 1l Apply Cancel Advanced Setup The following table describes the wireless LAN security labels in this screen Table 36 Wireless WPA WPA2 LABEL DESCRIPTION WPA Compatible This check box is available only when you select WPA2 PSK or WPA2 in the Security Mode field Select the check box to have both WPA2 and WPA wireless clients be able to communicate with the ZyXEL device even when the ZyXEL device is using WPA2 PSK or WPA2 ReAuthentication Timer In Seconds Specify how often wireless clients have to resend usernames and passwords in order to stay connected Enter a time interval between 10 and 9999 seconds The default time interval is 1800 seconds 30 minutes Note If wireless client authentication is done using a RADIUS server the reauthentication timer on the RADIUS server has priority Idle Timeout In Seconds The ZyXEL device automatically disconnects a wireless client from the wired network after a period of inactivity The wireless client needs to enter the username and password again before access to the wired network is allowed The default time interval is 3600 seconds or 1 hour 115 Chapter 7 Wireless LAN P 660HW D Series User s Guide Table 36 Wireless WPA WPA2 LABEL DESCRIPTION
376. w to prioritize the bandwidth for each service Auto classifier rest bandwidth Automatically assign the rest bandwidth to predefined classes depending on the packet size The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 19 Bandwidth Management Wizard Configuration LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Select an entry s Active check box to turn on bandwidth management for the service application Service These fields display the services names Priority Select High Mid or Low priority for each service to have your ZyXEL device use a priority for traffic that matches that service A service with High priority is given as much bandwidth as it needs If you select services as having the same priority then bandwidth is divided equally amongst those services Services not specified in bandwidth management are allocated bandwidth after all specified services receive their bandwidth requirements If the rules set up in this wizard are changed in Advanced gt Bandwidth MGMT gt Rule Setup then the service priority radio button will be set to User Configured The Advanced gt Bandwidth MGMT gt Rule Setup screen allows you to edit these rule configurations Auto classifier Select Auto classifier rest bandwidth to automatically allocate unbudgeted or rest bandwidth unused bandwidth to services based on the packet type Back Click Back to go back to the previous wizard screen
377. w all of the logs in the ZyXEL device s log Use the sys logs category display command to show the log settings for all of the log categories Appendix K Log Descriptions 308 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Use the sys logs display log category command to show the logs in an individual ZyXEL device log category Use the sys logs clear command to erase all of the ZyXEL device s logs Log Command Example This example shows how to set the ZyXEL device to record the access logs and alerts and then view the results ras sys logs load ras sys logs category access 3 ras sys logs save ras sys logs display access time source destination notes message 0 06 08 2004 05 58 21 172 21 4 154 224 0 1 24 ACCESS BLOCK Firewall default policy IGMP W to W 1 06 08 2004 05 58 20 172 21 3 56 239 255 255 250 ACCESS BLOCK Firewall default policy IGMP W to W 2 06 08 2004 05 58 20 172 21 0 2 239 255 255 254 ACCESS BLOCK Firewall default policy IGMP W to W 3 06 08 2004 05 58 20 172 21 3 191 1224 0 1 22 ACCESS BLOCK Firewall default policy IGMP W to W 4 06 08 2004 05 58 20 172 21 0 254 224 0 0 1 ACCESS BLOCK Firewall default policy IGMP W to W 5 06 08 2004 05 58 20 172 21 4 187 137 122 211 255 255 137 ACCESS BLOCK Firewall default policy UDP W to W 309 Appendix K Log Descriptions P 660HW D Series User s Guide APPENDIX L
378. wall set set This command sets whether or not the ZyXEL 4 rule rule 4 alert yes device sends an alert e mail when a DOS no attack or a violation of a particular rule occurs config edit firewall set set This command sets the rule to have the gt rule rule 4 srcaddr ZyXEL device check for traffic with this single ip address individual source address config edit firewall set set This command sets a rule to have the ZyXEL gt rule rule gt srcaddr device check for traffic from a particular subnet ip address subnet subnet defined by IP address and subnet mask mask config edit firewall set set This command sets a rule to have the ZyXEL gt rule rule gt srcaddr range device check for traffic from this range of start ip address end ip addresses address 283 Appendix G Firewall Commands P 660HW D Series User s Guide Table 116 Firewall Commands continued FUNCTION COMMAND DESCRIPTION config edit firewall set set This command sets the rule to have the gt rule rule 4 destaddr ZyXEL device check for traffic with this single ip address individual destination address config edit firewall set set This command sets a rule to have the ZyXEL gt rule rule 4 destaddr device check for traffic with a particular subnet subnet ip address subnet destination defined by IP address and subnet mask
379. wireless devices is called a Selection channel Select a channel ID that is not already in use by a neighboring device Security Select Automatically assign a WPA key Recommended to have the ZyXEL device create a pre shared key WPA PSK automatically only if your wireless clients support WPA and OTIST This option is availeble only when you enable OTIST in the previous wizard screen Select Manually assign a WPA PSK key to configure a pre shared key WPA PSK Choose this option only if your wireless clients support WPA See Section 3 3 1 on page 62 for more information Select Manually assign a WEP key to configure a WEP Key See Section 3 3 2 on page 63 for more information Select Disable wireless security to have no wireless LAN security configured and your network is accessible to any wireless networking device that is within range Note If you enable OTIST in the previous wizard screen but select Disable wireless security here the ZyXEL device still creates a pre shared key WPA PSK automatically If you enable OTIST and select Manually assign a WEP key the ZyXEL device will replace the WEP key with a WPA PSK Back Click Back to display the previous screen Next Click Next to proceed to the next screen Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving Note The wireless stations and ZyXEL device must use the same SSID channel ID and WEP encryption key if WEP is enabled WPA PSK if WPA PSK is
380. ws a hypothetical MyService connection from the Internet 1 Click Security gt Firewall gt Rules 2 Select WAN to LAN in the Packet Direction field Chapter 10 Firewall Configuration 164 P 660HW D Series User s Guide Figure 90 Firewall Example Rules Anti Probing Threshold Rules Firewall Rules Storage Space in Use 3 ovi 100 Packet Direction wan to LAN 7 Create a new rule after rule number o s Add FX EDEN Eger iem mee eio pnma Apply Cancel 3 In the Rules screen select the index number after that you want to add the rule For example if you select 6 your new rule becomes number 7 and the previous rule 7 if there is one becomes rule 8 4 Click Add to display the firewall rule configuration screen 5 In the Edit Rule screen click the Edit Customized Services link to open the Customized Service screen 6 Click an index number to display the Customized Services Config screen and configure the screen as follows and click Apply Figure 91 Edit Custom Port Example Config Service Name MyService Service Type TEPP 7 Port Configuration Type single C Port Range Port Number From 123 To 123 Cancel Delete 7 Select Any in the Destination Address box and then click Delete 8 Configure the destination address screen as follows and click Add 165 Chapter 10 Firewall Configuration P 660HW D Series User s Guide Figure
381. y sending username and password through the secure connection thus client identity is protected For client authentication EAP TTLS supports EAP methods and legacy authentication methods such as PAP CHAP MS CHAP and MS CHAP v2 317 Appendix L Wireless LANs P 660HW D Series User s Guide PEAP Protected EAP LEAP Like EAP TTLS server side certificate authentication is used to establish a secure connection then use simple username and password methods through the secured connection to authenticate the clients thus hiding client identity However PEAP only supports EAP methods such as EAP MD5 EAP MSCHAPv2 and EAP GTC EAP Generic Token Card for client authentication EAP GTC is implemented only by Cisco LEAP Lightweight Extensible Authentication Protocol is a Cisco implementation of IEEE 802 1x Dynamic WEP Key Exchange The AP maps a unique key that is generated with the RADIUS server This key expires when the wireless connection times out disconnects or reauthentication times out A new WEP key is generated each time reauthentication is performed If this feature is enabled it is not necessary to configure a default encryption key in the Wireless screen You may still configure and store keys here but they will not be used while Dynamic WEP is enabled Note EAP MD5 cannot be used with Dynamic WEP Key Exchange For added security certificate based authentications EAP TLS EAP TTLS and PEAP use dynamic ke
382. ys for data encryption They are often deployed in corporate environments but for public deployment a simple user name and password pair is more practical The following table is a comparison of the features of authentication types Table 140 Comparison of EAP Authentication Types EAP MD5 EAP TLS _ EAP TTLS PEAP LEAP Mutual Authentication No Yes Yes Yes Yes Certificate Client No Yes Optional Optional No Certificate Server No Yes Yes Yes No Dynamic Key Exchange No Yes Yes Yes Yes Credential Integrity None Strong Strong Strong Moderate Deployment Difficulty Easy Hard Moderate Moderate Moderate Client Identity Protection No No Yes Yes No Appendix L Wireless LANs 318 P 660HW D Series User s Guide WPA and WPA2 Wi Fi Protected Access WPA is a subset of the IEEE 802 111 standard WPA2 IEEE 802 111 is a wireless security standard that defines stronger encryption authentication and key management than WPA Key differences between WPA or WPA2 and WEP are improved data encryption and user authentication If both an AP and the wireless clients support WPA2 and you have an external RADIUS server use WPA2 for stronger data encryption If you don t have an external RADIUS server you should use WPA2 PSK WPA2 Pre Shared Key that only requires a single identical password entered into each access point wireless gateway and wireless client As long as the passwords match a

ZyXEL P-660HW-D Series User's Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents